1933 Act File No. 333-          
1940 Act File No. 811-22974

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2014

 

 

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM N-2

 

 

 

ý  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

¨  Pre-Effective Amendment No.

¨  Post-Effective Amendment No.

and

ý  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

¨  Amendment No.

 

 

 

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY LLC

 

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in charter)

 

20 Horseneck Lane
Greenwich, CT 06830
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(203) 862-3150
(Registrant’s telephone number, including Area Code)

 

Thomas P. Majewski
20 Horseneck Lane
Greenwich, CT 06830
(Name and address of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies of Communications to:

 

Thomas J. Friedmann

Allison M. Fumai

Dechert LLP

1900 K Street, N.W.

Washington, DC 20006

(202) 261-3300

Jay L. Bernstein
Clifford R. Cone

Clifford Chance US LLP

31 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019
(212) 878-8000

 

 

 

Approximate date of proposed public offering : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box.

 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

 

¨ when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).

   

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Title of Securities Being
Registered

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)(2)

Amount of
Registration
Fee (1)

Shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share     $1,000,000   $128.80

_________

 

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee, pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

(2) Includes shares that may be offered to the Underwriters pursuant to an option to cover over-allotments.

 

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 
 

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The Company may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED JUNE 6, 2014

 

PROSPECTUS

 

     Shares

 

Eagle Point Credit Company LLC

 

Common Shares

 

$     per Share

 

 

 

Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, or the “Company,” is a newly organized, non-diversified, externally managed closed-end management investment company that has registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the “1940 Act.” Our investment adviser is Eagle Point Credit Management LLC, which we refer to as “Eagle Point Credit Management” or the “Adviser.” Our primary investment objective is to generate high current income, with a secondary objective to generate capital appreciation. We will seek to achieve our investment objectives by investing primarily in equity and junior debt tranches of collateralized loan obligations, or “CLOs,” that are collateralized by a diverse portfolio consisting primarily of below investment grade U.S. senior secured loans. The CLO securities in which we will primarily seek to invest are unrated or rated below investment grade and are considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. We may also invest in other securities and instruments that are related to these investments or that the Adviser believes are consistent with our investment objectives, including, among other investments, senior debt tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities.

 

We were organized as a Delaware limited liability company on March 24, 2014, and intend to convert into a Delaware corporation prior to the completion of this offering. We are a wholly owned subsidiary of Eagle Point Credit Partners Sub Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, or our “Parent Company.” Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to hold certain CLO securities and related investments with a fair value of $     as of      , 2014. These investments were contributed to us by our Parent Company in exchange for all      of our membership units, or “Units,” prior to the initial filing of our registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC,” of which this prospectus forms a part. The Units held by our Parent Company will be converted into shares of our common stock, or “Common Shares,” at the time of our conversion into a corporation and will be distributed to certain of our indirect beneficial owners.

 

We intend to make regular quarterly distributions of all or a portion of our taxable income to the holders of our Common Shares, or “Common Stockholders,” in the form of dividends. We anticipate declaring a dividend for the quarter ending      , payable to our Common Stockholders, including investors in this offering.

 

The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC, and as of March 31, 2014, had approximately $391 million of committed assets under management for investment in CLO securities and related investments. The Adviser manages our investments subject to the supervision of our board of directors, or “Board.”

 

This is our initial public offering and our Common Shares have no history of public trading. We are offering      Common Shares. Assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, purchasers in this offering will experience immediate dilution in net asset value, or “NAV,” of approximately $      per share. See “ Capitalization Table—Dilution .”

 

We intend to apply for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, or “NYSE,” under the ticker symbol “ECC.”

 

Investors should consider their investment goals, time horizons and risk tolerance before investing in our Common Shares. An investment in our Common Shares is not appropriate for all investors, and we are not intended to be a complete investment program. Common shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their NAV. In addition, investing in our Common Shares may be considered speculative and involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of a substantial loss of investment. Before buying any Common Shares, you should read the discussion of the principal risks of investing in our Common Shares, which are summarized in “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page      of this prospectus.

 

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

Per Share

 

Total (1)

Public offering price $   $
Sales load (2) $   $
Proceeds, after expenses, to the Company (3) $   $

 

(notes on following page)

 

The underwriters expect to deliver our Common Shares to purchasers on or about      , 2014.

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

 

The date of this prospectus is      , 2014.

 

 
 

 

(footnotes from previous page)

 

(1) We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to      additional Common Shares at the public offering price within 45 days of the date of this prospectus solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the public offering price, sales load and proceeds after expenses, to us will be $     , $     and $     , respectively. See “ Underwriting .”

 

(2) The Adviser (and not us) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, a structuring fee in an amount equal to 1.00% of the total price to the public of our Common Shares sold in this offering pursuant to an agreement between Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and the Adviser for advice relating to our structure, design and organization. In addition to the structuring fee, the Adviser will pay to the underwriters the full amount of the sales load in the amount of $     , or $     per share. Because the structuring fee and sales load are paid solely by the Adviser (and not by the Company), they are not reflected under “Sales Load” in the table above and will not reduce the NAV of our Common Shares. See “ Underwriting .”

 

(3) The Adviser has agreed to pay (i) all of our organizational expenses and (ii) offering expenses that exceed $1 million (excluding the sales load, which is paid by the Adviser as described above). We will pay our own offering expenses (excluding the sales load) up to $1 million. Any offering expenses paid by us will be deducted from the proceeds of the offering. The aggregate offering expenses (other than the sales load) are estimated to be $     (or $     per Common Share). Therefore, the aggregate offering expenses (other than the sales load) to be borne by us are estimated to be $     (approximately $     per Common Share), thereby immediately reducing the NAV of each Common Share, as reflected in the table above. See “ Summary of Expenses .”

 

Please read and retain this prospectus for future reference. This prospectus, and other materials containing additional information about us have been filed with the SEC. You may request a free copy of this prospectus or any other information filed with the SEC, by calling (202)551-8090 (toll-free), by electronic mail at publicinfo@sec.gov or, upon payment of copying fees, by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. Information relating to the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. Upon completion of this offering, we will file annual and semi-annual shareholder reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. To obtain this information electronically, please visit our web site (www.     .com) or call      (toll-free). You may also call this number to request additional information or to make other inquiries pertaining to us. You may also obtain a copy of any information regarding us filed with the SEC from the SEC’s web site (www.sec.gov).

 

Our Common Shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any governmental agency.

 
 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
Prospectus Summary 1
Summary of Offering 12
Summary of Expenses 16
Risk Factors 19
Use Of Proceeds 44
Distribution Policy 45
Capitalization Table 47
Business 49
MANAGEMENT 64
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 72
Determination of Net Asset Value 78
Dividend Reinvestment Plan 79
Conflicts of Interest 81
U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters 83
Description of Capital Structure 89
Underwriting 95
REGULATION AS A CLOSED-END MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANY 98
ADDITIONAL INVESTMENTS AND TECHNIQUES 102
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES 107
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION 108
Legal Matters 108
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT 108
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 108
SEC Filing Information 108
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM F-1
APPENDIX A: DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS A-1

 

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may have changed since the date of this prospectus. We will notify Common Stockholders promptly of any material change to this prospectus during the period the Company is required to deliver the prospectus.

 

Until      , 2014 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), federal securities laws may require all dealers that effect transactions in our Common Shares, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

   

 
 

 

 

Prospectus Summary

 

The following summary contains basic information about this offering. It may not contain all the information that is important to an investor. For a more complete understanding of this offering, you should read this entire document and the documents to which we have referred. Except where the context suggests otherwise, the terms “Eagle Point Credit Company,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Eagle Point Credit Company LLC; “Eagle Point Credit Management” and “Adviser” refer to Eagle Point Credit Management LLC; and “Eagle Point Administration” and “Administrator” refer to Eagle Point Administration LLC. References to “risk-adjusted returns” refer to the profile of expected asset returns across a range of potential macroeconomic scenarios, and does not imply that a particular strategy or investment should be considered low-risk. Unless otherwise noted, the information contained in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters’ overallotment option is not exercised.

 

Overview

 

We are a newly organized, non-diversified, externally managed closed-end management investment company that has registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Our primary investment objective is to generate high current income, with a secondary objective to generate capital appreciation. We will seek to achieve our investment objectives by investing primarily in equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs that are collateralized by a diverse portfolio consisting primarily of below investment grade U.S. senior secured loans. We may also invest in other securities and instruments that are related to these investments or that the Adviser believes are consistent with our investment objectives, including, among other investments, senior debt tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities. The CLO securities in which we will primarily seek to invest are unrated or rated below investment grade and are considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. These investment objectives may be changed by our Board without prior approval of our Common Stockholders. See “ Business .”

 

In the primary CLO market ( i.e. , when we acquire securities at the inception of a CLO), we seek to invest in CLO securities that the Adviser believes have the potential to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns and to outperform other similar CLO securities issued within the respective vintage period. In the secondary CLO market ( i.e. , when we acquire existing CLO securities), we seek to invest in CLO securities that the Adviser believes have the potential to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns.

 

We intend to pursue a differentiated strategy within the CLO market focused on:

 

· proactive sourcing and identification of investment opportunities;

 

· utilization of our methodical and rigorous investment analysis and due diligence process;

 

· active involvement at the CLO structuring and formation stage; and

 

· taking, in many instances, significant stakes in CLO equity and junior debt tranches.

 

We believe that the Adviser’s direct and often longstanding relationships with CLO collateral managers, its CLO structural expertise and its relative scale in the CLO market will enable us to source and execute investments with attractive economics and terms relative to other CLO opportunities.

 

When we make a significant primary market investment in a particular CLO tranche, we expect to be generally able to influence the CLO’s key terms and conditions. In particular, the Adviser believes that the protective rights associated with holding a majority position in a CLO equity tranche (such as the ability to call the CLO after the non-call period, to refinance/reprice certain CLO debt tranches after a period of time and to influence potential amendments to the governing documents that may arise) may reduce our risk in these investments. We may acquire a majority position in a CLO tranche directly or we may benefit from the advantages of a majority position where both we and other accounts managed by the Adviser collectively hold a majority position, subject to any restrictions on our ability to invest alongside such other accounts. See “ Business—Other Investment Techniques—Co-Investment with Affiliates .”

 

1
 

 

We seek to construct a broad and diverse portfolio of CLO securities across a number of key categories, including by:

 

· number of borrowers underlying each CLO;

 

· industry type of a CLO’s underlying borrowers;

 

· number and investment style of CLO collateral managers; and

 

· CLO vintage period.

 

The Adviser has a long-term oriented investment philosophy and seeks to invest primarily with a buy-and-hold mentality. However, on an ongoing basis, the Adviser actively monitors each investment and may sell positions if circumstances have changed from the time of investment or if the Adviser believes it is in our best interest to do so.

 

As of      , 2014, our investment portfolio consisted of      CLO equity, debt and related investments. These investments have      different CLO collateral managers. As of      , 2014, these investments had an aggregate fair value of $     million. These investments were contributed to us by our Parent Company in exchange for all      of our Units, prior to the initial filing of our registration statement with the SEC, of which this prospectus forms a part. The Units held by our Parent Company will be converted into Common Shares at the time of our conversion into a corporation and will be distributed to certain of our indirect beneficial owners. See “ Business—Our Structure and Formation Transaction ” and “ Business—Initial Portfolio .”

 

Eagle Point Credit Management

 

Eagle Point Credit Management is our investment adviser and will manage our investments subject to the supervision of the Board, pursuant to an “Investment Advisory Agreement.” See “ Summary of Offering—Investment Advisory Agreement .” An affiliate of the Adviser, Eagle Point Administration, will perform, or arrange for the performance of, our required administrative services. A description of the fees and expenses that we pay to the Adviser and Administrator are set forth in “ Summary of Offering .”

 

The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC and as of March 31, 2014, had approximately $391 million of committed assets under management for investment in CLO securities and related investments. From November 2012 through March 31, 2014, the Adviser has invested, across multiple accounts, $409.8 million in 37 CLO securities and related investments with an aggregate stated face value of $449.4 million. The Adviser was established in November 2012 by Thomas P. Majewski and Stone Point Capital LLC, or “Stone Point,” as investment manager of Trident V, L.P. and related investment vehicles, which we refer to as the “Trident V Funds.” Stone Point, an investment adviser registered with the SEC, is a specialized private equity firm focused exclusively on the financial services industry. Since its inception, Stone Point (including a predecessor entity) has raised six private equity funds with aggregate committed capital of approximately $13 billion. The Trident V Funds are a group of private equity funds managed by Stone Point. The Adviser is primarily owned by the Trident V Funds through intermediary holding companies. In addition, the Adviser’s “Senior Investment Team” holds an indirect ownership interest in the Adviser. The Adviser is governed by a Board of Managers, which is comprised of Mr. Majewski and certain principals of Stone Point. See “ Management .”

 

The Adviser’s Senior Investment Team is led by Mr. Majewski, Managing Partner of the Adviser, and is also comprised of Daniel W. Ko, Portfolio Manager, and Daniel M. Spinner, Portfolio Manager. The Senior Investment Team is primarily responsible for our day-to-day management and the implementation of our investment strategy and process.

 

Each member of the Senior Investment Team is a CLO industry specialist who has been directly involved in the CLO market for the majority of his career and has built relationships with key market participants, including CLO collateral managers, investment banks and investors. Collectively, members of the Senior Investment Team have been involved in the CLO market as:

 

· the head of the CLO business at various investment banks;

 

 

2
 

 

· a lead CLO structurer and collateralized debt obligation workout specialist at an investment bank;

 

· a CLO equity and debt investor;

 

· a principal investor in CLO collateral management firms; and

 

· a lender and mergers and acquisitions adviser to CLO collateral management firms.

 

We believe that the complementary, yet highly specialized, skill set of each member of the Senior Investment Team provides the Adviser with a competitive advantage in its CLO-focused investment strategy. See “ Management—Portfolio Managers .”

 

In addition to managing our investments, the Adviser manages investment accounts for other clients, including Eagle Point Credit Partners LP. Eagle Point Credit Partners LP, or the “Private Fund,” is a privately offered pooled investment vehicle that pursues many of the same investment opportunities that we pursue. The Private Fund was established in November 2012 and as of March 31, 2014, had aggregate committed capital of $366 million. Our Parent Company is a subsidiary of the Private Fund. As described under “ Business—Our Structure and Formation Transaction ” and “ Business—Initial Portfolio ,” a ratable portion of each investment held by the Private Fund has been contributed to us (via our Parent Company) in connection with this offering and the Trident V Funds and Senior Investment Team (who hold interests in the Private Fund) will be our initial stockholders once we convert into a corporation and immediately prior to our initial public offering. The annualized net return for the Private Fund from its first full month after inception, December 2012, through      , 2014, was    %, calculated on an adjusted basis as described under “ Business—Adviser Historical Performance .” We believe the expertise of the Adviser and the quality of its investment strategy and process are reflected in the performance of the Private Fund, which has similar investment objectives and a similar strategy to ours. However, past performance is not a guarantee of future results.

 

CLO Overview

 

Our investment portfolio is expected to be comprised primarily of investments in the equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs. The CLOs that we target are securitization vehicles that pool a diverse portfolio of primarily below investment grade U.S. senior secured loans. Such pools of underlying assets are often referred to as a CLO’s “collateral.” While the vast majority of the portfolio of most CLOs consists of senior secured loans, many CLOs enable the CLO collateral manager to invest up to 10% of the portfolio in assets that are not first lien senior secured loans, including, among others, second lien loans, unsecured loans, senior secured bonds and senior unsecured bonds.

 

CLOs are generally required to hold a portfolio of assets that is highly diversified by underlying borrower and industry, and is subject to a variety of asset concentration limitations. Most CLOs are revolving structures that generally allow for reinvestment over a specific period of time (typically 3-5 years). In cash flow CLOs, which are the type of CLOs we intend to target, the terms and covenants of the structure are, with certain exceptions, based primarily on the cash flow generated by, and the par value (as opposed to the market price), of the collateral. These covenants include, among others, collateral coverage tests, interest coverage tests and collateral quality tests.

 

CLOs fund the purchase of a portfolio of primarily senior secured loans via the issuance of CLO equity and debt in the form of multiple, primarily floating-rate debt, tranches. The CLO debt tranches typically are rated “AAA” (or its equivalent) at the most senior level down to “BB” or “B” (or its equivalent), which is below investment grade, at the most junior level by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc., or “Moody’s,” Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, or “S&P,” and/or Fitch, Inc., or “Fitch.” The CLO equity tranche is unrated and typically represents approximately 8% - 11% of a CLO’s capital structure. A CLO’s equity tranche represents the first loss position in the CLO.

 

The diagram below is for illustrative purposes only. The CLO structure highlighted below is a hypothetical structure, and the structure of CLOs in which we invest may vary substantially from the example set forth below. Please see “ Business—Overview ” for a more detailed description of a CLO’s typical structure and key terms and conditions including its priority-of-payment schedules.

 

3
 

 

 

 

 

Since a CLO’s indenture requires that the maturity dates of a CLO’s assets (typically 5-8 years from the date of issuance of a senior secured loan) be shorter than the maturity date of the CLO’s liabilities (typically 11-12 years from the date of issuance), CLOs generally do not face refinancing risk on the CLO debt.

 

Depending on the Adviser’s assessment of market conditions, our investment focus may vary from time to time between CLO equity and CLO debt investments. In the current market environment, we expect investment opportunities in CLO equity to present more attractive risk-adjusted returns than CLO debt, although we expect to make investments in CLO debt and related investments to complement the CLO equity investments that we make.

 

We believe that CLO equity has the following attractive fundamental attributes:

 

· Potential for strong absolute and risk-adjusted returns : We believe that CLO equity offers a potential total return profile that is attractive on a risk-adjusted basis compared to U.S. public equity markets.

 

· Expected shorter duration high-yielding credit investment with the potential for high quarterly cash distributions : Relative to certain other high-yielding credit investments such as mezzanine or subordinated debt, CLO equity is expected to have a shorter payback period with higher front-end loaded quarterly cash flows (often in excess of 20% per annum of face value) during the early years of a CLO’s life.

 

· Expected protection against rising interest rates : Since a CLO’s asset portfolio is typically comprised principally of floating rate loans and the CLO’s liabilities are also generally floating rate instruments, we expect CLO equity to provide potential protection against rising interest rates after LIBOR has increased above the average LIBOR floor on a CLO’s assets. However, CLO equity is still subject to other forms of interest rate risk.

 

·

Expected low-to-moderate correlation with fixed income and equity markets : Given that CLO assets and liabilities are primarily floating rate, we expect CLO equity investments to have a low-to-moderate correlation with U.S. fixed income securities. In addition, because CLOs generally allow for the reinvestment of principal during the reinvestment period regardless of the market price of the underlying collateral if the respective CLO remains in compliance with it covenants, we expect CLO equity investments to have a low-to-moderate correlation with the U.S. equity markets.

 

 

4
 

 

CLO securities are also subject to a number of risks as discussed elsewhere in this “ Prospectus Summary ” section and in more detail in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus. Among our primary targeted investments, the risks associated with CLO equity are generally greater than those associated with CLO debt.

 

Our Competitive Advantages

 

We believe that we are well positioned to take advantage of investment opportunities in CLO securities and related investments due to the following competitive advantages:

 

· Specialist in CLO securities with a proven track record . The Adviser focuses exclusively on CLO securities and related investments. Each member of the Senior Investment Team is a CLO specialist who has been involved with the CLO market for the majority of his career and brings a distinct and complementary skill set that the Adviser believes is necessary for our success. We believe that the combination of the Adviser’s broad and often longstanding relationships with CLO collateral managers and our relative scale in the CLO market will enable us to source and execute investments with attractive economics and terms relative to other CLO market opportunities.

 

· Deep CLO structural experience and expertise. Members of the Senior Investment Team have significant experience structuring, valuing and investing in CLOs throughout their careers. The Adviser believes that the initial structuring of a CLO is an important contributor to the ultimate risk-adjusted returns, and that experienced and knowledgeable investors can add meaningful value relative to other market participants by selecting those investments with the most advantageous structures.

 

· Methodical and rigorous investment process. The objective of the Adviser’s investment process is to source, evaluate and execute investments in CLO securities and related investments that the Adviser believes have the potential to outperform the CLO market generally. This process, augmented by the first-hand CLO industry experience of the Senior Investment Team, is designed to be repeatable and is focused on key areas for analysis that the Adviser believes are most relevant to potential future performance. The Adviser believes that its investment and security selection process, with its strong emphasis on assessing the skill of the CLO collateral manager and analyzing the structure of the CLO, differentiates its approach to investing in CLO securities. See “ Business—Investment Process .”

 

· Efficient vehicle for gaining exposure to CLO equity . We believe that we are structured as an efficient vehicle for investors to gain exposure to CLO securities and related investments. Based on our long-term stable capital, the Adviser can focus principally on managing the portfolio and maximizing long-term risk-adjusted returns. We believe that our closed-end structure enables the Adviser to effectively implement our primarily long-term buy-and-hold investment philosophy.

 

· Alignment of Interests . The Trident V Funds, which are managed by Stone Point (an affiliate of the Adviser), are expected to hold      % of our Common Shares and the Adviser and the Senior Management Team are expected to hold      % of our Common Shares as of the completion of this offering. Our Common Shares held by the Trident V Funds, the Adviser and the Senior Investment Team are subject to restrictions on sale as described in “ Management—Lock-Up Arrangements .” Their significant holdings of our Common Shares align the interests of the Adviser and the Senior Investment Team with ours. In addition, our fee structure includes an incentive fee component whereby we pay the Adviser an incentive fee only if our net income exceeds a hurdle rate. See “ Management—Management Fee and Incentive Fee .”

 

Initial Portfolio

 

On     , 2014, our Parent Company contributed a portfolio of CLO equity, debt and related investments to us. As described further under “ Business—Our Structure and Formation Transaction ,” this initial portfolio is comprised of the same investments as those held by the Private Fund on the date of contribution.

 

5
 

 

As of      , 2014, our investment portfolio consisted of      CLO equity, debt and related investments. These investments have      different CLO collateral managers. As of      , 2014, these investments had an aggregate fair value of $     million. These investments were contributed to us by our Parent Company in exchange for all      of our Units prior to the initial filing of our registration statement. Below is a description of the portfolio investments that we held as of      , 2014, after our Parent Company had made its contribution:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A summary of the collateral characteristics of the CLO equity and other unrated investments as of      , 2014, is provided below:

 

Number of unique underlying borrowers  
Largest exposure to any individual borrower  
Average individual borrower exposure  
Top 10 largest borrowers  
Aggregate exposure to senior secured loans  
Average loan spread  
Average LIBOR floor  
Percentage of loans with LIBOR floors  
Average credit rating of underlying collateral  
Average maturity of underlying collateral  
U.S. dollar currency exposure  

 

Principal Risks of Investing in the Company

 

The value of our assets, as well as the market price of our Common Shares, will fluctuate. Our investments should be considered risky, and you may lose all or part of your investment in us. Investors should consider their financial situation and needs, other investments, investment goals, investment experience, time horizons, liquidity needs and risk tolerance before investing in our Common Shares. An investment in our Common Shares may be speculative in that it involves a high degree of risk and should not be considered a complete investment program. We are designed primarily as a long-term investment vehicle, and our securities are not an appropriate investment for a short-term trading strategy. We can offer no assurance that the returns on our investments will be commensurate with the risk of investment in us, nor can we provide any assurance that enough appropriate investments that meet our investment criteria will be available.

 

The following is a summary of certain principal risks of an investment in us. See “ Risk Factors ” for a more complete discussion of the risks of investing in our Common Shares, including certain risks not summarized below.

 

· No Prior Operating History . We are a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no prior operating history as such.

 

· Management Risk . The Adviser has never previously managed a registered closed-end investment company.

 

· Key Personnel Risk . We will be dependent upon the key personnel of Eagle Point Credit Management for our future success.

 

· Conflicts of Interest Risk . Our executive officers and directors, and the Adviser and its officers and employees, including the Senior Investment Team, have several conflicts of interest as a result of the other activities in which they engage. See “ Conflicts of Interest .”

 

· Incentive Fee Risk . Our incentive fee structure and the formula for calculating the fee payable to the Adviser may incentivize the Adviser to pursue speculative investments and use leverage in a manner that adversely impacts our performance.

 

· First Loss Risk of CLO Equity and Subordinated Securities . CLO equity and junior debt securities that we may acquire are subordinated to more senior tranches of CLO debt. CLO equity and junior debt securities are subject to increased risks of default relative to the holders of superior priority interests in the same securities. In addition, at the time of issuance, CLO equity securities are under-collateralized in that the liabilities of a CLO at inception exceed its total assets. Though not exclusively, we will typically be in a first loss or subordinated position with respect to realized losses on the assets of the CLOs in which we are invested.

  

6
 

 

 

· High Yield Investment Risks . The CLO equity and junior debt securities that we acquire are typically unrated or rated below investment grade and are therefore considered “higher yield” or “junk” securities and are considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. The senior secured loans and other credit-related assets underlying CLOs are also typically higher yield investments. Investing in CLO equity and junior debt securities and other high yield investments involves greater credit and liquidity risk than investment grade obligations, which may adversely impact our performance.

 

· Risks of Investing in CLOs and Other Structured Finance Securities . CLOs and other structured finance securities are generally backed by a pool of credit-related assets that serve as collateral. Accordingly, CLO and structured finance securities present risks similar to those of other types of credit investments, including default (credit), interest rate and prepayment risks. In addition, CLOs and other structured finance securities are often governed by a complex series of legal documents and contracts, which increases the risk of dispute over the interpretation and enforceability of such documents relative to other types of investments. There is also a risk that the trustee of a CLO does not properly carry out its duties to the CLO, potentially resulting in loss to the CLO. CLOs are also inherently leveraged vehicles and are subject to leverage risk.

 

· Leverage Risk . The use of leverage, whether directly or indirectly through investments such as CLO equity or junior debt securities that inherently involve leverage, may magnify our risk of loss. CLO equity or junior debt securities are very highly leveraged (typically 9-13 times), and therefore the CLO securities in which we intend to invest are subject to a higher degree of loss since the use of leverage magnifies losses.

 

· Credit Risk . If (1) a CLO in which we invest, (2) an underlying asset of any such CLO or (3) any other type of credit investment in our portfolio declines in price or fails to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer or debtor, as the case may be, experiences a decline in its financial status, our income, NAV and/or market price may be adversely impacted.

 

· Interest Rate Risk . The price of certain of our investments may be significantly affected by changes in interest rates. As of the date of this prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at, or near, historic lows, which may increase our exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates. Moreover, interest rate levels are currently impacted by extraordinary monetary policy initiatives, the effect of which is impossible to predict with certainty.

 

· Prepayment Risk . The assets underlying the CLO securities in which we invest are subject to prepayment by the underlying corporate borrowers. In addition, the CLO securities and related investments in which we invest are subject to prepayment risk. If we or a CLO collateral manager are unable to reinvest prepaid amounts in a new investment with an expected rate of return at least equal to that of the investment repaid, our investment performance will be adversely impacted.

 

· Fair Valuation of Our Portfolio Investments . Typically, there will not be a public market for the type of investments we target. As a result, we will value these securities at least quarterly, or more frequently as may be required from time to time, at fair value. Our determinations of the fair value of our investments have a material impact on our net earnings through the recording of unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments and may cause our NAV on a given date to materially understate or overstate the value that we may ultimately realize on one or more of our investments.

 

· Limited Investment Opportunities Risk . The market for CLO securities is more limited than the market for other credit related investments. We can offer no assurances that sufficient investment opportunities for our capital will be available.

 

· Effect of Our Inability to Obtain SEC Exemptive Relief . We may be unable to benefit from certain advantages in connection with our investment in certain CLO securities where such advantages are dependent on our ability to invest alongside other accounts managed by the Adviser or its affiliates, unless we obtain exemptive relief from the SEC permitting us to participate in negotiated co-investments alongside such other accounts. There is no assurance that we will obtain such exemptive relief from the SEC or, if such relief is granted, that it will be on terms favorable to us. If we are unable to obtain such relief, we will be limited in our ability to co-invest with the Private Fund and other accounts managed by the Adviser.

 

7
 

 

· Non-Diversification Risk . We are a non-diversified investment company under the 1940 Act and may hold a narrower range of investments than a diversified fund under the 1940 Act.

 

· Market Risks . A disruption or downturn in the capital markets and the credit markets could impair our ability to raise capital, impair the availability of suitable investment opportunities for us and negatively affect our business.

 

· Loan Accumulation Facilities Risk . Potential investments in loan accumulation facilities, which acquire loans on an interim basis that are expected to form part of a CLO, may expose us to market, credit and leverage risks. In particular, in the event a planned CLO is not consummated, or the loans held in a loan accumulation facility are not eligible for purchase by the CLO, we may be responsible for either holding or disposing of the loans. This could expose us primarily to credit and/or mark-to-market losses, and other risks.

 

· Currency Risk . Although we intend to primarily make investments denominated in U.S. dollars, we may make investments denominated in other currencies. Our investments denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars will be subject to the risk that the value of such currency will decrease in relation to the U.S. dollar.

 

· Hedging Risks . Hedging transactions seeking to reduce risks may result in poorer overall performance than if we had not engaged in such hedging transactions, and they may also not properly hedge our risks.

 

· Reinvestment Risks . CLOs will typically generate cash from asset repayments and sales that may be reinvested in substitute assets, subject to compliance with applicable investment tests. The need for a CLO collateral manager to satisfy the CLO’s covenants may require the CLO collateral manager to purchase substitute assets at a lower yield than those initially acquired or require that the sale proceeds be maintained temporarily in cash, either of which may reduce the yield that the CLO collateral manager is able to achieve, thereby having a negative effect on the fair value of our assets and the market value of our Common Shares. In addition, the reinvestment period for a CLO may terminate early, which may cause the holders of the CLO’s securities to receive principal payments earlier than anticipated. There can be no assurance that we will be able to reinvest such amounts in an alternative investment that provides a comparable return relative to the credit risk assumed.

 

· Tax Risks . If we fail to qualify for tax treatment as a regulated investment company, or “RIC,” for any reason or become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions.

 

· Liquidity Risks . To the extent we invest in illiquid instruments, we would not be able to sell such investments at prices that reflect our assessment of their fair value or the amount paid for such investments by us.

 

· Derivatives Risks . Derivative instruments in which we may invest may be volatile and involve various risks different from, and in certain cases greater than, the risks presented by more traditional instruments. A small investment in derivatives could have a large potential impact on our performance, effecting a form of investment leverage on our portfolio. In certain types of derivative transactions, we could lose the entire amount of our investment; in other types of derivative transactions the potential loss is theoretically unlimited.

 

· Counterparty Risks . We may be exposed to counterparty risk, which could make it difficult for us or the CLOs in which we invest to collect on obligations, thereby resulting in potentially significant losses.

 

· Common Shares Volatility Risks . The price of our Common Shares may be volatile and may decrease substantially.

 

· Distributions and Dividend Risk . There is a risk that our Common Stockholders may not receive distributions or dividends and that our distributions or dividends may not grow over time.

 

8
 

 

 

Our Structure and Formation Transaction

 

We were organized as a Delaware limited liability company on March 24, 2014, and intend to convert into a Delaware corporation prior to the commencement of this offering. We are a wholly owned subsidiary of Eagle Point Credit Partners Sub Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company which is our Parent Company. Our Parent Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Private Fund. The chart below shows the relationship between us, our Parent Company, the Private Fund, the Trident V Funds and certain other persons prior to our conversion to a corporation.

On June      , 2014, the Trident V Funds and the Senior Investment Team elected to effectively exchange a percentage of their interests in the Private Fund for Common Shares upon our conversion from a limited liability company into a corporation. To give effect to this election, on June      , 2014, our Parent Company contributed a pro rata portion of each of its CLO and related portfolio investments that it held as of such date to us—the portion of each investment contributed in this manner equaled the aggregate percentage of interests in the Private Fund (via its feeder funds) that the Trident V Funds and Senior Investment Team had elected to effectively exchange for Common Shares. The CLO securities and related investments contributed to us by our Parent Company comprise our initial portfolio and are described under “ Business—Initial Portfolio .” Because our Parent Company only contributed a pro rata portion of each investment that it held as of June    , 2014, our Parent Company retained, and may continue to hold, an interest in each of the investments that it contributed to us prior to the initial filing of our registration statement with the SEC.

 

Until such time as we convert into a corporation, our Parent Company will retain all of our Units (and will remain our sole member). Prior to the completion of the offering, the Units held by our Parent Company will be converted into      Common Shares at the time of our conversion into a corporation and will be distributed to the Trident V Funds and the Senior Investment Team in accordance with their elections as a redemption in-kind out of the Private Fund (and its feeder funds). In addition, the Trident V Funds, the Adviser and the Senior Investment Team intend to acquire, in the aggregate,      additional Common Shares in connection with this offering. Our Common Shares held by the Trident V Funds, the Adviser and the Senior Investment Team will be subject to certain lock-up restrictions as described under “ Management—Lock-Up Arrangements .”

 

9
 

 

Financing and Hedging Strategy

 

Leverage by the Company . We may use leverage to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Instruments that create leverage are generally considered to be senior securities under the 1940 Act. With respect to senior securities representing indebtedness (i.e., borrowing or deemed borrowing), other than temporary borrowings as defined under the 1940 Act, we are required to have an asset coverage ratio of at least 300%, as measured at the time of borrowing and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness. We are permitted to obtain leverage using any form of financial leverage instruments, including funds borrowed from banks or other financial institutions, margin facilities, notes or preferred stock. With respect to senior securities that are stocks (i.e., shares of preferred stock), we are required to have an asset coverage ratio of at least 200%, as measured at the time of the issuance of any such shares of preferred stock and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. See “ Description of Capital Structure—Preferred Stock .”

 

We may use leverage opportunistically and may choose to increase or decrease our leverage, or use different types or combinations of leveraging instruments, at any time based on the Adviser’s assessment of market conditions and the investment environment. In addition, we may borrow for temporary, emergency or other purposes as permitted under the 1940 Act. Any such indebtedness would be in addition to the asset coverage ratios described above. By leveraging our investment portfolio, we may create an opportunity for increased net income and capital appreciation. However, the use of leverage also involves significant risks and expenses, which will be borne entirely by our Common Stockholders, and our leverage strategy may not be successful. For example, the more leverage is employed, the more likely a substantial change will occur in our NAV. Accordingly, any event that adversely affects the value of an investment would be magnified to the extent leverage is utilized. See “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Investments—Leverage Risk .”

 

Derivative Transactions . We may engage in “Derivative Transactions,” as described below. We do not intend to invest in Derivative Transactions for speculative purposes. Although we may use Derivative Transactions in seeking to achieve our investment objectives or for other reasons, such as cash management, financing activities and hedging and risk management purposes, no assurance can be given that the Adviser’s derivative strategy will be successful. Successful use of Derivatives Transactions is subject to the ability of the Adviser to correctly predict movements in the relevant market and, to the extent the transaction is entered into for hedging purposes, to ascertain the appropriate correlation between the transaction being hedged and the price movements of the derivatives. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, liquidity risk, counterparty risk, market spreads or other applicable factors, our investment performance would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover, even if the Adviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that a derivative position may fail to correlate or correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being protected. We may purchase and sell derivative instruments such as exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, financial futures, fixed income and interest rate indices, and other financial instruments, purchase and sell financial futures contracts and options thereon, enter into various interest rate transactions, such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, and enter into various currency transactions such as currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currency or currency futures or credit transactions and credit default swaps. We also may purchase derivative instruments that combine features of these instruments. Collectively, the above are referred to as “Derivative Transactions.” The use of Derivative Transactions generally will be deemed to create leverage for us and involves significant risks. See “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Investments—Hedging Risk; Derivative Transactions Risk .”

 

Operating and Regulatory Structure

 

We are a non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. As a registered closed-end management investment company, we will be required to meet certain regulatory tests. See “ Regulation as a Closed-End Management Investment Company .” In addition, we intend to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code.”

 

10
 

 

Our investment activities will be managed by Eagle Point Credit Management, the Adviser, and supervised by the Board. See “ Management ” for a description of the Adviser. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to pay the Adviser an annual base management fee based on our “Total Equity Base” as well as an incentive fee based on our “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income.” See “ Management—Management Fee and Incentive Fee .” We have also entered into an administration agreement, which we refer to as the “Administration Agreement,” under which we have agreed to reimburse Eagle Point Administration for our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. See “ Management—The Administrator .”

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

The Adviser is affiliated with other entities engaged in the financial services business. In particular, the Adviser is affiliated with Stone Point, and certain members of the Adviser’s Board of Managers and Investment Committee are principals of Stone Point. Pursuant to certain management agreements, Stone Point has received delegated authority to act as the investment manager of the Trident V Funds. The Trident V Funds are indirect limited partners in the Private Fund and are expected to hold Common Shares as described above. The Trident V Funds also hold a controlling interest in the Adviser. The Trident V Funds and other private equity funds managed by Stone Point invest in financial services companies. These relationships may cause the Adviser’s or certain of its affiliates’ interests to diverge from our interests. In addition, our executive officers and directors, as well as the current and future members of the Adviser, may serve as officers, directors or principals of other entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do. Accordingly, they may have obligations to investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which obligations may not be in the best interests of us or our Common Stockholders. See “ Conflicts of Interest .”

 

In order to address such conflicts of interest, we have adopted a Code of Ethics. Similarly, the Adviser has separately adopted a Code of Ethics and certain compliance policies and procedures, including investment allocation policies and procedures. The Code of Ethics requires the officers and employees of the Adviser to act in the best interests of the Adviser and its client accounts (including us), act in good faith and in an ethical manner, avoid conflicts of interests with the client accounts to the extent reasonably possible and identify and manage conflicts of interest to the extent that they arise. Pursuant to its investment allocation policies and procedures, the Adviser seeks to allocate investment opportunities among the accounts it manages in a manner that is fair and equitable over time. However, there is no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to any particular account equitably in the short-term or that any such account will be able to participate in all investment opportunities that are suitable for it. Our directors and officers, and the officers and employees of the Adviser, are also required to comply with applicable provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws and make prompt reports to supervisory personnel of any actual or suspected violations of law. See “ Conflicts of Interest—Code of Ethics and Compliance Procedures .”

 

Co-Investment with Affiliates . In certain instances, we may co-invest on a concurrent basis with other accounts managed by the Adviser, including the Private Fund, subject to compliance with applicable regulations and regulatory guidance and our written allocation procedures. Co-investment in certain securities may require exemptive relief from the SEC, which we intend to seek. There can be no assurance when, or if, such relief may be obtained.

 

Our Corporate Information

 

Our offices are located at 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830, and our telephone number is (203) 862-3150.

 

11
 

 

Summary of Offering

 

Set forth below is additional information regarding offerings of our securities:

 

Common Shares Offered

     Common Shares.

 

An additional      Common Shares are issuable pursuant to an overallotment option granted to the underwriters. As part of the initial offering, up to      Common Shares will be reserved for sale to the Trident V Funds, the Adviser and the Senior Investment Team.

   
Common Shares to be Outstanding
Immediately After this Offering

     Common Shares assuming the overallotment option is not exercised.

     Common Shares assuming the overallotment option is exercised in full.

   
Proposed NYSE Symbol “ECC”
   
Use of Proceeds We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of our securities pursuant to this prospectus to acquire investments in accordance with our investment objectives and strategies described in this prospectus and for general working capital purposes. We currently anticipate being able to deploy the proceeds from this offering within three to six months after the completion of the offering, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objectives and market conditions. During this period, we will invest in temporary investments, such as cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality liquid debt investments that mature in one year or less, which we expect will have returns substantially lower than the returns that we anticipate earning from investments in CLO securities and related investments. We cannot assure you we will achieve our targeted investment pace, which may negatively impact our returns. See “ Use of Proceeds .”
   
Initial Portfolio

As of      , 2014, our investment portfolio consisted of      CLO equity, debt and related investments. These investments have      different CLO collateral managers. As of      , 2014, these investments had an aggregate fair value of $     million. These investments were contributed to us by our Parent Company in exchange for all      of our Units prior to the initial filing of our registration statement. The Units held by our Parent Company will be converted into Common Shares at the time of our conversion into a corporation and will be distributed to certain of our indirect beneficial owners. See “ Business—Initial Portfolio ” and “ Business—Our Structure and Formation Transaction .”

   
Distributions We intend to make regular quarterly cash distributions of all or a portion of our “investment company taxable income” (which generally consists of ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any) to Common Stockholders. We also intend to make at least annual distributions of all or a portion of our “net capital gains” (which is the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses). We anticipate declaring a dividend for the quarter ending      , payable to our Common Stockholders, including investors in this offering. At times, in order to maintain a stable level of distributions, we may pay out less than all of our investment income or pay out accumulated undistributed income in addition to current net investment income. Subject to market conditions, dividend and capital gains distributions generally are used to purchase additional Common Shares pursuant to an automatic dividend reinvestment plan, as summarized below. However, an investor can choose to receive distributions in cash. Dividend and capital gains distributions generally are taxable to our Common Stockholders whether they are reinvested in our Common Shares or received in cash. See “ Distribution Policy .

 

12
 

 

 

Lock-Up Arrangements The Trident V Funds and the Senior Investment Team will be restricted from selling the      and      Common Shares, respectively, distributed to them in connection with our conversion into a corporation and the      and      Common Shares, respectively, acquired by them in connection with this offering for a period of 180 days following the completion of this offering. In addition, the Adviser intends to acquire      Common Shares in connection with our initial public offering and will be restricted from selling those Common Shares for a period of two years following the completion of the offering.
   
Investment Advisory Agreement

The Adviser manages our investments, subject to the supervision of the Board, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, the Adviser and its related persons are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses arising from the services rendered by the Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser. A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement will be available in our semi-annual report for the period ended      . Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect if approved annually (after the initial two-year period) by our Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our Directors who are not “interested persons” of any party to such agreement, as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Investment Advisory Agreement may also be terminated by us without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser and by the Adviser upon not less than 90 days’ written notice to us. See “ Management—Investment Advisory Agreement .”

   
Management Fee and Incentive Fee

We pay the Adviser a fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement consisting of two components — a base management fee and an incentive fee.

 

Base management fee . The base management fee is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and equals an annual rate of 1.75% of our “Total Equity Base.” “Total Equity Base” is defined as the NAV of our Common Shares and the paid-in capital of our preferred stock, if any. The base management fee is paid by our Common Stockholders and is not paid by holders of preferred stock, if any, or the holders of any other types of securities that we may issue. Because no part of the base management fee is calculated on funds borrowed by us, the base management fee does not increase when we borrow funds. However, the base management fee will increase if we issue preferred shares.

 

Incentive fee . The incentive fee is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and equals 20% of our “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for the immediately preceding quarter, subject to a preferred return, or “hurdle,” of 2.00% of our NAV (8.00% annualized) and a “catch up” feature. No incentive fee is payable to the Adviser on capital gains, whether realized or unrealized. In addition, the amount of the incentive fee is not affected by any realized or unrealized losses that we may suffer. See “ Management—Management Fee and Incentive Fee .”

 

13
 

 

 

Other Expenses The investment team of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, are provided and paid for by Eagle Point Credit Management. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions. See “ Summary of Expenses—Other Expenses .”
   
Administration Agreement We have entered into an “Administration Agreement” pursuant to which Eagle Point Administration furnishes us with office facilities, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and record-keeping services. Under the Administration Agreement, Eagle Point Administration will also perform, or arrange for the performance of, our required administrative services. Under the Administration Agreement, Eagle Point Administration provides us with accounting services, assists us in determining and publishing our NAV, prepares our financial statements, oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others and provides such other administrative services as the Company may from time to time designate. We will reimburse the Administrator, an affiliate of Eagle Point Credit Management, for the costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and the portion of the compensation expenses of certain officers and any administrative support staff allocable to us. See “ Management—The Administrator .”
   
Market Price of Common Shares and
Closed-End Fund Structure

Closed-end funds differ from traditional, open-end management investment companies (“mutual funds”) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a securities exchange and do not redeem their shares at the option of the stockholder. By comparison, mutual funds issue securities that are redeemable and typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares.

 

Common shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at prices lower than their NAV. We cannot predict whether our Common Shares will trade at, above or below NAV. Our NAV will be reduced immediately following this offering by the amount of the offering expenses paid by us, as noted on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

In addition to NAV, the market price of our Common Shares may be affected by such factors as our dividend stability and dividend levels, which are in turn affected by expenses, and market supply and demand. In recognition of the possibility that our Common Shares may trade at a discount from their NAV, and that any such discount may not be in the best interest of Common Stockholders, the Board, in consultation with the Adviser may review possible actions to reduce any such discount. There can be no assurance that the Board will decide to undertake any of these actions or that, if undertaken, such actions would result in our Common Shares trading at a price equal to or close to NAV per Common Share. See “ Description of Capital Structure—Repurchase of Shares and Other Discount Measures .”

 

14
 

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan We have established an automatic dividend reinvestment plan, or the “DRIP Plan.” Under the DRIP Plan, distributions of dividends and capital gains are automatically reinvested in our Common Shares by       , the plan agent of our Common Shares or the “DRIP Plan Agent.” Every Common Stockholder holding at least one full share will be automatically enrolled in the DRIP Plan. Common Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of additional Common Shares will nonetheless be required to pay applicable federal, state or local taxes on the reinvested dividends but will not receive a corresponding cash distribution with which to pay any applicable tax. Common Stockholders who opt-out of participation in the DRIP Plan will receive all distributions in cash. Reinvested dividends increase our stockholders’ equity on which a management fee is payable to the Adviser. There are requirements to participate in the DRIP Plan and you should contact your broker or nominee to confirm that you are eligible to participate in the DRIP Plan. See “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan ” for more information about the DRIP Plan, including how to withdraw from it.
   
Taxation

We intend to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or “RIC,” under the Code.

 

As a RIC, we generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we receive from our portfolio investments and distribute to our Common Stockholders. To qualify as a RIC and maintain our RIC status, we must meet specific source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute in each of our taxable years at least 90% of the sum of our investment company taxable income and net tax-exempt interest, if any, to our Common Stockholders. If, in any year, we fail to qualify as a RIC under U.S. federal income tax laws, we would be taxed as an ordinary corporation. In such circumstances, we could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and make substantial distributions before re-qualifying as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment. See “ U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters .

   
Available Information After the completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. This information will be available at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549 and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. The public may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. This information will also be available free of charge by contacting us at Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, Attention: Investor Relations, by telephone at (800)   , or on our website at www.      .com.

 

15
 

 

Summary of Expenses

 

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that you will bear directly or indirectly as a Common Stockholder. The expenses shown in the table under “Estimated Annual Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for our first full year of operations and assume the use of leverage under a credit facility in an amount equal to      % of our total assets (as determined immediately after borrowing) and that we issue      Common Shares in connection with this offering. If we issue fewer Common Shares, all other things being equal, these expenses would increase as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares. The following table should not be considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown.

 

Common Stockholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of the offering price)    
Sales load (1)   0.00%
Offering expenses borne by the Company (2)        %
Dividend reinvestment plan expenses (3)  

None

Total Stockholder transaction expenses        %
     
Estimated Annual Expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares):        %
Base management fee (4)        %
Incentive fees payable under our investment advisory agreement (20% of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income) (5)        %
Interest payments on borrowed funds (6)        %
Other expenses        %
Acquired fund fees and expenses (underlying CLO fees and expenses) (7)        %
Total annual expenses        %

 

(1) The Adviser (and not us) has agreed to pay, from its own assets, a structuring fee in an amount equal to 1.00% of the total price to the public of our Common Shares sold in this offering pursuant to an agreement between Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and the Adviser, for advice relating to our structure, design and organization. In addition to the structuring fee, the Adviser will pay to the underwriters the full amount of the sales load in the amount of $     , or $     per share. Because the structuring fee and sales load are paid by the Adviser, and not by us, they are not reflected under “Sales Load” in the table above and will not reduce the NAV of our Common Shares. See “ Underwriting .”

 

(2) The Adviser has agreed to pay (i) all of our organizational expenses and (ii) offering expenses that exceed $1 million (excluding the sales load, which is paid by the Adviser as described above). We will pay our own offering expenses (excluding the sales load) up to $1 million. Any offering expenses paid by us up to the $1 million cap will be deducted from the proceeds of the offering. The aggregate offering expenses (other than the sales load) are estimated to be $     (or $     per Common Share). Therefore, the aggregate offering expenses (other than the sales load) to be borne by us are estimated to be $     (approximately $     per Common Share).

 

(3) The expenses of administering the DRIP Plan are included in “other expenses.” You will pay brokerage charges if you direct your broker or the DRIP Plan agent to sell your Common Shares that you acquired pursuant to the DRIP Plan. You may also pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with open-market purchases pursuant to the DRIP Plan. See “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan .”

 

(4) We have agreed to pay the Adviser as compensation under the Investment Advisory Agreement a base management fee at an annual rate of 1.75% of our Total Equity Base, which means the NAV of our Common Shares and the paid-in capital of our preferred stock, if any. These management fees are paid by our Common Stockholders and are not paid by the holders of preferred stock, if any, or the holders of any other types of securities that we may issue. As we do not intend to issue preferred stock within the first twelve months following the completion of this offering, the base management fee shown above is calculated based on the NAV of our Common Shares. However, to the extent we issue preferred stock in the future, it would have the effect of increasing our base management fee as a percentage of our net assets attributable to Common Shares. Because no part of the base management fee is calculated on funds borrowed by us, the base management fee does not increase when we borrow funds. However, the base management fee will increase if we issue preferred shares. See “ Management—Management Fee and Incentive Fee .”

 

16
 

 

 

(5)

We have agreed to pay the Adviser as compensation under the Investment Advisory Agreement a quarterly incentive fee equal to 20% of our “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for the immediately preceding quarter, subject to a quarterly preferred return, or hurdle, of 2.00% of our NAV (8.00% annualized) and a catch-up feature. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. No incentive fee is payable to the Adviser on realized capital gains. The incentive fee is paid to the Adviser as follows:

 

no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle of 2.00% of our NAV;

 

100% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle but is less than 2.50% of our NAV in any calendar quarter (10.00% annualized). We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the hurdle but is less than 2.50% of our NAV) as the “catch-up.” The “catch-up” is meant to provide the Adviser with 20% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle did not apply if this net investment income meets or exceeds 2.50% of our NAV in any calendar quarter; and

 

20% of the amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.50% of our NAV in any calendar quarter (10.00% annualized) is payable to the Adviser (that is, once the hurdle is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 20% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income thereafter is paid to the Adviser).

 

For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of this fee, see “ Management—Management Fee and Incentive Fee .” We estimate annual incentive fees payable to the Adviser during our first year of operation to equal      %.

 

(6) Assumes the use of leverage through a credit facility representing      % of our total assets at an annual interest rate expense of      % (as determined immediately after borrowing), which is based on current market conditions.

 

(7) Investors will bear indirectly the fees and expenses (including management fees and other operating expenses) of the CLOs in which we invest. For purposes of this calculation, it is assumed that we will invest      % of our assets in CLOs, although this percentage may vary over time.

 

Example

 

The following example is furnished in response to the requirements of the SEC and illustrates the various costs and expenses (including the sales load of $     and estimated offering costs of $     ) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in our Common Shares for the time periods indicated, assuming (1) total net annual expenses of      % of net assets attributable to our Common Shares and (2) a 5% annual return*:

 

    1 Year 3 Year 5 Year 10 Year
Total Expenses   $     $     $     $    

 

* The example should not be considered a representation of future returns or expenses, and actual returns and expenses may be greater or less than those shown. The example assumes that the estimated “other expenses” set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate, and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at NAV. Moreover, our actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.

 

Other Expenses

 

The Adviser’s investment team, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, are provided and paid for by the Adviser. We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including (without limitation):

 

· the cost of calculating our NAV (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);

 

· interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments;

 

· fees and expenses incurred by the Adviser or payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, making or disposing of investments, including legal fees and expenses, travel expenses and other fees and expenses incurred by the Adviser or payable to third parties in performing due diligence on prospective investments, monitoring our investments and, if necessary, enforcing our rights;

 

· brokerage fees and commissions;

 

· federal and state registration fees and exchange listing fees;

 

 

17
 

  

 

· federal, state and local taxes;

 

· costs of offerings or repurchases of our Common Shares and other securities;

 

  the base management fee and any incentive fee;

 

  distributions on our shares;

 

  administration fees payable to Eagle Point Administrator under the Administration Agreement;

 

· direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff;

 

· transfer agent and custody fees and expenses;

 

· independent director fees and expenses;

 

· the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to our stockholders, including printing costs;

 

· costs of holding stockholder meetings;

 

· litigation, indemnification and other non-recurring or extraordinary expenses;

 

· fees and expenses associated with marketing and investor relations efforts;

 

· dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which we are a member;

 

· fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs;

 

· fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;

 

· costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws; and

 

· all other expenses reasonably incurred by us or the Administrator in connection with administering our business, such as the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and our allocable portion of the costs of compensation and related expenses of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer and any support staff.

 

 

18
 

 

Risk Factors

 

Investing in our Common Shares involves a number of significant risks. In addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, you should consider carefully the following information before making an investment in Common Shares. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us might also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, our NAV and the trading price of our Common Shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure

 

We have no prior operating history as a closed-end investment company.

 

We are a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no prior operating history. As a result, we do not have significant financial information on which you can evaluate an investment in us or our prior performance. We are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objectives and that the value of your investment could decline substantially or become worthless. We currently anticipate that it will take approximately three to six months to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering in our targeted investments, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objectives and market conditions. During this period, we will invest in temporary investments, such as cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality liquid debt investments that mature in one year or less. We expect will have returns substantially lower than the returns that we anticipate earning from investments in CLO securities and related investments.

 

In addition, the Adviser has never previously managed a registered closed-end investment company.

 

Our investment portfolio is recorded at fair value, with our Board having final responsibility for overseeing, reviewing and approving, in good faith, our estimate of fair value. As a result, there will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

 

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there is no readily available market value, at fair value as determined by us in accordance with our written valuation policy, with our Board having final responsibility for overseeing, reviewing and approving, in good faith, our estimate of fair value. Typically, there will not be a public market for the type of investments we target. As a result, we will value these securities at least quarterly based on relevant information compiled by the Adviser and third-party pricing services (when available), and with the oversight, review and adoption by our Board.

 

The determination of fair value and, consequently, the amount of unrealized gains and losses in our portfolio, are to a certain degree subjective and dependent on a valuation process approved and overseen by our Board. Certain factors that may be considered in determining the fair value of our investments include non-binding indicative bids and the number of trades (and the size and timing of each trade) in an investment. Valuation of certain investments will also be based, in part, upon third party valuation models which take into account various market inputs. Investors should be aware that the models, information and/or underlying assumptions utilized by us or such models will not always allow us to correctly capture the fair value of an asset. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities like those we intend to hold, are inherently uncertain, they may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates. Our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if an active public market for these securities existed. Our determinations of the fair value of our investments have a material impact on our net earnings through the recording of unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments and may cause our NAV on a given date to materially understate or overstate the value that we may ultimately realize on one or more of our investments.

 

19
 

 

Our financial condition and results of operations depend on the Adviser’s ability to effectively manage and deploy capital.

 

Our ability to achieve our investment objectives depends on the Adviser’s ability to effectively manage and deploy capital, which depends, in turn, on the Adviser’s ability to identify, evaluate and monitor, and our ability to acquire, investments that meet our investment criteria.

 

Accomplishing our investment objectives on a cost-effective basis is largely a function of the Adviser’s handling of the investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services and our access to investments offering acceptable terms, either in the primary or secondary markets. Even if we are able to grow and build upon our investment operations, any failure to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The results of our operations will depend on many factors, including the availability of opportunities for investment, readily accessible short and long-term funding alternatives in the financial markets and economic conditions. Furthermore, if we cannot successfully operate our business or implement our investment policies and strategies as described in this prospectus, it could adversely impact our ability to pay dividends. In addition, because the trading methods employed by the Adviser on our behalf are proprietary, stockholders will not be able to determine details of such methods or whether they are being followed.

 

We are reliant on Eagle Point Credit Management continuing to serve as the Adviser.

 

The Adviser will manage our investments. Consequently, our success will depend, in large part, upon the skill and expertise of the Adviser’s professional personnel. There can be no assurance that the professional personnel of the Adviser will continue to serve in their current positions or continue to be employed by the Adviser. Our success is dependent upon the services of the Adviser and, in particular, Thomas P. Majewski. We can offer no assurance that such services will be available for any length of time. Furthermore, the incapacity of Mr. Majewski could have a material and adverse effect on our performance. In addition, we can offer no assurance that the Adviser will continue indefinitely as our investment adviser.

 

The Adviser has the right to resign on 90 days’ notice, and we would not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

 

The Adviser has the right, under the Investment Advisory Agreement, to resign at any time upon 90 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If the Adviser resigns, we would not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 90 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by the Adviser and its affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objectives may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

 

Our success will depend on the ability of the Adviser to attract and retain qualified personnel in a competitive environment.

 

Our growth will require that the Adviser retain and attract new investment and administrative personnel in a competitive market. The Adviser’s ability to attract and retain personnel with the requisite credentials, experience and skills will depend on several factors including, but not limited to, its ability to offer competitive wages, benefits and professional growth opportunities. Many of the entities, including investment funds (such as private equity funds, mezzanine funds and business development companies) and traditional financial services companies, with which it will compete for experienced personnel will have greater resources than the Adviser will have.

 

20
 

 

There are significant potential conflicts of interest which could impact our investment returns.

 

Our executive officers and directors, and the Adviser and its officers and employees, including the Senior Investment Team, have several conflicts of interest as a result of the other activities in which they engage. For example, the members of Eagle Point Credit Management’s investment team are and may in the future become affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us, and may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time. Moreover, each member of the Senior Investment Team is engaged in other business activities which divert their time and attention. The professional staff of the Adviser will devote as much time to us as such professionals deem appropriate to perform their duties in accordance with the Investment Advisory Agreement. However, such persons may be committed to providing investment advisory and other services for other clients, including separately managed accounts and the Private Fund, and engage in other business ventures in which we have no interest. As a result of these separate business activities, the Adviser may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time, services and functions among us, other advisory clients and other business ventures. See “ Conflicts of Interest .”

 

Our incentive fee structure may incentivize the Adviser to pursue speculative investments, use leverage when it may be unwise to do so, or refrain from de-levering when it would otherwise be appropriate to do so.

 

The incentive fee payable by us to the Adviser may create an incentive for the Adviser to pursue investments on our behalf that are riskier or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. Such a practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns. The incentive fee payable to the Adviser is based on our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, as calculated in accordance with our Investment Advisory Agreement. This may encourage the Adviser to use leverage to increase the return on our investments, even when it may not be appropriate to do so, and to refrain from de-levering when it would otherwise be appropriate to do so. Under certain circumstances, the use of leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would impair the value of our securities. See “ Risk Factors—Leverage Risk .”

 

A general increase in interest rates may have the effect of making it easier for the Adviser to receive incentive fees, without necessarily resulting in an increase in our net earnings.

 

Given the structure of our Investment Advisory Agreement with Eagle Point Credit Management, any general increase in interest rates will likely have the effect of making it easier for the Adviser to meet the quarterly hurdle rate for payment of income incentive fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement without any additional increase in relative performance on the part of the Adviser. The risk is more acute in a low interest rate environment, such as the one we are in now. In addition, in view of the catch-up provision applicable to income incentive fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser could potentially receive a significant portion of the increase in our investment income attributable to such a general increase in interest rates. If that were to occur, our increase in net earnings, if any, would likely be significantly smaller than the relative increase in the Adviser’s income incentive fee resulting from such a general increase in interest rates.

 

We may be obligated to pay the Adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a loss or with respect to investment income that we have accrued but not received.

 

The Adviser is entitled to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter based, in part, on our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter above a performance threshold for that quarter. Accordingly, since the performance threshold is based on a percentage of our NAV, decreases in our NAV make it easier to achieve the performance threshold. Our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for incentive compensation purposes excludes realized and unrealized capital losses or depreciation that we may incur in the fiscal quarter, even if such capital losses or depreciation result in a net loss on our statement of operations for that quarter. Thus, we may be required to pay the Adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or we incur a net loss for that quarter. In addition, we may be required to pay the Adviser an incentive fee where we accrue investment income but do not receive cash equal to the amount that we have accrued.

 

21
 

 

The Adviser may not be able to achieve the same or similar returns as those achieved by the Senior Investment Team while managing other portfolios.

 

Although the Senior Investment Team has experience managing other investment portfolios, including the Private Fund, which the Senior Investment Team has been operating since December 2012 using similar investment objectives, investment strategies and investment policies to us, the prior achievements of the Private Fund are not necessarily indicative of future results that we will achieve. We cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve the results realized by other vehicles managed by the Senior Investment Team.

 

We may borrow money to leverage our portfolio, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and will increase the risk of investing in our Common Shares.

 

The use of leverage magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and, therefore, increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. We may borrow from and issue senior debt securities to banks, insurance companies and other lenders in the future. Holders of these senior securities will have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our Common Stockholders, and we would expect such lenders to seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default. See “ Risk Factors—Leverage Risk

 

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.

 

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments that meet our investment criteria, the interest rate payable on the debt securities we acquire, the level of portfolio dividend and fee income, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

 

Our Board may change our operating policies and strategies without Common Stockholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse.

 

Our Board will have the authority to modify or waive our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies, other than those that we have deemed to be fundamental, without prior stockholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies would have on our business, NAV, operating results and value of our Common Shares. However, the effects might be adverse, which could adversely impact our ability to pay you dividends and cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

 

We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to maintain our RIC status for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Although we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code beginning with our 2014 tax year, and to qualify as a RIC in each of our succeeding tax years, we can offer no assurance that we will be able to maintain RIC status. To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code, we must meet certain annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements.

 

The annual distribution requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. Because we may use debt financing, we are subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and may be subject to financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

 

The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our income for each year from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of Common Shares or securities or similar sources.

 

22
 

 

The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. Failure to meet those requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments are expected to be in CLO securities for which there will likely be no active public market, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

 

If we fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment for any reason and remain or become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions.

 

There is a risk that our Common Stockholders may not receive distributions or that our distributions may not grow or may be reduced over time.

 

We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our Common Stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a registered closed-end management investment company, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions.

 

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

 

For federal income tax purposes, we will include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as original issue discount or market discount, which may arise if we acquire a debt security at a significant discount to par. Such discounts will be included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we will not receive in cash.

 

Since, in certain cases, we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. In addition, since our incentive fee is payable on our income recognized, rather than cash received, we may be required to pay advisory fees on income before or without receiving cash representing such income. Accordingly, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

 

We intend to automatically reinvest distributions made to Common Stockholders in additional Common Shares pursuant to our DRIP Plan, in which case stockholders will likely be required to pay tax in excess of the cash they receive.

 

We intend to distribute taxable dividends that are payable in our Common Shares, unless stockholders elect to receive distributions in cash. Taxable stockholders receiving such dividends will generally be required to include the full amount of the dividend as ordinary income (or as long-term capital gain to the extent such distribution is properly designated as a capital gain dividend) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, a U.S. stockholder may be required to pay tax with respect to such dividends in excess of any cash received. If a U.S. stockholder sells our Common Shares it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our Common Shares at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends. In addition, if a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our Common Shares in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, it may put downward pressure on the trading price of our Common Shares.

 

We incur significant costs as a result of being a publicly traded company.

 

As a publicly traded company, we incur legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and other rules implemented by the SEC.

 

23
 

 

A disruption or downturn in the capital markets and the credit markets could impair our ability to raise capital and negatively affect our business.

 

We may be materially affected by market, economic and political conditions globally and in the jurisdictions and sectors in which we invest or operate, including conditions affecting interest rates and the availability of credit. Unexpected volatility, illiquidity, governmental action, currency devaluation or other events in the global markets in which we directly or indirectly hold positions could impair our ability to carry out our business and could cause us to incur substantial losses. These factors are outside our control and could adversely affect the liquidity and value of our investments, and may reduce our ability to make attractive new investments.

 

In particular, economic and financial market conditions significantly deteriorated for a significant part of the past decade as compared to prior periods. Global financial markets experienced considerable declines in the valuations of debt and equity securities, an acute contraction in the availability of credit and the failure of a number of leading financial institutions. As a result, certain government bodies and central banks worldwide, including the U.S. Treasury Department and the U.S. Federal Reserve, undertook unprecedented intervention programs, the effects of which remain uncertain. The U.S. economy has experienced and continues to experience relatively high levels of unemployment and constrained lending. Although certain financial markets have shown some signs of the improvement, to the extent economic conditions experienced over the last several years continue, they may adversely impact our investments. Low interest rates related to monetary stimulus and economic stagnation may also negatively impact expected returns on investments in such an environment. Trends and historical events do not imply, forecast or predict future events and past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results. There can be no assurance that the assumptions made or the beliefs and expectations currently held by the Adviser will prove correct, and actual events and circumstances may vary significantly.

 

We may be subject to risk arising from a default by one of several large institutions that are dependent on one another to meet their liquidity or operational needs, so that a default by one institution may cause a series of defaults by the other institutions. This is sometimes referred to as “systemic risk” and may adversely affect financial intermediaries with which we interact in the conduct of our business.

 

If the value of our assets declines substantially, we may fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios imposed upon us by the 1940 Act. See “ Risk Factors—Leverage Risk ” and “ Regulation as a Closed-End Management Investment Company—Senior Securities .” Any such failure would affect our ability to issue preferred stock and other senior securities, including borrowings, and pay dividends, which could materially impair our business operations. Our liquidity could be impaired further by an inability to access the capital markets or to obtain debt financing. For example, we cannot be certain that we would be able to obtain borrowing facilities on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets, many lenders and institutional investors have previously reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers. This type of market turmoil and tightening of credit could lead to increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally, thereby limiting our investment opportunities.

 

If we are unable to access the capital markets or obtain debt financing on commercially reasonable terms, our liquidity will be lower than it would have been with the benefit of those activities. If we are unable to repay amounts outstanding under any borrowing facility we may in the future obtain, and are declared in default or are unable to renew or refinance any such facility, we would not be able to initiate significant originations or to operate our business in the normal course. These situations may arise due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as inaccessibility to the credit markets, a severe decline in the value of the U.S. dollar, a further economic downturn or an operational problem that affects third parties or us, and could materially damage our business. Moreover, we are unable to predict when economic and market conditions may become more favorable. Even if such conditions improve broadly and significantly over the long term, adverse conditions in particular sectors of the financial markets could adversely impact our business.

 

We may be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence.

 

We are classified as “non-diversified” under the 1940 Act. As a result, we can invest a greater portion of our assets in obligations of a single issuer than a “diversified” fund. We may therefore be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. In particular, because our portfolio of investments may lack diversification among CLO securities and related investments, we are susceptible to a risk of significant loss if one or more of these CLO securities and related investments experience a high level of defaults on the collateral that they hold.

 

24
 

 

We are subject to the risk of legislative and regulatory changes impacting our business or the markets in which we invest.

 

Legal and regulatory changes . Legal and regulatory changes could occur and may adversely affect us and our ability to pursue our investment strategies and/or increase the costs of implementing such strategies. New or revised laws or regulations may be imposed by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or the “CFTC,” the SEC, the U.S. Federal Reserve, other banking regulators, other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets that could adversely affect us. In particular, these agencies are empowered to promulgate a variety of new rules pursuant to recently enacted financial reform legislation in the U.S. We also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by these governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations. Such changes could result in material differences to the strategies and plans set forth herein and may result in our investment focus shifting from the areas of expertise of the Adviser’s senior investment team to other types of investments in which the investment team may have less expertise or little or no experience. Thus, any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

 

Derivative Investments. The derivative investments in which we may invest have recently become subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and margin requirements. In particular, certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the “Dodd-Frank Act,” which was signed into law in July 2010, requires most derivatives to be executed on a regulated market and cleared through a central counterparty, which may result in increased margin requirements and costs for us. In addition, we have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” pursuant to Regulation 4.5 promulgated by the CFTC under the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, or the “CEA.” For us to continue to qualify for the exclusion under CFTC Regulation 4.5, the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish our positions in derivative instruments subject to the jurisdiction of the CEA (other than positions entered into for hedging purposes) may not exceed five percent of our liquidation value or, alternatively, the net notional value of our aggregate investments in CEA-regulated derivative instruments (other than positions entered into for hedging purposes) may not exceed 100% of our liquidation value. In the event we fail to qualify for the exclusion and the Adviser is required to register as a “commodity pool operator,” it will become subject to additional disclosure, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, which may increase our expenses.

 

Loan Securitizations. Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act added a provision, commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule,” to federal banking laws to generally prohibit various covered banking entities from engaging in proprietary trading or acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in, sponsoring or having certain relationships with a hedge fund or private equity fund (which have been broadly defined in a way which could include many CLOs), subject to certain exemptions. The Volcker Rule also provides for certain supervised nonbank financial companies that engage in such activities or have such interests or relationships to be subject to additional capital requirements, quantitative limits or other restrictions. Although the Volcker Rule and the implementing rules contain exemptions applicable to securitizations of loans, due to the lack of clarity as to the application of the Volcker Rule and these exemptions to certain securitized products, it is unclear what effect the Volcker Rule and its implementing regulations will have on the ability or desire of certain investors subject to the Volcker Rule to invest in or to continue to hold CLO securities, and as a result there is the potential that the Volcker Rule as implemented will adversely affect the market value or liquidity of any or all of the investments held by us. We also note that in an effort to qualify for the “loan securitization” exclusion provided for in the Volcker Rule, many current CLOs are undertaking amendments to their related transaction documents that restrict the ability of the issuer to acquire bonds and certain other securities. The consequence of such an amendment may have the effect of reducing the return available to holders of CLO equity securities because bonds are generally higher yielding assets than loans. Furthermore, the costs associated with such an amendment are typically paid out of the cash flow of the CLO, which could impact the return on our investment in any CLO equity. In addition, as a result of the uncertainty regarding the Volcker Rule, it is likely that many future CLOs will contain similar restrictions on the acquisition of bonds and certain other securities, the effect of which may result in lower returns on CLO equity securities than currently anticipated.

 

25
 

 

Also, recently proposed rules regarding risk retention by sponsors of asset back securities could potentially limit the liquidity of the investments held by us. No assurance can be made that the U.S. federal government, U.S. regulatory body or non-U.S. government or regulatory body will not continue to take further legislative or regulatory action in response to the economic crisis or otherwise, and the effect of such actions, if any, cannot be known or predicted.

 

The European Union has also taken a number of actions in response to the financial crisis. European reforms related to the regulation of securitization markets include risk retention and due diligence requirements in accordance with (a) Article 122a of European Union Directive 2006/48/EC (as amended from time to time and as implemented by the Member States of the European Union) inserted by European Union Directive 2009/111/EC (“Article 122a”) and European Union Directive 2006/49/EC (as amended by European Union Directive 2009/111/EC) (the “CRD”), together with any the guidelines and technical standards related documents published in relation thereto by the European Banking Authority (“EBA”) (or and/or its predecessor, the Committee of European Banking Supervisors and together with any successor or replacement agency or authority), and (b) the form of Article 394(1) of the draft European Union Capital Requirements Regulation (“CRR”) as adopted by the European Parliament on April 16, 2013 (“Article 122a394(1)” or the “Capital Requirements Directive CRR,” as the context so requires), together with any draft or final guidance and technical standards published in relation thereto by the EBA (Article 122a, the CRD, Article 394(1) and the CRR being, together with any applicable guidelines, technical standards and related documents published by the EBA, the “Retention Requirement Laws”).

 

The Retention Requirement Laws apply to credit institutions in the European Union (for example, banks) that invest in or hold positions in CLO securities. Among other provisions, the Retention Requirement Laws restrict investments by European Union-regulated credit institutions (and, in some cases, consolidated group entities) in securitizations that fail to comply with certain requirements concerning retention by the originator, sponsor or original lender of the securitized assets of a portion of the securitization’s credit risk. Many CLOs are not taking steps to comply with the requirements of the Retention Requirement Laws, but to the extent a CLO intended to comply with the requirements of the Retention Requirement Laws, our ability to invest in the residual tranches of such CLOs could be limited, or we could be required to hold our investment for the life of the CLO. If a CLO has not been structured to comply with the Retention Requirement Laws, it is likely to limit the ability of European Union -regulated credit institutions to purchase CLO securities, which may adversely affect the liquidity of the securities (including the residual tranche) in the secondary market. In addition, other requirements imposed by European regulations on fund managers (including the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive) may also limit the market for certain CLOs.

 

Terrorist actions and natural disasters may disrupt our operations.

 

Terrorist acts, acts of war or natural disasters may disrupt our operations, as well as the operations of the businesses in which we intend to invest. Such acts have created, and continue to create, economic and political uncertainties and have contributed to global economic instability. Future terrorist activities, military or security operations, or natural disasters could further weaken the domestic/global economies and create additional uncertainties, which may adversely impact the businesses in which we invest either directly or indirectly and, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. Losses from terrorist attacks and natural disasters are generally uninsurable.

 

We are subject to risks related to cyber security.

 

We are, and our third-party service providers are, susceptible to operational and information security risks. While our third-party service providers have procedures in place with respect to information security, their technologies may become the target of cyber attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized gathering, monitoring, release, misuse, loss or destruction of our and/or our stockholders’ confidential and other information, or otherwise disrupt our operations or those of our third-party service providers. Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that our third-party service providers, or cyber attacks or security breaches of the networks, systems, or devices that our third-party service providers use to service our operations, could disrupt and impact the service providers’ and our operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, the inability of our stockholders to transact business and of us to process transactions, inability to calculate our NAV, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs. Our third-party service providers’ policies and procedures with respect to information security have been established to seek to identify and mitigate the types of risk to which we and our third-party service providers are subject. As with any risk management system, there are inherent limitations to these policies and procedures as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that have not been anticipated or identified. There can be no assurance that we or our third-party service providers will not suffer losses relating to cyber attacks or other information security breaches in the future.

 

26
 

 

Implementation of certain aspects of our investment strategy is dependent in part upon receiving exemptive relief from the SEC.

 

We and Eagle Point Credit Management intend to submit an exemptive application to the SEC to permit us to participate in negotiated co-investments with other funds managed by Eagle Point Credit Management in a manner consistent with our investment objective, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors, subject to the conditions therein. However, there is no assurance that we will obtain such exemptive relief or, if such relief is granted, that it will be on terms favorable to us. If we are unable to obtain such relief, we may be unable to benefit from certain advantages in connection with our investment in certain CLOs where such advantages are dependent on our ability to invest alongside other accounts managed by the Adviser or its affiliates. In such case, we may be limited in our ability to effectively pursue our targeted investments.

 

Risks Related to Our Investments

 

Investing in Senior Secured Loans Involves Particular Risks.

 

We are expected to obtain exposure to underlying senior secured loans through investments in CLOs, but may obtain such exposure directly or indirectly through other means from time to time. Loans may become nonperforming or impaired for a variety of reasons. Such nonperforming or impaired loans may require substantial workout negotiations or restructuring that may entail, among other things, a substantial reduction in the interest rate and/or a substantial write-down of the principal of the loan. In addition, because of the unique and customized nature of a loan agreement and the private syndication of a loan, certain loans may not be purchased or sold as easily as publicly traded securities, and, historically, the trading volume in the loan market has been small relative to other markets. Loans may encounter trading delays due to their unique and customized nature, and transfers may require the consent of an agent bank and/or borrower. Risks associated with senior secured loans include the fact that prepayments generally may occur at any time without premium or penalty.

 

In addition, the portfolios of certain CLOs in which we may invest may contain middle market loans. Loans to middle market companies may carry more inherent risks than loans to larger, publicly traded entities. These companies generally have more limited access to capital and higher funding costs, may be in a weaker financial position, may need more capital to expand or compete, and may be unable to obtain financing from public capital markets or from traditional sources, such as commercial banks. Middle market companies typically have narrower product lines and smaller market shares than large companies. Therefore, they tend to be more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. These companies may also experience substantial variations in operating results. The success of a middle market business may also depend on the management talents and efforts of one or two persons or a small group of persons. The death, disability or resignation of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the obligor. Accordingly, loans made to middle market companies may involve higher risks than loans made to companies that have greater financial resources or are otherwise able to access traditional credit sources. Middle market loans are less liquid and have a smaller trading market than the market for broadly syndicated loans and may have default rates or recovery rates that differ (and may be better or worse) than has been the case for broadly syndicated loans or investment grade securities. There can be no assurance as to the levels of defaults and/or recoveries that may be experienced with respect to middle market loans in any CLO in which we may invest. As a consequence of the forgoing factors, the securities issued by CLOs that primarily invest in middle market loans (or hold significant portions thereof) are generally considered to be a riskier investment than securities issued by CLOs that primarily invest in broadly syndicated loans.

 

27
 

 

Our investments in CLO securities and other structured finance securities involve certain risks.

 

Our investments are expected to consist primarily of CLO securities and we may invest in other related structured finance securities. CLOs and structured finance securities are generally backed by an asset or a pool of assets (typically senior secured loans and other credit-related assets in the case of a CLO) that serve as collateral. We and other investors in CLO and structured finance securities ultimately bear the credit risk of the underlying collateral. In some instances, such as in the case of most CLOs, the structured finance securities are issued in multiple tranches, offering investors various maturity and credit risk characteristics, often categorized as senior, mezzanine and subordinated/equity according to their degree of risk. If there are defaults or the relevant collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches of such securities take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches, and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches take precedence over those to subordinated/equity tranches.

 

In light of the above considerations, CLO and other structured finance securities may present risks similar to those of the other types of debt obligations and, in fact, such risks may be of greater significance in the case of CLO and other structured finance securities. For example, investments in structured vehicles, including equity and junior debt securities issued by CLOs, involve risks, including credit risk and market risk. Changes in interest rates and credit quality may cause significant price fluctuations.

 

In addition to the general risks associated with investing in debt securities, CLO securities carry additional risks, including, but not limited to: (1) the possibility that distributions from collateral assets will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (2) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (3) the fact that our investments in CLO equity and junior debt tranches will likely be subordinate to other senior classes of CLO debt; and (4) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results. Additionally, changes in the collateral held by a CLO may cause payments on the instruments we hold to be reduced, either temporarily or permanently. Structured investments, particularly the subordinated interests in which we intend to invest, are less liquid than many other types of securities and may be more volatile than the assets underlying the CLOs we may target. In addition, CLO and other structured finance securities may be subject to prepayment risk. Further, the performance of a CLO or other structured finance security will be affected by a variety of factors, including the security’s priority in the capital structure of the issuer thereof, the availability of any credit enhancement, the level and timing of payments and recoveries on and the characteristics of the underlying receivables, loans or other assets that are being securitized, remoteness of those assets from the originator or transferor, the adequacy of and ability to realize upon any related collateral and the capability of the servicer of the securitized assets. There are also the risks that the trustee of a CLO does not properly carry out its duties to the CLO, potentially resulting in loss to the CLO. In addition, the complex structure of the security may produce unexpected investment results, especially during times of market stress or volatility. Investments in structured finance securities may also be subject to liquidity risk.

 

Our investments in the primary CLO market involve certain additional risks.

 

Between the closing date and the effective date of a CLO, the CLO collateral manager will generally expect to purchase additional collateral obligations for the CLO. During this period, the price and availability of these collateral obligations may be adversely affected by a number of market factors, including price volatility and availability of investments suitable for the CLO, which could hamper the ability of the collateral manager to acquire a portfolio of collateral obligations that will satisfy specified concentration limitations and allow the CLO to reach the target initial par amount of collateral prior to the effective date. An inability or delay in reaching the target initial par amount of collateral may adversely affect the timing and amount of interest or principal payments received by the holders of the CLO debt securities and distributions on the CLO equity securities and could result in early redemptions which may cause CLO debt and equity investors to receive less than face value of their investment.

 

Our portfolio of investments may lack diversification among CLO securities which may subject us to a risk of significant loss if one or more of these CLO securities experience a high level of defaults on collateral.

 

Our portfolio may hold investments in a limited number of CLO securities. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC under the Code, we will not have fixed guidelines for diversification, we will not have any limitations on the ability to invest in any one CLO, and our investments may be concentrated in relatively few CLO securities. As our portfolio may be less diversified than the portfolios of some larger funds, we are more susceptible to failure if one or more of the CLOs in which we are invested experiences a high level of defaults on its collateral. Similarly, the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. We may also invest in multiple CLOs managed by the same CLO collateral manager, thereby increasing our risk of loss in the event the CLO collateral manager were to fail, experience the loss of key portfolio management employees or sell its business.

 

Failure by a CLO in which we are invested to satisfy certain tests will harm our operating results.

 

The failure by a CLO in which we invest to satisfy financial covenants, including with respect to adequate collateralization and/or interest coverage tests, could lead to a reduction in its payments to us. In the event that a CLO fails certain tests, holders of CLO senior debt may be entitled to additional payments that would, in turn, reduce the payments we would otherwise be entitled to receive. Separately, we may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting CLO or any other investment we may make. If any of these occur, it could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

 

28
 

 

Negative loan ratings migration may also place pressure on the performance of certain of our investments.

 

Per the terms of a CLO’s indenture, assets rated ‘‘CCC’’ or lower or their equivalent in excess of applicable limits do not receive full par credit for purposes of calculation of the CLO’s overcollateralization tests (“OC Tests”). As a result, negative rating migration could cause a CLO to be out of compliance with its OC Tests. This could cause a diversion of cash flows away from the CLO equity and junior debt tranches in favor of the more senior CLO debt tranches until the relevant OC Test breaches are cured. This could have a negative impact on our NAV and cash flows.

 

Our investments in CLOs and other investment vehicles will result in additional expenses to us.

 

We will invest in CLO securities and may invest, to the extent permitted by law, in the securities and other instruments of other investment companies, including private funds, and, to the extent we so invest, will bear our ratable share of a CLO’s or any such investment vehicle’s expenses, including management and performance fees. We will also remain obligated to pay management and incentive fees to the Adviser with respect to the assets invested in the securities and other instruments of other investment vehicles, including CLOs. With respect to each of these investments, each of our stockholders will bear his or her share of the management and incentive fee of the Adviser as well as indirectly bearing the management and performance fees and other expenses of any investment vehicles in which we invest.

 

In the course of our investing activities, we will pay management and incentive fees to the Adviser and reimburse the Adviser for certain expenses it incurs. As a result, investors in our Common Shares will invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, potentially resulting in a lower rate of return than an investor might achieve through direct investments.

 

Our investments in CLO securities may be less transparent to us and our stockholders than direct investments in the collateral.

 

We intend to invest primarily in equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs and other related investments. Generally, there may be less information available to us regarding the collateral held by such CLOs than if we had invested directly in the debt of the underlying obligors. As a result, our stockholders will not know the details of the collateral of the CLOs in which we will invest. In addition, none of the information contained in certain monthly reports nor any other financial information furnished to us as a noteholder in a CLO will be audited and reported upon, nor will an opinion be expressed, by an independent public accountant. Our CLO investments will also be subject to the risk of leverage associated with the debt issued by such CLOs and the repayment priority of senior debt holders in such CLOs.

 

CLO investments involve complex documentation and accounting considerations.

 

CLOs and other structured finance securities in which we expect to invest are often governed by a complex series of legal documents and contracts. As a result, the risk of dispute over interpretation or enforceability of the documentation may be higher relative to other types of investments.

 

The accounting and tax implications of the CLO investments that we intend to make are complicated. In particular, reported earnings from CLO equity securities are recorded under generally accepted accounting principles based upon a constant yield calculation. Current taxable earnings on these investments, however, will generally not be determinable until after the end of the fiscal year of each individual CLO that ends within our fiscal year, even though the investments are generating cash flow. The tax treatment of these investments may result in higher distributable earnings in the early years and a capital loss at maturity, while for reporting purposes the totality of cash flows are reflected in a constant yield to maturity.

 

We are dependent on the collateral managers of the CLOs in which we invest and those CLOs are generally not registered under the 1940 Act.

 

We will rely on CLO collateral managers to administer and review the portfolios of collateral they manage. The actions of the CLO collateral managers may significantly affect the return on our investments. The ability of each CLO collateral manager to identify and report on issues affecting its securitization portfolio on a timely basis could also affect the return on our investments, as we may not be provided with information on a timely basis in order to take appropriate measures to manage our risks. We will also rely on CLO collateral managers to act in the best interests of the CLOs. If any CLO collateral manager were to act in a manner that was not in the best interest of the CLOs ( e.g. , gross negligence, with reckless disregard or in bad faith), this could adversely impact the overall performance of our investments.

 

29
 

 

In addition, the CLOs in which we intend to invest are generally not registered as investment companies under the 1940 Act. As a result, investors in these CLOs are not afforded the protections that shareholders in an investment company registered under the 1940 Act would have.

 

Our investments in CLO securities may be subject to special anti-deferral provisions that could result in us incurring tax or recognizing income prior to receiving cash distributions related to such income.

 

Some of the CLOs in which we invest may constitute “passive foreign investment companies,” or “PFICs.” If we acquire interests treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes in PFICs (including equity tranche investments and certain debt tranche investments in CLOs that are PFICs), we may be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by us to our stockholders. Certain elections may be available to mitigate or eliminate such tax on excess distributions, but such elections (if available) will generally require us to recognize our share of the PFIC’s income for each year regardless of whether we receive any distributions from such PFIC. We must nonetheless distribute such income to maintain our status as a RIC.

 

If we hold more than 10% of the interests treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a foreign corporation that is treated as a controlled foreign corporation, or “CFC” (including equity tranche investments and certain debt tranche investments in a CLO treated as a CFC), we may be treated as receiving a deemed distribution (taxable as ordinary income) each year from such foreign corporation in an amount equal to our pro rata share of the corporation’s income for the tax year (including both ordinary earnings and capital gains). If we are required to include such deemed distributions from a CFC in our income, we will be required to distribute such income to maintain our RIC status regardless of whether or not the CFC makes an actual distribution during such year.

 

If we are required to include amounts in income prior to receiving distributions representing such income, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

 

If a CLO in which we invest fails to comply with certain U.S. tax disclosure requirements, such CLO may be subject to withholding requirements that could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

 

Legislation enacted in 2010 imposes a withholding tax of 30% on payments of U.S. source interest and dividends paid after June 30, 2014, or gross proceeds from the disposition of an instrument that produces U.S. source interest or dividends paid after December 31, 2016, to certain non-U.S. entities, including certain non-U.S. financial institutions and investment funds, unless such non-U.S. entity complies with certain reporting requirements regarding its U.S. account holders and its U.S. owners. Most CLOs in which we invest will be treated as non-U.S. financial entities for this purpose, and therefore will be required to comply with these reporting requirements to avoid the 30% withholding. If a CLO in which we invest fails to properly comply with these reporting requirements, it could reduce the amount available to distribute to equity and junior debt holders in such CLO, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

 

30
 

 

Increased competition in the market may result in increased price volatility or a shortage of investment opportunities.

 

In recent years there has been a marked increase in the number of, and flow of capital into, investment vehicles established to pursue investments in CLO securities whereas the size of this market is relatively limited. While the precise effect of such competition cannot be determined, such increase may result in greater competition for investment opportunities, which may result in an increase in the price of such investments relative to the risk taken on by holders of such investments. Such competition may also result under certain circumstances in increased price volatility or decreased liquidity with respect to certain positions. We can offer no assurances that we will deploy all of our capital in a timely manner or at all. Prospective investors should understand that we may compete with other investment vehicles, as well as investment and commercial banking firms, which have substantially greater resources, in terms of financial wherewithal and research staffs, than may be available to us.

 

Interest Rate Risk.

 

The fair value of certain of our investments may be significantly affected by changes in interest rates. Although senior secured loans are generally floating rate instruments, our investments in senior secured loans through CLOs are sensitive to interest rate levels and volatility. Although CLOs are generally structured to mitigate the risk of interest rate mismatch, there may be some difference between the timing of interest rate resets on the assets and liabilities of a CLO, which could have a negative effect on the amount of funds distributed to CLO equity investors. In addition, CLOs may not be able to enter into hedge agreements, even if it may otherwise be in the best interests of the CLO to hedge such interest rate risk. Furthermore, in the event of a significant rising interest rate environment and/or economic downturn, loan defaults may increase and result in credit losses that may adversely affect our cash flow, fair value of our assets and operating results. In the event that our interest expense was to increase relative to income, or sufficient financing became unavailable, our return on investments and cash available for distribution would be reduced. In addition, future investments in different types of instruments may carry a greater exposure to interest rate risk.

 

LIBOR Floor Risk . An increase in LIBOR will increase the financing costs of CLOs. Since many of the senior secured loans within these CLOs have LIBOR floors, there may not be corresponding increases in investment income (if LIBOR increases but stays below the average LIBOR floor rate of such senior secured loans) resulting in smaller distribution payments to the equity investors in these CLOs.

 

LIBOR Risk . The CLOs in which we invest typically obtain financing at a floating rate based on LIBOR. Regulators and law-enforcement agencies from a number of governments, including entities in the United States, Japan, Canada and the United Kingdom, have conducted or are conducting civil and criminal investigations into whether the banks that contribute to the British Bankers’ Association, or the “BBA,” in connection with the calculation of daily LIBOR may have been under-reporting or otherwise manipulating or attempting to manipulate LIBOR. Several financial institutions have reached settlements with the CFTC, the U.S. Department of Justice Fraud Section and the United Kingdom Financial Services Authority in connection with investigations by such authorities into submissions made by such financial institutions to the bodies that set LIBOR and other interbank offered rates. In such settlements, such financial institutions admitted to submitting rates to the BBA that were lower than the actual rates at which such financial institutions could borrow funds from other banks. Additional investigations remain ongoing with respect to other major banks. There can be no assurance that there will not be additional admissions or findings of rate-setting manipulation or that manipulations of LIBOR or other similar interbank offered rates will not be shown to have occurred. On July 9, 2013, it was announced that NYSE Euronext Rate Administration Limited would take over the administration of LIBOR from the BBA, subject to authorization from the Financial Conduct Authority and following a period of transition. Accordingly, ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (formerly NYSE Euronext Rate Administration Limited) assumed this role on February 1, 2014. Any new administrator of LIBOR may make methodological changes to the way in which LIBOR is calculated or may alter, discontinue or suspend calculation or dissemination of LIBOR. Any of such actions or other effects from the ongoing investigations could adversely affect the liquidity and value of our investments. Further, additional admissions or findings of manipulation may decrease the confidence of the market in LIBOR and lead market participants to look for alternative, non-LIBOR based types of financing, such as fixed rate loans or bonds or floating rate loans based on non-LIBOR indices. An increase in alternative types of financing at the expense of LIBOR-based CLOs may impair the liquidity of our investments. Additionally, it may make it more difficult for CLO issuers to satisfy certain conditions set forth in a CLO’s offering documents.

 

Historically Low Interest Rate Environment . As of the date of this prospectus, interest rates in the United States are at, or near, historic lows, which may increase our exposure to risks associated with rising interest rates. Moreover, interest rate levels are currently impacted by extraordinary monetary policy initiatives the effect of which is impossible to predict with certainty.

 

31
 

 

Credit Risk.

 

If a CLO in which we invest, an underlying asset of any such CLO or any other type of credit investment in our portfolio declines in price or fails to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer or debtor, as the case may be, experiences a decline in its financial status either or both our income and NAV may be adversely impacted. Non-payment would result in a reduction of our income, a reduction in the value of the applicable CLO security or other credit investment experiencing non-payment and, potentially, a decrease in our NAV. With respect to our investments in CLO securities and credit investments that are secured, there can be no assurance that liquidation of collateral would satisfy the issuer’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled dividend, interest or principal or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of an issuer, we could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of any collateral securing a CLO security or credit investment. To the extent that the credit rating assigned to a security in our portfolio is downgraded, the market price and liquidity of such security may be adversely affected. In addition, if a CLO in which we invest triggers an event of default as a result of failing to make payments when due or for other reasons, the CLO would be subject to the possibility of liquidation, which could result in full loss of value to the CLO equity and junior debt investors. CLO equity tranches are the most likely tranche to suffer a loss of all of their value in these circumstances.

 

Prepayment Risk.

 

Although the Adviser’s valuations and projections take into account certain expected levels of prepayments, the collateral of a CLO may be prepaid more quickly than expected. Prepayment rates are influenced by changes in interest rates and a variety of factors beyond our control and consequently cannot be accurately predicted. Early prepayments give rise to increased reinvestment risk, as we or a CLO collateral manager might realize excess cash from prepayments earlier than expected. If we or a CLO collateral manager are unable to reinvest such cash in a new investment with an expected rate of return at least equal to that of the investment repaid, this may reduce our net income and the fair value of that asset.

 

Leverage Risk.

 

We may incur, directly or indirectly, through one or more special purpose vehicles, indebtedness for borrowed money, as well as leverage in the form of Derivative Transactions, preferred stock and other structures and instruments, in significant amounts and on terms that the Adviser and our Board deem appropriate, subject to applicable limitations under the 1940 Act. Any such borrowings do not include embedded or inherent leverage in CLO structures in which we intend to invest or in derivative instruments in which we may invest. Such leverage may be used for the acquisition and financing of our investments, to pay fees and expenses and for other purposes. Such leverage may be secured and/or unsecured and senior and/or subordinated. Moreover, CLOs by their very nature are leveraged vehicles. Accordingly, there may be a layering of leverage in our overall structure.

 

The more leverage is employed, the more likely a substantial change will occur in our NAV. Accordingly, any event that adversely affects the value of an investment would be magnified to the extent leverage is utilized. For instance, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could also negatively affect our ability to make dividend payments on our Common Shares. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. Our ability to service any debt that we incur will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. The cumulative effect of the use of leverage with respect to any investments in a market that moves adversely to such investments could result in a substantial loss that would be greater than if our investments were not leveraged.

 

As a registered closed-end management investment company, we will generally be required to meet certain asset coverage ratios, defined under the 1940 Act, with respect to any senior securities. With respect to senior securities representing indebtedness ( i.e. , borrowings or deemed borrowings), other than temporary borrowings as defined under the 1940 Act, we are required to have an asset coverage ratio of at least 300%, as measured at the time of borrowing and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness. With respect to senior securities that are stocks ( i.e. , shares of preferred stock), we are required to have an asset coverage ratio of at least 200%, as measured at the time of the issuance of any such shares of preferred stock and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

32
 

 

If our asset coverage ratio declines below 300% (or 200%, as applicable), we would not be able to incur additional debt or issue additional preferred stock, and could be required by law to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we would not be able to make certain distributions or pay dividends. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on the Adviser’s and our Board’s assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us.

 

In addition, any debt facility into which we may enter would likely impose financial and operating covenants that restrict our business activities, including limitations that could hinder our ability to finance additional loans and investments or to make the distributions required to maintain our status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

 

Highly Subordinated and Leveraged Securities Risk.

 

Our portfolio will include equity and junior debt investments in CLOs, which involve a number of significant risks. CLOs are typically very highly levered (9-13 times), and therefore the junior debt and equity tranches that we will invest in are subject to a higher degree of risk of total loss. In particular, investors in CLO securities indirectly bear risks of the collateral held by such CLOs. We will generally have the right to receive payments only from the CLOs, and will generally not have direct rights against the underlying borrowers or the entity that sponsored the CLO. While the CLOs we intend to initially target generally enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of senior secured loans without the expenses associated with directly holding the same investments, we will generally pay a proportionate share of the CLOs’ administrative, management and other expenses. In addition, we may have the option in certain CLOs to contribute additional amounts to the CLO issuer for purposes of acquiring additional assets or curing coverage tests, thereby increasing our overall exposure and capital at risk to such CLO. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of assets underlying CLOs will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of the CLOs’ securities) will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. The interests we intend to acquire in CLOs will likely be thinly traded or have only a limited trading market. CLO securities are typically privately offered and sold, even in the secondary market. As a result, investments in CLO securities may be characterized as illiquid securities.

 

High-Yield (or “Junk”) and Lower-Rated Investments Risk.

 

We intend to invest primarily in securities that are rated below investment grade or not rated by a national securities rating service. The primary assets underlying our CLO security investments are senior secured loans, although these transactions may allow for limited exposure to other asset classes including unsecured loans, high yield bonds, emerging market loans or bonds and structured finance securities with underlying exposure to collateralized debt obligations (“CDO”) tranches, residential mortgage backed securities, commercial mortgage backed securities, trust preferred securities and other types of securitizations. CLOs generally invest in lower-rated debt securities that are typically rated below Baa/BBB by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch. In addition, we may obtain direct exposure to such financial assets/instruments. Securities that are rated lower than Baa by Moody’s or lower than BBB by S&P or Fitch, which are sometimes referred to as “high yield” or “junk.” High-yield debt securities will have greater credit and liquidity risk than investment grade obligations. High-yield debt securities are generally unsecured and may be subordinated to certain other obligations of the issuer thereof. The lower rating of high-yield debt securities and below investment grade loans reflects a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of an issuer or in general economic conditions or both may impair the ability of the issuer thereof to make payments of principal or interest.

 

Risks of high-yield debt securities may include:

(1) limited liquidity and secondary market support;
(2) substantial marketplace volatility resulting from changes in prevailing interest rates;
(3) subordination to the prior claims of banks and other senior lenders;

 

33
 

 

  (4) the operation of mandatory sinking fund or call/redemption provisions during periods of declining interest rates that could cause us to reinvest premature redemption proceeds in lower-yielding debt obligations;
(5) the possibility that earnings of the high-yield debt security issuer may be insufficient to meet its debt service;
(6) the declining creditworthiness and potential for insolvency of the issuer of such high-yield debt securities during periods of rising interest rates and/or economic downturn; and
(7) greater susceptibility to losses and real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than higher grade securities.

 

An economic downturn or an increase in interest rates could severely disrupt the market for high-yield debt securities and adversely affect the value of outstanding high-yield debt securities and the ability of the issuers thereof to repay principal and interest.

 

Issuers of high-yield debt securities may be highly leveraged and may not have available to them more traditional methods of financing. The risk associated with acquiring (directly or indirectly) the securities of such issuers generally is greater than is the case with highly rated securities. For example, during an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, issuers of high-yield debt securities may be more likely to experience financial stress, especially if such issuers are highly leveraged. During such periods, timely service of debt obligations also may be adversely affected by specific issuer developments, or the issuer’s inability to meet specific projected business forecasts or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss due to default by the issuer is significantly greater for the holders of high-yield debt securities because such securities may be unsecured and may be subordinated to obligations owed to other creditors of the issuer of such securities. In addition, we may incur additional expenses to the extent it (or any investment manager) is required to seek recovery upon a default on a high yield bond (or any other debt obligation) or participate in the restructuring of such obligation.

 

A portion of the loans held by CLOs in which we invest may consist of second lien loans. Second lien loans are secured by liens on the collateral securing the loan that are subordinated to the liens of at least one other class of obligations of the related obligor, and thus, the ability of the CLO issuer to exercise remedies after a second lien loan becomes a defaulted obligation is subordinated to, and limited by, the rights of the senior creditors holding such other classes of obligations. In many circumstances, the CLO issuer may be prevented from foreclosing on the collateral securing a second lien loan until the related senior loan is paid in full. Moreover, any amounts that might be realized as a result of collection efforts or in connection with a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding involving a second lien loan must generally be turned over to the senior secured lender until the senior secured lender has realized the full value of its own claims. In addition, certain of the second lien loans contain provisions requiring the CLO issuer’s interest in the collateral to be released in certain circumstances. These lien and payment obligation subordination provisions may materially and adversely affect the ability of the CLO issuer to realize value from second lien loans and adversely affect our investment in the CLO’s securities.

 

Synthetic Securities Risk.

 

We may acquire interests in loans either directly (by way of assignment (“Assignment”)) or indirectly (by way of participation (“Participations”)) or through the acquisition of synthetic securities or interests in lease agreements that have the general characteristics of loans and are treated as loans for withholding tax purposes. The purchaser by an Assignment of a loan obligation typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the selling institution and becomes a lender under the loan or credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation. In contrast, Participations acquired by us in a portion of a debt obligation held by a selling institution (the “Selling Institution”) typically result in a contractual relationship only with such Selling Institution, not with the obligor. We would have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled under the Participation only from the Selling Institution and only upon receipt by the Selling Institution of such payments from the obligor. In purchasing a Participation, we generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the obligor with the terms of the loan or credit agreement or other instrument evidencing such debt obligation, nor any rights of setoff against the obligor, and we may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result, we would assume the credit risk of both the obligor and the Selling Institution. In the event of the insolvency of the Selling Institution, we will be treated as a general creditor of the Selling Institution in respect of the Participation and may not benefit from any setoff between the Selling Institution and the obligor.

 

34
 

 

When we hold a Participation in a debt obligation, we may not have the right to vote to waive enforcement of any default by an obligor. Selling Institutions commonly reserve the right to administer the debt obligations sold by them as they see fit and to amend the documentation evidencing such debt obligations in all respects. However, most participation agreements with respect to senior secured loans provide that the Selling Institution may not vote in favor of any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) forgives principal, interest or fees, (2) reduces principal, interest or fees that are payable, (3) postpones any payment of principal (whether a scheduled payment or a mandatory prepayment), interest or fees or (4) releases any material guarantee or security without the consent of the participant (at least to the extent the participant would be affected by any such amendment, modification or waiver).

 

A Selling Institution voting in connection with a potential waiver of a default by an obligor may have interests different from ours, and the Selling Institution might not consider our interests in connection with its vote. In addition, many participation agreements with respect to senior secured loans that provide voting rights to the participant further provide that, if the participant does not vote in favor of amendments, modifications or waivers, the Selling Institution may repurchase such Participation at par. An investment by us in a synthetic security related to a loan involves many of the same considerations relevant to Participations.

 

In addition to the credit risks associated with directly or indirectly holding senior secured loans and high-yield debt securities, with respect to synthetic strategy, we will usually have a contractual relationship only with the counterparty of such synthetic security, and not with the reference obligor of the reference obligation. We generally will have no right to directly enforce compliance by the reference obligor with the terms of the reference obligation nor will it have any rights of setoff against the reference obligor or rights with respect to the reference obligation. We will not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the reference obligation and will not have the benefit of the remedies that would normally be available to a holder of such reference obligation. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of the counterparty, we may be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty, and will not have any claim with respect to the reference obligation. Consequently, we will be subject to the credit risk of the counterparty as well as that of the reference obligor. As a result, concentrations of synthetic securities in any one counterparty subject us to an additional degree of risk with respect to defaults by such counterparty as well as by the reference obligor.

 

Liquidity Risk.

 

High-yield investments, including collateral held by CLOs in which we invest, generally have limited liquidity. As a result, prices of high-yield investments have at times experienced significant and rapid decline when a substantial number of holders (or a few holders of a significantly large “block” of the securities) decided to sell. In addition, we (or the CLOs in which we invest) may have difficulty disposing of certain high-yield investments because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. To the extent that a secondary trading market for non-investment grade high-yield investments does exist, it would not be as liquid as the secondary market for highly rated investments. Reduced secondary market liquidity would have an adverse impact on our direct or indirect ability to dispose of particular securities in response to a specific economic event such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer of such securities.

 

As secondary market trading volumes increase, new loans frequently contain standardized documentation to facilitate loan trading that may improve market liquidity. There can be no assurance, however, that future levels of supply and demand in loan trading will provide an adequate degree of liquidity or that the current level of liquidity will continue. Because holders of such loans are offered confidential information relating to the borrower, the unique and customized nature of the loan agreement, and the private syndication of the loan, loans are not purchased or sold as easily as publicly traded securities are purchased or sold. Although a secondary market may exist, risks similar to those described above in connection with an investment in high-yield debt investments are also applicable to investments in lower rated loans.

 

The securities issued by CLOs generally offer less liquidity than other investment grade or high-yield corporate debt, and are subject to certain transfer restrictions that impose certain financial and other eligibility requirements on prospective transferees. Other investments that we may purchase in privately negotiated transactions may also be illiquid or subject to legal restrictions on their transfer. As a result of this illiquidity, our ability to sell certain investments quickly, or at all, in response to changes in economic and other conditions and to receive a fair price when selling such investments may be limited, which could prevent us from making sales to mitigate losses on such investments. In addition, CLOs are subject to the possibility of liquidation upon an event of default, which could result in full loss of value to the CLO equity and junior debt investors. CLO equity tranches are the most likely tranche to suffer a loss of all of their value in these circumstances.

 

35
 

 

Counterparty Risk.

 

We may be exposed to counterparty risk, which could make it difficult for us or the CLOs in which we invest to collect on the obligations represented by investments and result in significant losses.

 

We may hold investments (including synthetic securities) that would expose us to the credit risk of our counterparties or the counterparties of the CLOs in which it invests. In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of such a counterparty, we or a CLO in which such an investment is held could suffer significant losses, including the loss of that part of our or the CLO’s portfolio financed through such a transaction, declines in the value of our investment, including declines that may occur during an applicable stay period, the inability to realize any gains on our investment during such period and fees and expenses incurred in enforcing our rights. If the CLO enters into or owns synthetic securities, the CLO may fall within the definition of “commodity pool” under new CFTC rules, and the collateral manager of the CLO may be required to register as a commodity pool operator with the CFTC, which could increase costs for the CLO and reduce amounts available to pay to the residual tranche.

 

In addition, with respect to certain swaps and synthetic securities, neither the CLOs nor we usually have a contractual relationship with the entities, referred to as “Reference Entities” whose payment obligations are the subject of the relevant swap agreement or security. Therefore, neither the CLOs nor we generally have a right to directly enforce compliance by the Reference Entity with the terms of this kind of underlying obligation, any rights of set-off against the Reference Entity or any voting rights with respect to the underlying obligation. Neither the CLOs nor we will directly benefit from the collateral supporting the underlying obligation and will not have the benefit of the remedies that would normally be available to a holder of such underlying obligation.

 

Risks of Default on Collateral.

 

A default and any resulting loss as well as other losses on an underlying asset held by a CLO may reduce the fair value of our corresponding CLO investment. A wide range of factors could adversely affect the ability of the borrower of an underlying asset to make interest or other payments on that asset. To the extent that actual defaults and losses on the collateral of an investment exceed the level of defaults and losses factored into its purchase price, the value of the anticipated return from the investment will be reduced. The more deeply subordinated the tranche of securities in which we invest, the greater the risk of loss upon a default. For example, CLO equity is the most subordinated tranche within a CLO and is therefore subject to the greatest risk of loss resulting from defaults on the CLO’s collateral, whether due to bankruptcy or otherwise. Any defaults and losses in excess of expected default rates and loss model inputs will have a negative impact on the fair value of our investments, will reduce the cash flows that we receive from our investments, adversely affect the fair value of our assets and could adversely impact our ability to pay dividends. In addition, the collateral of CLOs may require substantial workout negotiations or restructuring in the event of a default or liquidation. Any such workout or restructuring is likely to lead to a substantial reduction in the interest rate of such asset and/or a substantial write-down or write-off of all or a portion the principal of such asset. Any such reduction in interest rates or principal will negatively affect the fair value of our portfolio.

 

Risks of Loan Accumulation Facilities.

 

We may invest capital in loan accumulation facilities to acquire loans on an interim basis that are expected to form part of the portfolio of a future CLO. Investments in loan accumulation facilities have risks that are similar to those applicable to investments in CLOs as described in this prospectus. In addition, there typically will be no assurance that the future CLO will be consummated or that the loans held in such a facility are eligible for purchase by the CLO. Furthermore, we likely will have no consent rights in respect of the loans to be acquired in such a facility and in the event we do have any consent rights, they will be limited. In the event a planned CLO is not consummated, or the loans are not eligible for purchase by the CLO, we may be responsible for either holding or disposing of the loans. This could expose us primarily to credit and/or mark-to-market losses, and other risks. Leverage is typically utilized in such a facility and as such the potential risk of loss will be increased for such facilities that employ leverage.

 

36
 

 

Bankruptcy Risk.

 

In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of an issuer or borrower of a loan that we hold or of an underlying asset held by a CLO or other vehicle in which we invest, a court or other governmental entity may determine that our claims or those of the relevant CLO are not valid or not entitled to the treatment we expected when making our initial investment decision.

 

Various laws enacted for the protection of debtors may apply to the underlying assets in our investment portfolio. The information in this and the following paragraph represents a brief summary of certain points only, is not intended to be an extensive summary of the relevant issues and is applicable with respect to U.S. issuers and borrowers only. The following is not intended to be a summary of all relevant risks. Similar avoidance provisions to those described below are sometimes available with respect to non-U.S. issuers or borrowers, but there is no assurance that this will be the case which may result in a much greater risk of partial or total loss of value in that underlying asset.

 

If a court in a lawsuit brought by an unpaid creditor or representative of creditors of an issuer or borrower of underlying assets, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, were to find that such issuer or borrower did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for incurring the indebtedness constituting such underlying assets and, after giving effect to such indebtedness, the issuer or borrower (1) was insolvent; (2) was engaged in a business for which the remaining assets of such issuer or borrower constituted unreasonably small capital; or (3) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond our ability to pay such debts as they mature, such court could decide to invalidate, in whole or in part, the indebtedness constituting the underlying assets as a fraudulent conveyance, to subordinate such indebtedness to existing or future creditors of the issuer or borrower or to recover amounts previously paid by the issuer or borrower in satisfaction of such indebtedness. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of an issuer or borrower of underlying assets, payments made on such underlying assets could be subject to avoidance as a “preference” if made within a certain period of time (which may be as long as one year under U.S. Federal bankruptcy law or even longer under state laws) before insolvency.

 

Our underlying assets may be subject to various laws for the protection of debtors in other jurisdictions, including the jurisdiction of incorporation of the issuer or borrower of such underlying assets and, if different, the jurisdiction from which it conducts business and in which it holds assets, any of which may adversely affect such issuer’s or borrower’s ability to make, or a creditor’s ability to enforce, payment in full, on a timely basis or at all. These insolvency considerations will differ depending on the jurisdiction in which an issuer or borrower or the related underlying assets are located and may differ depending on the legal status of the issuer or borrower.

 

Hedging Risks; Derivative Transactions Risk.

 

We may engage in forward contracts, options, futures, swaps and other derivatives primarily to increase or decrease our risk exposure to currency exchange rates, interest rates, credit spreads and corporate credit events. Derivative Transactions may be volatile and involve various risks different from, and in certain cases, greater than the risks presented by more traditional instruments. The risks related to Derivative Transactions include, among other things, imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, possible default of the other party to the transaction, illiquidity, leverage, market risk and regulatory risk. A small investment in derivatives could have a large potential impact on our performance, effecting a form of investment leverage on our portfolio. In certain types of Derivative Transactions we could lose the entire amount of our investment; in other types of Derivative Transactions, such as short sales, the potential loss is theoretically unlimited.

 

The following is a general discussion of primary risk considerations concerning the use of Derivative Transactions that investors should understand before investing in our Common Shares.

 

Counterparty risk . The risk that the counterparty in a Derivative Transaction will be unable to honor its financial obligation to us, or the risk that the reference entity in a credit default swap or similar derivative will not be able to honor its financial obligations. Certain participants in the derivatives market, including larger financial institutions, have experienced significant financial hardship and deteriorating credit conditions. If our counterparty to a Derivative Transaction experiences a loss of capital, or is perceived to lack adequate capital or access to capital, it may experience margin calls or other regulatory requirements to increase equity. Under such circumstances, the risk that a counterparty will be unable to honor its obligations may increase substantially. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt, we may experience significant delays in obtaining recovery (if at all) under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding; if our claim is unsecured, we will be treated as a general creditor of such prime broker or counterparty and will not have any claim with respect to the underlying security. We may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. The counterparty risk for cleared derivatives is generally lower than for uncleared OTC derivatives since generally a clearing organization becomes substituted for each counterparty to a cleared derivative and, in effect, guarantees the parties’ performance under the contract as each party to a trade looks only to the clearing house for performance of financial obligations. However, there can be no assurance that the clearing house, or its members, will satisfy its obligations to us.

 

37
 

 

Market risk . A general risk, attendant to all investments that the value of a particular investment will change in a way detrimental to our interests.

 

Management risk . Derivative Transactions are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques and risk analyses different from those associated with equities and bonds. The use of a derivative instrument requires an understanding not only of the underlying instrument but also of the derivative itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the derivative under all possible market conditions. In particular, the use and complexity of derivatives require the maintenance of adequate controls to monitor the transactions entered into, the ability to assess the risk that a derivative adds to our portfolio and the ability to forecast price, interest rate or currency rate movements correctly.

 

Correlation risk . When used for hedging purposes, an imperfect or variable degree of correlation between price movements of the derivative instrument and the underlying investment sought to be hedged may prevent us from achieving the intended hedging effect or expose us to the risk of loss. The imperfect correlation between the value of a derivative and our underlying assets may result in losses on the Derivative Transaction that are greater than the gain in the value of the underlying assets in our portfolio. The Adviser may not hedge against a particular risk because it does not regard the probability of the risk occurring to be sufficiently high as to justify the cost of the hedge, or because it does not foresee the occurrence of the risk. These factors may have a significant negative effect on the fair value of our assets and the market value of our Common Shares.

 

Liquidity risk . Derivative Transactions, especially when traded in large amounts, may not be liquid in all circumstances, so that in volatile markets we would not be able to close out a position without incurring a loss. Although both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives markets may experience a lack of liquidity, OTC non-standardized derivative transactions are generally less liquid than exchange-traded instruments. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures. In addition, daily limits on price fluctuations and speculative position limits on exchanges on which we may conduct transactions in derivative instruments may prevent prompt liquidation of positions, subjecting us to the potential of greater losses.

 

Leverage risk . Trading in Derivative Transactions can result in large amounts of leverage. Thus, the leverage offered by trading in derivative instruments will magnify the gains and losses we experience and could cause our NAV to be subject to wider fluctuations than would be the case if we did not use the leverage feature in derivative instruments.

 

Volatility risk. The prices of many derivative instruments, including many options and swaps, are highly volatile. Price movements of options contracts and payments pursuant to swap agreements are influenced by, among other things, interest rates, changing supply and demand relationships, trade, fiscal, monetary and exchange control programs and policies of governments, and national and international political and economic events and policies. The value of options and swap agreements also depends upon the price of the securities or currencies underlying them.

 

38
 

 

OTC trading . Derivative Transactions that may be purchased or sold may include instruments not traded on an organized market. The risk of non-performance by the counterparty to such Derivative Transaction may be greater and the ease with which we can dispose of or enter into closing transactions with respect to such an instrument may be less than in the case of an exchange traded instrument. In addition, significant disparities may exist between “bid” and “asked” prices for derivative instruments that are not traded on an exchange. Such instruments are often valued subjectively and may result in mispricings or improper valuations. Improper valuations can result in increased cash payment requirements to counterparties or a loss of value, or both. In addition, cleared derivative transactions benefit from daily market-to-market pricing and settlement, and segregation and minimum capital requirements applicable to intermediaries. Transactions entered into directly between two counterparties generally do not benefit from such protections. This exposes us to the risk that a counterparty will not settle a transaction in accordance with its terms and conditions because of a dispute over the terms of the contract (whether or not bona fide) or because of a credit or liquidity problem, thus causing us to suffer a loss. Such “counterparty risk” is accentuated for contracts with longer maturities where events may intervene to prevent settlement, or where we have concentrated our transactions with a single or small group of counterparties. OTC trades submitted for clearing will be subject to minimum initial and variation margin requirements set by the relevant clearinghouse, as well as possible SEC or CFTC mandated margin requirements. The regulators also have broad discretion to impose margin requirements on non-cleared OTC derivatives. OTC derivatives dealers have also become subject to new business conduct standards, disclosure requirements, reporting and recordkeeping requirements, transparency requirements, position limits, limitations on conflicts of interest, and other regulatory burdens. These new margin and regulatory requirements will increase the overall costs for OTC derivatives dealers. Dealers can be expected to try to pass those increased costs along, at least partially, to market participants such as us in the form of higher fees or less advantageous dealer marks. The overall impact of the Dodd-Frank Act is highly uncertain and it is unclear how the OTC derivatives markets will adapt to this new regulatory regime.

 

Historically, swap transactions have been individually negotiated non-standardized transactions entered into in OTC markets and have not been subject to the same type of government regulation as exchange-traded instruments. As a result, many of the protections afforded to participants on organized exchanges and in a regulated environment have not been available in connection with these transactions. However, the OTC derivatives markets have recently become subject to comprehensive statutes and regulations. In particular, in the United States, the Dodd-Frank Act requires that certain derivatives with U.S. persons must be executed on a regulated market and a substantial portion of OTC derivatives must be submitted for clearing to regulated clearinghouses. As a result, swap transactions may become subject to various requirements applicable to swaps under the Dodd-Frank Act, including clearing, exchange-execution, reporting and recordkeeping requirements, which may make it more difficult and costly for us to enter into swap transactions and may also render certain strategies in which we might otherwise engage impossible or so costly that they will no longer be economical to implement. Furthermore, the number of counterparties that may be willing to enter into swap transactions with us may also be limited if the swap transactions with us are subject to the swap regulation under the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

Failure of Futures Commission Merchants and Clearing Organizations . We may deposit funds required to margin open positions in the derivative instruments subject to the CEA with a clearing broker registered as a “futures commission merchant,” or “FCM.” The CEA requires an FCM to segregate all funds received from customers with respect to any orders for the purchase or sale of U.S. domestic futures contracts and cleared swaps from the FCM’s proprietary assets. Similarly, the CEA requires each FCM to hold in a separate secure account all funds received from customers with respect to any orders for the purchase or sale of foreign futures contracts and segregate any such funds from the funds received with respect to domestic futures contracts. However, all funds and other property received by a clearing broker from its customers are held by the clearing broker on a commingled basis in an omnibus account and may be freely accessed by the clearing broker, which may also invest any such funds in certain instruments permitted under the applicable regulation. There is a risk that assets deposited by us with any swaps or futures clearing broker as margin for futures contracts or cleared swaps may, in certain circumstances, be used to satisfy losses of other clients of our clearing broker. In addition, our assets may not be fully protected in the event of the clearing broker’s bankruptcy, as we would be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds segregated on behalf of the clearing broker’s combined domestic customer accounts.

 

Similarly, the CEA requires a clearing organization approved by the CFTC as a derivatives clearing organization to segregate all funds and other property received from a clearing member’s clients in connection with domestic futures, swaps and options contracts from any funds held at the clearing organization to support the clearing member’s proprietary trading. Nevertheless, with respect to futures and options contracts, a clearing organization may use assets of a non-defaulting customer held in an omnibus account at the clearing organization to satisfy payment obligations of a defaulting customer of the clearing member to the clearing organization. As a result, in the event of a default or the clearing broker’s other clients or the clearing broker’s failure to extend own funds in connection with any such default, we would not be able to recover the full amount of assets deposited by the clearing broker on our behalf with the clearing organization.

 

39
 

 

Reinvestment Risk.

 

As part of the ordinary management of its portfolio, a CLO will typically generate cash from asset repayments and sales and reinvest those proceeds in substitute assets, subject to compliance with its investment tests and certain other conditions. The earnings with respect to such substitute assets will depend on the quality of reinvestment opportunities available at the time. The need to satisfy the CLO’s covenants and identify acceptable assets may require the CLO collateral manager to purchase substitute assets at a lower yield than those initially acquired or require that the sale proceeds be maintained temporarily in cash, either of which may reduce the yield that the CLO collateral manager is able to achieve. The investment tests may incentivize a CLO collateral manager to buy riskier assets than it otherwise would, which could result in additional losses. Either of the foregoing could reduce our return on investment and may have a negative effect on the fair value of our assets and the market value of our Common Shares. In addition, the reinvestment period for a CLO may terminate early, which may cause the holders of the CLO’s securities to receive principal payments earlier than anticipated. There can be no assurance that we will be able to reinvest such amounts in an alternative investment that provides a comparable return relative to the credit risk assumed.

 

Risks of Non-U.S. Investing.

 

While we intend to invest primarily in CLOs that hold underlying U.S. assets, these CLOs may be organized outside the United States and we may also invest in CLOs that hold collateral that are non-U.S. assets. Investing in foreign entities may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, expropriation, imposition of foreign taxes, less liquid markets and less available information than is generally the case in the U.S., higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility. Further, we, and the CLOs in which we invest, may have difficulty enforcing creditor’s rights in foreign jurisdictions.

 

Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Delays in settlement could result in periods when our assets are uninvested. Our inability to make intended investments due to settlement problems or the risk of intermediary counterparty failures could cause it to miss investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of an investment due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Funds due to subsequent declines in the value of such investment or, if we have entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser. Transaction costs of buying and selling foreign securities also are generally higher than those involved in domestic transactions. Furthermore, foreign financial markets have, for the most part, substantially less volume than U.S. markets, and securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and their prices more volatile than securities of comparable domestic companies.

 

The economies of individual non-U.S. countries may also differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, volatility of currency exchange rates, depreciation, capital reinvestment, resources self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

 

Currency Risk. Any of our investments that are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars will be subject to the risk that the value of such currency will decrease in relation to the U.S. dollar. Although we will consider hedging any non-U.S. dollar exposures back to U.S. dollars, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to other currencies in which we make investments would otherwise reduce the effect of increases and magnify the effect of decreases in the prices of our non-U.S. dollar denominated investments in their local markets. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates will similarly affect the U.S. dollar equivalent of any interest, dividends or other payments made that are denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

 

40
 

 

Any unrealized losses we experience on our portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution.

 

As a registered closed-end management investment company, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at the fair value as determined in good faith by our Board. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized losses in our portfolio could be an indication of an issuer’s inability to meet its repayment obligations to us with respect to the affected investments. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods.

 

A portion of our income and fees may not be qualifying income for purposes of the income source test.

 

Some of the income and fees that we may recognize will not satisfy the qualifying income test applicable to RICs. In order to ensure that such income and fees do not disqualify us as a RIC for a failure to satisfy such test, we may be required to recognize such income and fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be required to pay U.S. corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce our return on such income and fees.

 

Risks Relating to an Investment in our Securities

 

Common shares of closed-end management investment companies have in the past frequently traded at discounts to their NAVs, and we cannot assure you that the market price of our Common Shares will not decline below our NAV per share.

 

Common shares of closed-end management investment companies have in the past frequently traded at discounts to their NAVs and our Common Shares may also be discounted in the market. This characteristic of closed-end management investment companies is separate and distinct from the risk that our NAV per share may decline. We cannot predict whether Common Shares will trade above, at or below our NAV. The risk of loss associated with this characteristic of closed-end management investment companies may be greater for investors expecting to sell Common Shares purchased in the offering soon after the offering. In addition, if our Common Shares trade below our NAV, we will generally not be able to sell additional Common Shares to the public at market price without first obtaining the approval of our Common Stockholders (including our unaffiliated stockholders) and our independent Directors for such issuance.

 

Our Common Share price may be volatile and may decrease substantially.

 

The trading price of our Common Shares may fluctuate substantially. The price of our Common Shares that will prevail in the market after this offering may be higher or lower than the price you pay, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

· price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;
· investor demand for our shares;
· significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of registered closed-end management investment companies or other companies in our sector, which are not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies;
· changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines with respect to RICs or registered closed-end management investment companies;
· failure to qualify as a RIC, or the loss of RIC status;
· any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;
· changes, or perceived changes, in the value of our portfolio investments;
· departures of any members of the Senior Investment Team;
· operating performance of companies comparable to us; or
· general economic conditions and trends and other external factors.

 

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Due to the potential volatility of our Common Share price, we may become the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

 

41
 

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully deploy the proceeds of our initial public offering within the timeframe we have contemplated.

 

We currently anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of our initial public offering will be invested in accordance with our investment objective within three to six months after the consummation of this offering. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to locate a sufficient number of suitable investment opportunities to allow us to successfully deploy substantially all of the net proceeds of our initial public offering in that timeframe. To the extent we are unable to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of our initial public offering within our contemplated timeframe after the completion of our initial public offering, our investment income, and in turn our results of operations, will likely be materially adversely affected.

 

Regulations governing our operation as a registered closed-end management investment company affect our ability to raise additional capital and the way in which we do so. The raising of debt capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.

 

We may in the future issue debt securities or additional preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, as a registered closed-end management investment company, to issue senior securities provided we meet certain asset coverage ratios ( i.e. , 300% for senior securities representing indebtedness and 200% in the case of the issuance of preferred stock). See “ —Leverage Risk ” for details concerning how the asset coverage ratios are calculated. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous. Also, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness would not be available for distributions to our Common Stockholders. Furthermore, if we issue senior securities, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. If we issue preferred stock, such stock would rank “senior” to our Common Shares, preferred stockholders would have separate voting rights on certain matters and have other rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our Common Stockholders, and we could be required to delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for holders of our Common Shares or otherwise be in your best interest.

 

We are not generally able to issue and sell Common Shares at a price below the then current NAV per share (exclusive of any distributing commission or discount). We may, however, sell Common Shares at a price below the then current NAV per Common Share if the Board determines that such sale is in our best interests and a majority of our Common Stockholders approves such sale. In addition, we may generally issue new Common Shares at a price below NAV in rights offerings to existing Common Stockholders, in payment of dividends and in certain other limited circumstances. If we raise additional funds by issuing more Common Shares, then the percentage ownership of our Common Stockholders at that time will decrease, and you may experience dilution.

 

If we issue preferred stock, the NAV and market value of our Common Shares will likely become more volatile.

 

We cannot assure you that the issuance of preferred stock would result in a higher yield or return to our Common Stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock would likely cause the NAV and market value of our Common Shares to become more volatile. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock were to approach the net rate of return on our investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to the holders of Common Shares would be reduced. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock were to exceed the net rate of return on our portfolio, the leverage would result in a lower rate of return to the holders of Common Shares than if we had not issued preferred stock. Any decline in the NAV of our investments would be borne entirely by the holders of Common Shares. Therefore, if the market value of our portfolio were to decline, the leverage would result in a greater decrease in NAV to the holders of Common Shares than if we were not leveraged through the issuance of preferred stock. This greater NAV decrease would also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for Common Shares. We might be in danger of failing to maintain the required asset coverage of the preferred stock or of losing our ratings, if any, on the preferred stock or, in an extreme case, our current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the preferred stock. In order to counteract such an event, we might need to liquidate investments in order to fund a redemption of some or all of the preferred stock. In addition, we would pay (and the holders of Common Shares would bear) all costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred stock, including higher advisory fees if our total return exceeds the dividend rate on the preferred stock.

 

42
 

 

Provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse effect on the price of our Common Shares.

 

The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, contains provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of us or the removal of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that limit liability and provide for indemnification of our directors and officers. These provisions and others also may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management. We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, the application of which is subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. This section generally prohibits us from engaging in mergers and other business combinations with stockholders that beneficially own 15% or more of our voting stock, or with their affiliates, unless our directors or stockholders approve the business combination in the prescribed manner. Our Board has adopted a resolution exempting from Section 203 of the DGCL any business combination between us and any other person, subject to prior approval of such business combination by our Board, including approval by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons.” If the resolution exempting business combinations is repealed or our Board does not approve a business combination, Section 203 of the DGCL may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer.

 

We have also adopted measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our certificate of incorporation classifying our Board in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and provisions of our certificate of incorporation authorizing our Board to classify or reclassify Common Shares in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional Common Shares, and to amend our certificate of incorporation, without stockholder approval, to increase or decrease the number of Common Shares that we have authority to issue. These provisions, as well as other provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.

 

Investors in our initial public offering will incur dilution.

 

Our NAV as of      , 2014, was $     , or approximately $     per Common Share. After giving effect to the sale of      million Common Shares in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $     per share, and after deducting estimated offering expenses of approximately $     payable by us, our as-adjusted NAV is expected to be approximately $     million, or approximately $     per share, representing an immediate decrease in NAV of $     per share to Common Shares sold in this offering. Accordingly, investors purchasing shares in this offering would pay a price per Common Share that exceeds the NAV per Common Share after this offering by $     and will bear, indirectly, $     in offering expenses.

 

Given the risks described above, an investment in our Common Shares may not be appropriate for all investors. You should carefully consider your ability to assume these risks before making an investment in the Company.

 

43
 

  

Use Of Proceeds

 

The net proceeds of this offering are expected to be approximately $     ($     if the underwriters exercise the overallotment option in full) after payment of offering costs of $     (which amount excludes the sales load and offering costs in excess of $1 million, which costs will be paid by the Adviser). We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of our securities pursuant to this prospectus to acquire investments in accordance with our investment objectives and strategies described in this prospectus and for general working capital purposes. We currently anticipate that it will take approximately three to six months to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering in our targeted investments, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objectives and market conditions. We cannot assure you we will achieve our targeted investment pace, which may negatively impact our returns. During this period, we will invest in temporary investments, such as cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality liquid debt investments that mature in one year or less, which we expect will have returns substantially lower than the returns that we anticipate earning from investments in CLO securities and related investments. Investors should expect, therefore, that before we have fully invested the proceeds of the offering in accordance with our investment objectives and policies, assets invested in these instruments would earn interest income at a modest rate, which may not exceed our expenses during this period.

 

44
 

 

Distribution Policy

 

Regular Distributions

 

We intend to make regular quarterly cash distributions of all or a portion of our investment company taxable income to Common Stockholders. We also intend to make at least annual distributions of all or a portion of our “net capital gains” (which is the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses). We anticipate declaring a dividend for the quarter ending      , payable to our Common Stockholders, including investors in this offering. Our quarterly dividends, if any, will be determined by our Board. Any dividends to our Common Stockholders will be declared out of assets legally available for distribution.

 

At times, in order to maintain a stable level of distributions, we may pay out less than all of our investment income or pay out accumulated undistributed income in addition to current net investment income. Our expenses will be accrued each day. To the extent that our net investment income for any year exceeds the total quarterly distributions paid during the year, we intend to make a special distribution at or near year-end of such excess amount as may be required. Over time, we expect that all of our investment company taxable income will be distributed.

 

Dividend and capital gains distributions generally are used to purchase additional Common Shares, subject to market conditions, pursuant to our DRIP Plan. See “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan .” However, an investor can choose to receive distributions in cash. Dividend and capital gains distributions generally are taxable to our Common Stockholders whether they are reinvested in our Common Shares or received in cash.

 

Capital Gains Distributions

 

The 1940 Act currently limits the number of times we may distribute long-term capital gains in any tax year, which may increase the variability of our distributions and result in certain distributions being comprised more heavily of long-term capital gains eligible for favorable income tax rates. In the future, the Adviser may seek Board approval to implement a managed distribution plan for us. The managed distribution plan would be implemented pursuant to an exemptive order that we would intend to obtain from the SEC granting an exemption from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder to permit us to include long-term capital gains as a part of our regular distributions to Common Stockholders more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act (generally once or twice per year). If we implement a managed distribution plan, we would do so without a vote of our Common Stockholders. There can be no assurance that we will implement such a plan, nor can there be any assurance that SEC relief will be obtained.

 

At least annually, we intend to distribute any net capital gains (which is the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital loss) or, alternatively, to retain all or a portion of the year’s net capital gains and pay federal income tax on the retained gain. As provided under federal tax law, if we retain all or a portion of such gains and make an election, Common Stockholders of record as of the end of our taxable year will include their attributable share of the retained gain in their income for the year as a long-term capital gain, and will be entitled to a tax credit or refund for the tax deemed paid on their behalf by us. We may treat the cash value of tax credit and refund amounts in connection with retained capital gains as a substitute for equivalent cash distributions.

 

RIC Tax Qualification

 

We intend to elect to be treated and to qualify each year as a RIC under the Code. Accordingly, we intend to satisfy certain requirements relating to sources of our income and diversification of our total assets and to satisfy certain distribution requirements, so as to maintain our RIC status and to avoid paying U.S. federal income or excise tax thereon. To the extent we qualify for treatment as a RIC and satisfy the applicable distribution requirements, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income paid to our Common Stockholders in the form of dividends or capital gains distributions.

 

45
 

 

As a RIC, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on our investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but without regard to the deductions for dividend paid) and net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital loss), if any, that we distribute in each taxable year to Common Stockholders, provided that we distribute an amount at least equal to the sum of 90% of our investment company taxable income and 90% of our net tax-exempt interest income for such taxable year. We intend to distribute to Common Stockholders, at least annually, substantially all of our investment company taxable income, net tax-exempt income and net capital gains. In order to avoid incurring a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax obligation, the Code requires that we generally distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of our ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for such year, (ii) 98.2% of our capital gains net income, generally computed on the basis of the one-year period ending on October 31 of such year and (iii) 100% of any ordinary income and capital gains net income from the prior year (as previously computed) that were not paid out during such year and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax.

 

Additional Information

 

The tax treatment and characterization of our distributions may vary substantially from time to time because of the varied nature of our investments. If our total monthly distributions in any year exceed the amount of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, any such excess would generally be characterized as a return of capital for federal income tax purposes to the extent not designated as a capital gain dividend. Under the 1940 Act, for any distribution that includes amounts from sources other than net income (calculated on a book basis), we are required to provide Common Stockholders a written statement regarding the components of such distribution. Such a statement will be provided at the time of any distribution believed to include any such amounts. A return of capital is a distribution to Common Stockholders that is not attributable to our earnings but represents a return of part of the Common Stockholder’s investment. If our distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the Common Stockholder’s tax basis in our Common Shares (thus reducing a Common Stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her Common Shares), and thereafter as capital gains assuming our Common Shares are held as a capital asset. Upon the sale of Common Shares, a Common Stockholder generally will recognize capital gains or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and the Common Stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in our Common Shares sold. For example, in year one, a Common Stockholder purchased 100 Common Shares at $10 per share. In year two, the Common Stockholder received a $1-per-share return of capital distribution, which reduced the basis in each share by $1, to give the Common Stockholder an adjusted basis of $9 per share. In year three, the Common Stockholder sells the 100 shares for $15 per share. Assuming no other transactions during this period, a Common Stockholder would have a capital gain in year three of $6 per share ($15 minus $9) for a total capital gain of $600.

 

46
 

 

Capitalization Table

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as follows:

 

· on an actual basis as of      , 2014;

 

· on a pro forma basis to reflect the completion of the pre-offering transactions described in “ Business—Our Structure and Formation Transaction ”; and

 

· on a pro forma basis as adjusted to reflect the sale of      Common Shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share after deducting the offering expenses payable by us (approximately $     million).

  

    Eagle Point
Credit Company LLC
    Eagle Point Credit Company Inc.
(Unaudited)
 
    Actual     Pro Forma (1)     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)
 
    (Dollars in Thousands Except Per Unit and Per Share Data)  
Assets:                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $          $          $       
Investments at Fair Value                                 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Assets   $          $          $       
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Liabilities:                        
Other Liabilities                                 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Unitholders’ Equity                        
Total members’ capital (3)   $          $          $       
Members’ capital per unit   $          $          $       
                         
Stockholders’ equity:                        
Common Shares, par value $[0.001] per share; [100,000,000] shares authorized, actual; 0 shares issued and outstanding, actual;      shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and      shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted                                 
Capital in excess of par                                 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity                                 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Pro forma NAV per share   $          $          $       

 

 

(1)    Reflects the completion of the pre-offering transactions. See “ Business—Our Structure and Formation Transaction .”

 

(2)    Adjusts the pro forma information to give effect to this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriting option to purchase additional shares).

 

(3)    As of      , 2014, there were      Units outstanding.

 

Dilution

 

Our NAV as of      , 2014, was $     , or approximately $     per Common Share. After giving effect to the sale of      million Common Shares in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $     per share, and after deducting estimated offering expenses of approximately $     payable by us, our as-adjusted NAV is expected to be approximately $     million, or approximately $     per share, representing an immediate decrease in NAV of $     per share to Common Shares sold in this offering. Accordingly, investors purchasing shares in this offering would pay a price per Common Share that exceeds the NAV per Common Share after this offering by $     and will bear, indirectly, $     in offering expenses.

 

47
 

  

The following table illustrates the dilution to our Common Shares on a per share basis, taking into account the assumptions set forth above:

 

Offering price per Common Share   $                 
NAV per Common Share giving effect to this offering as of      before giving effect to this offering   $                 
Increase attributable to Common Stockholders   $                 
As-adjusted NAV as of      after giving effect to this offering   $                 
Dilution to Common Stockholders   $                 

 

48
 

 

Business

 

Eagle Point Credit Company LLC is a newly organized, non-diversified, externally managed closed-end management investment company that has registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act.

 

Investment Objectives

 

Our primary investment objective is to generate high current income, with a secondary objective to generate capital appreciation. We will seek to achieve our investment objectives by investing primarily in equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs that are collateralized by a diverse portfolio consisting primarily of below investment grade U.S. senior secured loans. We may also invest in other securities and instruments that are related to these investments or that the Adviser believes are consistent with our investment objectives, including, among other investments, senior debt tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities. The CLO securities in which we will primarily seek to invest are unrated or rated below investment grade and are considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. These investment objectives may be changed by our Board without prior approval of our Common Stockholders.

 

Investment Strategy

 

In the primary CLO market ( i.e. , when we acquire securities at the inception of a CLO), we seek to invest in CLO securities that the Adviser believes have the potential to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns and to outperform other similar CLO securities issued within the respective vintage period. In the secondary CLO market ( i.e. , when we acquire existing CLO securities), we seek to invest in CLO securities that the Adviser believes have the potential to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns.

 

We intend to pursue a differentiated strategy within the CLO market focused on:

 

· proactive sourcing and identification of investment opportunities;

 

· utilization of our methodical and rigorous investment analysis and due diligence process;

 

· active involvement at the CLO structuring and formation stage; and

 

· taking, in many instances, significant stakes in CLO equity and junior debt tranches.

 

We believe that the Adviser’s direct and often longstanding relationships with CLO collateral managers, its CLO structural expertise and its relative scale in the CLO market will enable us to source and execute investments with attractive economics and terms relative to other CLO opportunities.

 

When we make a significant primary market investment in a particular CLO tranche, we expect to be generally able to influence the CLO’s key terms and conditions. In particular, the Adviser believes that the protective rights associated with holding a majority position in a CLO equity tranche (such as the ability to call the CLO after the non-call period, to refinance/reprice certain CLO debt tranches after a period of time and to influence potential amendments to the governing documents that may arise) may reduce our risk in these investments. We may acquire a majority position in a CLO tranche directly or we may benefit from the advantages of a majority position where both we and other accounts managed by the Adviser collectively hold a majority position, subject to any restrictions on our ability to invest alongside such other accounts. See “ Business—Other Investment Techniques—Co-Investment with Affiliates .”

 

We seek to construct a broad and diverse portfolio of CLO securities across a number of key categories, including by:

 

· number of borrowers underlying each CLO;

 

· industry type of a CLO’s underlying borrowers;

 

49
 

 

· number and investment style of CLO collateral managers; and

 

· CLO vintage period.

 

The Adviser has a long-term oriented investment philosophy and seeks to invest primarily with a buy-and-hold mentality. However, on an ongoing basis, the Adviser actively monitors each investment and may sell positions if circumstances have changed from the time of investment or if the Adviser believes it is in our best interest to do so.

 

CLO Overview

 

Our investment portfolio is expected to be comprised primarily of investments in the equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs. The CLOs that we target are securitization vehicles that pool a diverse portfolio of primarily below investment grade U.S. senior secured loans. Such pools of underlying assets are often referred to as a CLO’s “collateral.” While the vast majority of the portfolio of most CLOs consists of senior secured loans, many CLOs enable the CLO collateral manager to invest up to 10% of the portfolio in assets that are not first lien senior secured loans, including, among others, second lien loans, unsecured loans, senior secured bonds and senior unsecured bonds.

 

CLOs are generally required to hold a portfolio of assets that is highly diversified by underlying borrower and industry, and is subject to a variety of asset concentration limitations. Most CLOs are revolving structures that generally allow for reinvestment over a specific period of time (typically 3-5 years). In cash flow CLOs, which are the type of CLOs we intend to target, the terms and covenants of the structure are, with certain exceptions, based primarily on the cash flow generated by, and the par value (as opposed to the market price), of the collateral. These covenants include, among others, collateral coverage tests, interest coverage tests and collateral quality tests.

 

CLOs fund the purchase of a portfolio of primarily senior secured loans via the issuance of CLO equity and debt in the form of multiple, primarily floating-rate debt, tranches. The CLO debt tranches typically are rated “AAA” (or its equivalent) at the most senior level down to “BB” or “B” (or its equivalent), which is below investment grade, at the most junior level by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc., or “Moody’s,” Standard & Poor’s Rating Group, or “S&P,” and/or Fitch, Inc., or “Fitch.” The CLO equity tranche is unrated and typically represents approximately 8% - 11% of a CLO’s capital structure. A CLO’s equity tranche represents the first loss position in the CLO.

 

The diagram below is for illustrative purposes only. The CLO structure highlighted below is a hypothetical structure, and the structure of CLOs in which we invest may vary substantially from the example set forth below.

 

 

  

50
 

  

Since a CLO’s indenture requires that the maturity dates of a CLO’s assets (typically 5-8 years from the date of issuance of a senior secured loan) be shorter than the maturity date of the CLO’s liabilities (typically 11-12 years from the date of issuance), CLOs generally do not face refinancing risk on the CLO debt.

 

CLOs have two priority-of-payment schedules (commonly called “waterfalls”), which are detailed in a CLO’s indenture, that govern how cash generated from a CLO’s underlying collateral is distributed to the CLO debt and equity investors. One waterfall (the interest waterfall) applies to interest payments received on a CLO’s underlying collateral. The second waterfall (the principal waterfall) applies to cash generated from principal on the underlying collateral, primarily through loan repayments and sales.

 

Through the interest waterfall, any excess interest-related cash flow available after the required quarterly interest payments to CLO debt investors are made and certain CLO expenses (such as administration and management fees) are paid is then distributed to the CLO’s equity investors each quarter, subject to compliance with certain tests. The Adviser believes that excess interest-related cash flow is an important driver of CLO equity returns. In addition, relative to certain other high-yielding credit investments such as mezzanine or subordinated debt, CLO equity is expected to have a shorter payback period with higher front-end loaded quarterly cash flows (often in excess of 20% per annum of face value) during the early years of a CLO’s life if there is no disruption in the interest waterfall due to a failure to remain in compliance with certain tests.

 

Most CLOs are revolving structures that generally allow for reinvestment over a specific period of time (typically 3-5 years). Specifically, a CLO’s collateral manager normally has broad latitude – within a specified set of asset eligibility and diversity criteria – to manage and modify a CLO’s portfolio over time. We believe that skilled CLO collateral managers can add significant value through a combination of (1) their credit expertise and (2) a strong understanding of how to manage effectively within the rules-based structure of a CLO and optimize CLO equity returns.

 

After the CLO’s reinvestment period has ended, in accordance with the CLO’s principal waterfall, cash generated from principal payments or other proceeds are generally distributed to repay CLO debt investors in order of seniority. That is, the AAA tranche investors are repaid first, the AA tranche investors second and so on, with any remaining principal being distributed to the equity tranche investors. In certain instances, principal may be reinvested after the end of the reinvestment period. The Adviser believes this is generally beneficial to holders of the CLO’s equity.

 

CLOs contain a variety of covenants that are designed to enhance the credit protection of CLO debt investors, including overcollateralization tests (“OC Tests”) and interest coverage tests (“IC Tests”). The OC Tests and IC Tests require CLOs to maintain certain levels of overcollateralization (measured as par value of assets to liabilities subject to certain adjustments) and interest coverage, respectively. If a CLO breaches an OC Test or IC Test, excess cash flow that would otherwise be available for distribution to the CLO equity tranche investors is diverted to prepay CLO debt investors in order of seniority until such time as the covenant breach is cured. If the covenant breach is not or cannot be cured, the CLO equity investors (and potentially other debt tranche investors) may experience a partial or total loss of their investment. For this reason, CLO equity investors are often referred to as being in a first loss position.

 

Cash flow CLOs do not have mark-to-market triggers and, with limited exceptions (such as the proportion of assets rated “CCC” or lower (or their equivalent) by which such assets exceed a specified concentration limit, discounted purchases and defaulted assets), CLO covenants are calculated using the par value of collateral, not the market value. As a result, a decrease in the market price of a CLO’s performing portfolio does not generally result in a requirement for the CLO collateral manager to sell assets ( i.e. , no forced sales) or for CLO equity investors to contribute additional capital ( i.e. , no margin calls).

 

Overview of Senior Secured Loans

 

Senior secured loans represent a large and mature segment of the U.S. corporate credit market. According to                      , as of                , 2014, the amount of institutional senior secured loans outstanding reached a new high of $                    .

 

51
 

 

Broadly syndicated senior secured loans are typically originated and structured by banks on behalf of corporate borrowers with proceeds often used for leveraged buyout transactions, mergers and acquisitions, recapitalizations, refinancings, and financing capital expenditures. Broadly syndicated senior secured loans are typically distributed by the arranging bank to a diverse group of investors primarily consisting of: CLOs, senior secured loan and high yield bond mutual funds and closed-end funds, hedge funds, banks, insurance companies, and finance companies. CLOs represent the largest source of capital for institutional senior secured loans, representing approximately   %  -   % of the annual demand for newly issued institutional loans during the years      –     , according to                     .

 

Senior secured loans are floating rate instruments, typically making quarterly interest payments based on a spread over the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR.” LIBOR is based on rates that contributor banks in London charge each other for interbank deposits and is typically used to set coupon rates on floating-rate debt securities. Today, many senior secured loans have a LIBOR floor, which is currently set above the current market level for LIBOR.

 

We believe that senior secured loans represent an attractive and stable base of collateral for CLOs. In particular, the primary attributes of senior secured loans include:

 

· Senior: Senior position in a company’s capital structure
· Secured: First lien security interest in a company’s assets
· Floating Rate: Reduces interest rate risk associated with fixed rate bonds
· Low LTV: On average, senior secured loans have a loan-to-value ratio of approximately 40% - 60% at the time of origination

 

The table below depicts a representative capital structure for a company issuing a senior secured loan and illustrates the cushion provided by subordinated debt and equity capital.

 

 

 

We believe that the attractive historical performance of CLO securities is attributable, in part, to the relatively low historical average default rate and relatively high historical average recovery rate on senior secured loans, which comprise the vast majority of most CLO portfolios. The graph below illustrates the lagging 12 month default rate on by principal amount on the                                                                   from                           –                . The average lagging 12 month default rate during this period of time was    % and the lagging 12 month default rate as of               , 2014 was     %.

 

52
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

When senior secured loans have defaulted, the average recovery rate has compared favorably to subordinated components of a company’s capital structure. According to                              , the average recovery rate on defaulted bank debt ( i.e. , senior secured loans) from      –           was     %. This compares favorably to the average recovery rate for defaulted senior unsecured bonds and subordinated bonds, which was     % and     %, respectively, over the same period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The relatively low historical average default rate and relatively high historical average recovery rate on senior secured loans has led to consistent total returns for the senior secured loan market. Specifically, from a total return perspective, since      the                                                 experienced only one down year            yet still delivered a positive total return for the two year period ended                                     .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

53
 

  

CLO Market Opportunity

 

We believe that CLO securities represent a large and attractive market. According to Thomson Reuters LPC, as of March 31, 2014, the aggregate principal balance of the U.S. CLO market was approximately $308 billion based on a universe of 780 CLOs. The chart below illustrates annual CLO issuance according to                           . In      , According to                                                                                                          CLO issuance reached $            , the highest level of issuance since      .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As CLO securities are somewhat complex and because most investors do not have the requisite experience, skills and resources in-house to devote to fully understanding the asset class, many investors have little to no exposure to CLO securities. We believe knowledgeable and experienced investors with specialized experienced in CLO securities can earn an attractive risk-adjusted return and outperform the CLO market generally.

54
 

  

Depending on the Adviser’s assessment of market conditions, our investment focus may vary from time to time between CLO equity and CLO debt investments. In the current market environment, we expect investment opportunities in CLO equity to present more attractive risk-adjusted returns than CLO debt, although we expect to make investments in CLO debt and related investments to complement the CLO equity investments that we make.

 

We believe that CLO equity has the following attractive fundamental attributes:

 

· Potential for strong absolute and risk-adjusted returns : We believe that CLO equity offers a potential total return profile that is attractive on a risk-adjusted basis compared to U.S. public equity markets.

 

· Expected shorter duration high-yielding credit investment with the potential for high quarterly cash distributions : Relative to certain other high-yielding credit investments such as mezzanine or subordinated debt, CLO equity is expected to have a shorter payback period with higher front-end loaded quarterly cash flows (often in excess of 20% per annum of face value) during the early years of a CLO’s life.

 

· Expected protection against rising interest rates : Since a CLO’s asset portfolio is typically comprised principally of floating rate loans and the CLO’s liabilities are also generally floating rate instruments, we expect CLO equity to provide potential protection against rising interest rates after LIBOR has increased above the average LIBOR floor on a CLO’s assets. However, CLO equity is still subject to other forms of interest rate risk.

 

· Expected low-to-moderate correlation with fixed income and equity markets : Given that CLO assets and liabilities are primarily floating rate, we expect CLO equity investments to have a low-to-moderate correlation with U.S. fixed income securities. In addition, because CLOs generally allow for the reinvestment of principal during the reinvestment period regardless of the market price of the underlying collateral if the respective CLO remains in compliance with it covenants, we expect CLO equity investments to have a low-to-moderate correlation with the U.S. equity markets.

 

CLO securities are also subject to a number of risks as discussed in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus. Among our primary targeted investments, the risks associated with CLO equity are generally greater than those associated with CLO debt.

 

Our Competitive Advantages

 

We believe that we are well positioned to take advantage of investment opportunities in CLO securities and related investments due to the following competitive advantages:

 

55
 

  

· Specialist in CLO securities with a proven track record . The Adviser focuses exclusively on CLO securities and related investments. Each member of the Senior Investment Team is a CLO specialist who has been involved with the CLO market for the majority of his career and brings a distinct and complementary skill set that the Adviser believes is necessary for our success. We believe that the combination of the Adviser’s broad and often longstanding relationships with CLO collateral managers and our relative scale in the CLO market will enable us to source and execute investments with attractive economics and terms relative to other CLO market opportunities.

 

· Deep CLO structural experience and expertise. Members of the Senior Investment Team have significant experience structuring, valuing and investing in CLOs throughout their careers. The Adviser believes that the initial structuring of a CLO is an important contributor to the ultimate risk-adjusted returns, and that experienced and knowledgeable investors can add meaningful value relative to other market participants by selecting those investments with the most advantageous structures.

 

· Methodical and rigorous investment process. The objective of the Adviser’s investment process is to source, evaluate and execute investments in CLO securities and related investments that the Adviser believes have the potential to outperform the CLO market generally. This process, augmented by the first-hand CLO industry experience of the Senior Investment Team, is designed to be repeatable and is focused on key areas for analysis that the Adviser believes are most relevant to potential future performance. The Adviser believes that its investment and security selection process, with its strong emphasis on assessing the skill of the CLO collateral manager and analyzing the structure of the CLO, differentiates its approach to investing in CLO securities. See “ Business—Investment Process .”

 

· Efficient vehicle for gaining exposure to CLO equity . We believe that we are structured as an efficient vehicle for investors to gain exposure to CLO securities and related investments. Based on our long-term stable capital, the Adviser can focus principally on managing the portfolio and maximizing long-term risk-adjusted returns. We believe that our closed-end structure enables the Adviser to effectively implement our primarily long-term buy-and-hold investment philosophy.

 

· Alignment of Interests . The Trident V Funds, which are managed by Stone Point (an affiliate of the Adviser), are expected to hold      % of our Common Shares and the Adviser and the Senior Management Team are expected to hold      % of our Common Shares as of the completion of this offering. Our Common Shares held by the Trident V Funds, the Adviser and the Senior Investment Team are subject to restrictions on sale as described in “ Management—Lock-Up Arrangements .” Their significant holdings of our Common Shares align the interests of the Adviser and the Senior Investment Team with ours. In addition, our fee structure includes an incentive fee component whereby we pay the Adviser an incentive fee only if our net income exceeds a hurdle rate. See “ Management—Management Fee and Incentive Fee .”

 

Investment Process

 

The objective of the Advisor’s investment process is to source, evaluate and execute investments in CLO securities and related investments that the Adviser believes have the potential to outperform the CLO market generally. This process, augmented by the first-hand CLO industry experience of the Senior Investment Team, is designed to be repeatable and is focused on key areas for analysis that the Adviser believes are most relevant to potential future performance. The Adviser seeks to implement its investment process, described below, in a methodical and disciplined fashion.

 

Proactive Sourcing of Investment Opportunities

 

The Senior Investment Team maintains regular dialogue with many CLO collateral managers and the investment banks active in the CLO market. The Adviser believes that there are in excess of 75 active CLO collateral managers. The Adviser has met or conducted calls with the majority of these firms. In addition, members of the Senior Investment Team have longstanding relationships with many CLO collateral managers, some dating back over a decade.

 

56
 

 

The Adviser takes a partnership approach with CLO collateral managers, seeking to serve as a knowledgeable, value-added and stable long-term capital provider that will invest, in many instances, in scale. The Senior Investment Team’s first-hand relationships with, and knowledge of, CLO collateral managers and their past investment activities and behavior is supplemented by utilizing the Adviser’s customized database of performance statistics on over 650 U.S. cash flow CLOs issued since 1999.

 

Investment Analysis and Due Diligence

 

The Adviser employs a methodical and rigorous investment analysis and due diligence process that we believe is more akin to a private equity style approach than to the typical process used by many investors in freely tradable fixed income securities, such as CLO equity and debt. The Adviser views its investment analysis and due diligence process as broadly being comprised of four key areas for evaluation: (1) analysis of a CLO collateral manager’s investment strategy and approach, (2) analysis of the quality of a CLO collateral manager and its investment team, (3) analysis of a CLO collateral manager’s historical investment performance across both CLO and total return strategies, and (4) analysis of the particular CLO’s structure, including the negotiation of terms and protections where appropriate.

 

In its intensive investment analysis and due diligence, the Adviser has a “minimize surprises / trust but verify” philosophy which typically includes, among other activities, requesting that prospective CLO collateral managers complete an extensive questionnaire, the Adviser recalculating historical investment returns based on data provided by third parties and the CLO collateral manager and the utilization of a third-party firm to conduct background checks on the key entities and professionals associated with the CLO collateral manager.

 

CLO Structural Analysis and Valuation

 

Members of the Senior Investment Team have significant experience structuring, valuing and investing in CLOs throughout their careers and the Adviser believes that its first-hand experience with and knowledge of CLO structures is a core competency. The Adviser believes that the initial structuring of a CLO is an important factor in the ultimate risk-adjusted returns, and that experienced and knowledgeable investors can add meaningful value relative to other market participants by selecting those investments with the most advantageous structures.

 

When we make a significant primary market investment in a particular CLO tranche, we expect to be generally able to influence the CLO’s key terms and conditions. In particular, the Adviser believes that the protective rights associated with holding a majority position in a CLO equity tranche (such as the ability to call the CLO after the non-call period, to refinance/reprice certain CLO debt tranches after a period of time and to influence potential amendments to the governing documents that may arise) may reduce our risk in these investments. We may acquire a majority position in a CLO tranche directly or we may benefit from the advantages of a majority position where both we and other accounts managed by the Adviser collectively hold a majority position, subject to any restrictions on our ability to invest alongside such other accounts. See “ Business—Other Investment Techniques—Co-Investment with Affiliates .”

 

Monitoring

 

Active investment monitoring is a critical component of the Adviser’s risk management and mitigation objectives. Such monitoring also contributes to the ongoing due diligence of the CLO collateral managers in the context of existing and potential future investments.

 

From data contained primarily within the CLO trustee reports (which detail each asset in the CLO portfolio as well as any purchases and sales that the CLO collateral manager made during the period), the Adviser updates its internal portfolio monitoring report. This report contains a summary of key metrics we analyze for each CLO security as well as a listing of watch list credits within each CLO that out Adviser has identified based on its screens and general market intelligence as well as from communications with the CLO collateral managers. The Adviser then typically holds regular monthly calls with the CLO collateral managers to discuss the watch list credits and portfolio activity as well as loan market and CLO market developments. Additional factors that the Adviser actively monitors, which these regular calls help to illuminate, include any shifts in investment strategy, personnel changes or other organizational developments at the CLO collateral manager which may impact future performance.

 

57
 

  

In addition, the Adviser reviews the quarterly CLO cash distributions received and analyzes the reason for any deviations from the Adviser’s projections. The Adviser has a long-term oriented investment philosophy and seeks to invest primarily with a buy-and-hold mentality, however, the Adviser may sell positions if circumstances have changed from the time of underwriting or if the Adviser deems doing so is in our best interest.

 

Initial Portfolio

 

On      , 2014, our Parent Company contributed a portfolio of CLO equity, debt and related investments to us. As described further under “ Business—Our Structure and Formation Transaction ,” this initial portfolio is comprised of the same investments as those held by the Private Fund on the date of contribution.

 

As of      , 2014, our investment portfolio consisted of      CLO equity, debt and related investments. These investments have      different CLO collateral managers. As of      , 2014, these investments had an aggregate fair value of $     million. These investments were contributed to us by our Parent Company in exchange for all      of our Units prior to the initial filing of our registration statement. Below is a description of the portfolio investments that we held as of      , 2014, after our Parent Company had made its contribution:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A summary of the collateral characteristics of the CLO equity and other unrated investments as of      , 2014, is provided below:

 

Number of unique underlying borrowers

      
Largest exposure to any individual borrower       
Average individual borrower exposure       
Top 10 borrowers       
Aggregate exposure to senior secured loans       
Average loan spread       
Average LIBOR floor       
Percentage of loans with LIBOR floor       
Average credit rating of underlying collateral       
Average maturity of underlying collateral       
U.S. dollar currency exposure       

 

Our Structure and Formation Transaction

 

We were organized as a Delaware limited liability company on March 24, 2014, and intend to convert into a Delaware corporation prior to the commencement of this offering. We are a wholly owned subsidiary of Eagle Point Credit Partners Sub Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company which is our Parent Company. Our Parent Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Private Fund. The chart below shows the relationship between us, our Parent Company, the Private Fund, the Trident V Funds and certain other persons prior to our conversion to a corporation.

 

58
 

 

On June      , 2014, the Trident V Funds and the Senior Investment Team elected to effectively exchange a percentage of their interests in the Private Fund for Common Shares upon our conversion from a limited liability company into a corporation. To give effect to this election, on June      , 2014, our Parent Company contributed a pro rata portion of each of its CLO and related portfolio investments that it held as of such date to us—the portion of each investment contributed in this manner equaled the aggregate percentage of interests in the Private Fund (via its feeder funds) that the Trident V Funds and Senior Investment Team had elected to effectively exchange for Common Shares. The CLO securities and related investments contributed to us by our Parent Company comprise our initial portfolio and are described under “ Business—Initial Portfolio .” Because our Parent Company only contributed a pro rata portion of each investment that it held as of June        , 2014, our Parent Company retained, and may continue to hold, an interest in each of the investments that it contributed to us prior to the initial filing of our registration statement with the SEC.

 

Until such time as we convert into a corporation, our Parent Company will retain all of our Units (and will remain our sole member). Prior to the completion of the offering, the Units held by our Parent Company will be converted into      Common Shares at the time of our conversion into a corporation and will be distributed to the Trident V Funds and the Senior Investment Team in accordance with their elections as a redemption in-kind out of the Private Fund (and its feeder funds). In addition, the Trident V Funds, the Adviser and the Senior Investment Team intend to acquire, in the aggregate,      additional Common Shares in connection with this offering. Our Common Shares held by the Trident V Funds, the Adviser and the Senior Investment Team will be subject to certain lock-up restrictions as described under “ Management—Lock-Up Arrangements .”

 

Adviser Historical Performance

 

As described in more detail under “ Business—Our Structure and Formation Transaction ” and “ Business—Initial Portfolio ,” a portion of the investment portfolio held by the Private Fund has been contributed to us prior to the commencement of this offering. The Private Fund is a privately offered fund, which commenced operations in November 2012, and is managed by the Adviser pursuant to investment objectives, policies and strategies substantially similar to ours. As a result of the contribution of a pro rata portion of the investment portfolio held by the Private Fund to us, we adopt the performance history of the Private Fund (as adjusted to reflect our fees and expenses). While the Adviser managed the Private Fund in a manner that, in all material respects, complied with our investment guidelines and restrictions, the Private Fund is not registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Accordingly, the Private Fund was not subject to certain investment limitations, diversification requirements, liquidity requirements and other restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act and Subchapter M of the Code which, if applicable, might have adversely affected its performance.

 

59
 

  

Set forth below is the historical performance of the Private Fund, restated to reflect the fees and estimated expenses applicable to our Common Shares, for the periods specified below. The Private Fund’s historical performance information is provided to illustrate the past performance of the Adviser in managing a similar fund and should not be considered as an indication of our future performance or of the Adviser.

 

 

Other Investment Techniques

 

Leverage . We may use leverage to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Instruments that create leverage are generally considered to be senior securities under the 1940 Act. With respect to senior securities representing indebtedness (i.e., borrowing or deemed borrowing), other than temporary borrowings as defined under the 1940 Act, we are required to have an asset coverage ratio of at least 300%, as measured at the time of borrowing and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness. We are permitted to obtain leverage using any form of financial leverage instruments, including funds borrowed from banks or other financial institutions, margin facilities, notes or preferred stock. With respect to senior securities that are stocks (i.e., shares of preferred stock), we are required to have an asset coverage ratio of at least 200%, as measured at the time of the issuance of any such shares of preferred stock and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. See “ Description of Capital Structure—Preferred Stock .”

 

We may use leverage opportunistically and may choose to increase or decrease our leverage, or use different types or combinations of leveraging instruments, at any time based on the Adviser’s assessment of market conditions and the investment environment. In addition, we may borrow for temporary, emergency or other purposes as permitted under the 1940 Act. Any such indebtedness would be in addition to the asset coverage ratios described above. By leveraging our investment portfolio, we may create an opportunity for increased net income and capital appreciation. However, the use of leverage also involves significant risks and expenses, which will be borne entirely by our Common Stockholders, and our leverage strategy may not be successful. For example, the more leverage is employed, the more likely a substantial change will occur in our NAV. Accordingly, any event that adversely affects the value of an investment would be magnified to the extent leverage is utilized. See “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Investments—Leverage Risk .” The Adviser intends to leverage our portfolio only when it believes that the potential return on the additional investments acquired through the use of leverage is likely to exceed the costs incurred in connection with the use of leverage. There can be no assurance that we will borrow in order to leverage our assets or, if it does borrow, what percentage of our assets such borrowings will represent.

 

Leverage creates risks which may adversely affect the return for the holders of Common Shares, including:

 

· The likelihood of greater volatility of NAV and market price of Common Shares;

 

60
 

 

· Fluctuations in the interest rates on borrowings and short-term debt;

 

· Increased operating costs, which may reduce our total return to the holders of Common Shares.

 

· The fees and expenses attributed to leverage, including all offering and operating expenses relating to any preferred stock, will be borne by Common Stockholders; and

 

· The potential for a decline in the value of an investment acquired through leverage, while our obligations under such leverage remain fixed.

 

To the extent the income derived from investments purchased with funds received from leverage exceeds the cost of leverage, our return will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income from the securities purchased with such funds is not sufficient to cover the cost of leverage or if we incur capital losses, our return will be less than if leverage had not been used, and therefore the amount available for distribution to Common Stockholders as dividends and other distributions will be reduced or potentially eliminated. The Adviser may determine to maintain our leveraged position if it expects that the long-term benefits to our Common Stockholders of maintaining the leveraged position will outweigh the current reduced return. We may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with borrowings or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit; either of these requirements will increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate. In addition, capital raised through the issuance of preferred stock or borrowing will be subject to dividend payments or interest costs that may or may not exceed the income and appreciation on the assets purchased. The issuance of preferred stock or notes involves offering expenses and other costs and may limit our freedom to pay distributions on Common Shares or to engage in other activities. All costs of offering and servicing any of the leverage methods we may use will be borne entirely by our Common Stockholders. The interests of persons with whom we enter into leverage arrangements (such as bank lenders, note holders and preferred stockholders) will not necessarily be aligned with the interests of our Common Stockholders and such persons will generally have claims on our assets that are senior to those of our Common Stockholders.

 

In connection with a credit facility, any lender may impose specific restrictions as a condition to borrowing. The credit facility fees may include, among other things, up front structuring fees and ongoing commitment fees (including fees on amounts undrawn on the facility) in addition to the traditional interest expense on amounts borrowed. The credit facility may involve a lien on our assets. Similarly, to the extent we issue preferred shares or notes, we may be subject to fees, covenants and investment restrictions required by a national securities rating agency, as a result. Such covenants and restrictions imposed by a rating agency or lender may include asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on us by the 1940 Act. While it is not anticipated that these covenants or restrictions will significantly impede the Adviser in managing our portfolio in accordance with our investment objectives and policies, if these covenants or guidelines are more restrictive than those imposed by the 1940 Act, we would not be able to utilize as much leverage as it otherwise could have, which could reduce our investment returns. In addition, we expect that any notes it issues or credit facility it enters into would contain covenants that, among other things, may impose geographic exposure limitations, credit quality minimums, liquidity minimums, concentration limitations and currency hedging requirements on us. These covenants would also likely limit our ability to pay distributions in certain circumstances, incur additional debt, change fundamental investment policies and engage in certain transactions, including mergers and consolidations. Such restrictions could cause the Adviser to make different investment decisions than if there were no such restrictions and could limit the ability of the Board and Common Stockholders to change fundamental investment policies.

 

Our willingness to utilize leverage, and the amount of leverage we will assume, will depend on many factors, the most important of which are market conditions and interest rates. Successful use of a leveraging strategy may depend on our ability to predict correctly interest rates and market movements, and there is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed. Any leveraging of our Common Shares cannot be achieved until the proceeds resulting from the use of leverage have been invested in accordance with our investment objectives and policies. See “ Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Investments—Leverage Risk .”

 

61
 

 

Preferred Stock. Although we do not intend to issue preferred stock during our first twelve months of operations, we are authorized to issue an unlimited number of shares of preferred stock. Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, we must, immediately after the issuance of any preferred stock, have an “asset coverage” of at least 200%. Asset coverage means the ratio by which the value of our total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), bears to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing our indebtedness, if any, plus the aggregate liquidation preference of the preferred stock. If we seek a rating of the preferred stock, additional asset coverage requirements, which may be more restrictive than those imposed by the 1940 Act, may be imposed. See “ Description of Capital Structure—Preferred Stock .”

 

Leverage Effects . The extent that we employ leverage, if any, will depend on many factors, the most important of which are investment outlook, market conditions and interest rates. Successful use of a leveraging strategy depends on the Adviser’s ability to predict correctly interest rates and market movements. There is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed.

 

The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to illustrate the effects of leverage on total return of Common Shares, assuming hypothetical annual investment portfolio total returns, net of expenses (consisting of income and changes in the value of investments held in our portfolio) of –10%, –5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of the investment portfolio returns that we expect to experience. The table further assumes that we use borrowings representing      % of our total assets (which includes the amounts of leverage obtained through such borrowings) and a projected annual rate of interest on the borrowings of      %.

 

Assumed portfolio return (net of expenses)      %      %      %      %      %
Corresponding Common Share return      %      %      %      %      %

 

“Corresponding Common Share return” is composed of two elements: our Common Shares dividends paid by us (the amount of which is largely determined by our net investment income after paying dividends or interest on our leverage) and gains or losses on the value of the securities we own. As required by SEC rules, the table above assumes that we are more likely to suffer capital losses than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0% we must assume that the interest it receives on our debt security investments is entirely offset by losses in the value of those investments.

 

If we issue preferred stock, the amount of fees paid to the Adviser for its services will be higher than if we do not issue preferred stock because the fees paid are calculated based on our Total Equity Base (which include the paid-in capital of our preferred stock). Therefore, the Adviser has a financial incentive for us to issue preferred stock, which creates a conflict of interest between the Adviser and Common Stockholders, as only our Common Stockholders would bear the fees and expenses incurred through the issuance of preferred stock.

 

Derivative Transactions . We may engage in Derivative Transactions. Under normal market conditions, we do not intend to invest in Derivative Transactions for speculative purposes. Although we may use Derivative Transactions in seeking to achieve our investment objectives or for other reasons, such as cash management, financing activities and hedging and risk management purposes, no assurance can be given that the Adviser’s derivative strategy will be successful. Successful use of Derivatives Transactions is subject to the ability of the Adviser to correctly predict movements in the relevant market and, to the extent the transaction is entered into for hedging purposes, to ascertain the appropriate correlation between the transaction being hedged and the price movements of the derivatives. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, liquidity risk, counterparty risk, market spreads or other applicable factors, our investment performance would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover, even if the Adviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that a derivative position may fail to correlate or correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being protected. We may purchase and sell derivative instruments such as exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, financial futures, fixed income and interest rate indices, and other financial instruments, purchase and sell financial futures contracts and options thereon, enter into various interest rate transactions, such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, and enter into various currency transactions such as currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currency or currency futures or credit transactions and credit default swaps. We also may purchase derivative instruments that combine features of these instruments. The use of Derivative Transactions generally will be deemed to create leverage for us and involves significant risks.

 

62
 

  

We generally expect to use Derivative Transactions as a portfolio management or hedging technique to seek to protect against possible adverse changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for our portfolio, protect the value of our portfolio, facilitate the sale of certain securities for investment purposes, manage our effective interest rate exposure, protect against changes in currency exchange rates, manage the effective maturity or duration of our portfolio or establish positions in the derivatives markets as a substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities. We have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA pursuant to CFTC Regulation 4.5 under the CEA promulgated by the CFTC and we currently intend to operate in a manner that would permit us to continue to claim such exclusion. See “ Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Structure—We are subject to the risk of legislative and regulatory changes impacting our business or the markets in which we invest and Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Investments— Hedging Risks; Derivative Transactions Risk.

 

Illiquid Transactions . Generally, investments will be purchased or sold by us in private markets, including securities that are not publicly traded or that are otherwise illiquid and securities acquired directly from the issuer.

 

Temporary Defensive Position . We may take a temporary defensive position and invest all or a substantial portion of our total assets in cash or cash equivalents, government securities or short-term fixed income securities. To the extent that we invest defensively, we likely will not achieve our investment objectives.

 

Co-Investment with Affiliates . In certain instances, we may co-invest on a concurrent basis with affiliates of the Adviser, subject to compliance with applicable regulations and regulatory guidance and our written allocation procedures. In certain cases, such co-investments may require exemptive relief from the SEC. If we elect to seek such relief, there can be no assurance when, or if, such relief may be obtained.

 

Closed-End Fund Structure

 

Common shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at prices lower than their NAV. We cannot predict whether our Common Shares will trade at, above or below NAV. In addition to NAV, the market price of our Common Shares may be affected by such factors as our dividend stability and dividend levels, which are in turn affected by expenses, and market supply and demand. In recognition of the possibility that our Common Shares may trade at a discount from their NAV, and that any such discount may not be in the best interest of Common Stockholders, the Board, in consultation with the Adviser may from time to time review possible actions to reduce any such discount. There can be no assurance that the Board will decide to undertake any of these actions or that, if undertaken, such actions would result in our Common Shares trading at a price equal to or close to NAV per Common Share. See “ Description of Capital Structure—Repurchase of Shares and Other Discount Measures .”

 

Competition

 

We compete for investments in CLO securities with other investment funds (including business development companies, mutual funds, pension funds, private equity funds and hedge funds) as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks, investment banks, finance companies and insurance companies.

 

Additionally, because competition for higher yielding investment opportunities generally has increased, many new investors have entered the CLO market over the past few years. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in CLO securities may intensify. Many of these entities have greater financial and managerial resources than we do. We believe we are able to compete with these entities on the basis of the Adviser’s deep and highly-specialized CLO market experience, longstanding relationships with many CLO collateral managers and willingness to commit to a significant portion of a CLO tranche.

  

63
 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Our Board is responsible for the overall management and supervision of our business and affairs, including the appointment of advisers and sub-advisers. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Board has appointed Eagle Point Credit Management as our investment adviser.

 

The Adviser

 

Eagle Point Credit Management is our investment adviser and will manage our investments, subject to the supervision of the Board, pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement. The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC and, as of March 31, 2014, had approximately $391 million of committed assets under management for investment in CLO securities and related investments. From November 2012 through March 31, 2014, the Adviser has invested, across multiple accounts, $409.8 million in 37 CLO securities and related investments with an aggregate stated face value of $449.4 million. The Adviser was established in November 2012 by Thomas P. Majewski and Stone Point Capital LLC, or “Stone Point,” as investment manager of Trident V, L.P. and related investment vehicles, which we refer to as the “Trident V Funds.” Stone Point, an investment adviser registered with the SEC, is a specialized private equity firm focused exclusively on the financial services industry. Since its inception, Stone Point (including a predecessor entity) has raised six private equity funds with aggregate committed capital of approximately $13 billion. The Trident V Funds are a group of private equity funds managed by Stone Point. The Adviser is primarily owned by the Trident V Funds through intermediary holding companies. In addition, the Senior Investment Team holds an indirect ownership interest in the Adviser. The Adviser is governed by a Board of Managers, which is comprised of Mr. Majewski and certain principals of Stone Point. See “ —Investment Committee .”

 

In addition to managing our investments, the Adviser manages investment accounts for other clients, including Eagle Point Credit Partners LP. Eagle Point Credit Partners LP, or the “Private Fund,” is a privately offered pooled investment vehicle that pursues many of the same investment opportunities that we pursue. The Private Fund was established in November 2012 and as of March 31, 2014, had aggregate committed capital of $366 million. Our Parent Company is a subsidiary of the Private Fund. As described under “ Business—Our Structure and Formation Transaction ” and “ Business—Initial Portfolio ,” a ratable portion of each investment held by the Private Fund has been contributed to us (via our Parent Company) in connection with this offering and the Trident V Funds and Senior Investment Team (who hold interests in the Private Fund) will be our initial stockholders once we convert into a corporation and immediately prior to our initial public offering. The annualized net return for the Private Fund from its first full month after inception, December 2012, through      , 2014, was    %, calculated on an adjusted basis as described under “ Business—Adviser Historical Performance .” We believe the expertise of the Adviser and the quality of its investment strategy and process are reflected in the performance of the Private Fund, which has similar investment objectives and a similar strategy to ours. However, past performance is not a guarantee of future results.

 

The Adviser’s affiliation with Stone Point and the Trident V Funds, and the Adviser’s management of the Private Fund, give rise to certain conflicts of interest. See “ Conflicts of Interest .”

 

Investment Advisory Agreement. Subject to the overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory and management services to, us. Under the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement, Eagle Point Credit Management:

 

· determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;

 

· identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective investments);

 

· closes and monitors the investments we make; and

  

· provides us with other investment advisory, research and related services as we may from time to time require.

 

Eagle Point Credit Management’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and both it and its members, officers and employees are free to furnish similar services to other persons and entities so long as its services to us are not impaired.

 

64
 

 

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement will be available in our semi-annual report for the period ended      .

 

Duration and Termination. Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect if approved annually (after the initial two-year period) by our Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our Directors who are not “interested persons” of any party to such agreement, as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Investment Advisory Agreement may also be terminated by us without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser and by the Adviser upon not less than 90 days’ written notice to us. 

 

Indemnification . The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, the Adviser and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser.

 

Lock-Up Arrangements

 

The Trident V Funds are expected to hold      Common Shares as of the completion of this offering. In addition, the Adviser and members of the Senior Investment Team are expected to hold, in the aggregate,      Common Shares as of the completion of this offering. The Trident V Funds and the Senior Investment Team will be restricted from selling the      and      Common Shares, respectively, distributed to them in connection with our conversion into a corporation and the      and      Common Shares, respectively, acquired by them in connection with this offering for a period of 180 days following the completion of this offering.

 

In addition, the Adviser intends to acquire      Common Shares in connection with our initial public offering and will be restricted from selling those Common Shares for a period of two years following the completion of the offering.

 

Management Fee and Incentive Fee

 

We pay the Adviser a fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement consisting of two components — a base management fee and an incentive fee.

 

The base management fee is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and equals an annual rate of 1.75% of our “Total Equity Base.” “Total Equity Base” means the NAV of our Common Stockholders and the paid-in capital of our preferred stock, if any. These management fees are paid by our Common Stockholders and are not paid by holders of preferred stock, if any, or the holders of any other types of securities that we may issue. Base management fees for any partial calendar quarter will be appropriately pro-rated. The base management fee does not increase when we borrow funds. However, the base management fee will increase if we issue preferred shares.

 

In addition, we will pay the Adviser an incentive fee based on our performance. The incentive fee is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and equals 20% of our “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for the immediately preceding quarter, subject to a preferred return, or “hurdle,” and a “catch up” feature. No incentive fees are payable to our investment adviser in respect of any capital gains. For this purpose, “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from an investment) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement to Eagle Point Administration, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes accrued income that we have not yet received in cash, such as the amount of any market discount we may accrue on debt instruments we purchase below par value, as well as any such amounts received (or accrued) in kind. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any capital gains.

 

65
 

 

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a hurdle of 2.00% of our NAV per quarter (8.00% annualized). For such purposes, our quarterly rate of return is determined by dividing our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income by our reported net assets as of the prior period end. Our net investment income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the calculation of the Total Equity Base which is used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee.

 

The incentive fee is paid to the Adviser as follows:

 

· no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle of 2.00% of our NAV;

 

· 100% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle but is less than 2.50% of our NAV in any calendar quarter (10.00% annualized). We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the hurdle but is less than 2.50% of our NAV) as the “catch-up.” The “catch-up” is meant to provide the Adviser with 20% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle did not apply if this net investment income meets or exceeds 2.50% of our NAV in any calendar quarter; and

 

· 20% of the amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.50% of our NAV in any calendar quarter (10.00% annualized) is payable to the Adviser (that is, once the hurdle is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 20% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income thereafter is paid to the Adviser).

 

You should be aware that a rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to the Adviser with respect to Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income.

 

No incentive fee is payable to the Adviser on capital gains, whether realized or unrealized. In addition, the amount of the incentive fee is not affected by any realized or unrealized losses that we may suffer.

 

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the incentive fee as well as examples of its application.

 

Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Net Investment Income

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income
(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

 

 

 

66
 

  

Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation (amounts expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets, and are not annualized)*

 

Alternative 1:

 

Assumptions

 

Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 1.25%

Hurdle rate (1) = 2.00%

Base management fee (2) = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.25%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

(investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 0.5625%

 

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the Hurdle Rate, therefore there is no incentive fee.

 

Alternative 2:

 

Assumptions

 

Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 2.70%

Hurdle rate (1) = 2.00%

Base management fee (2) = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.25%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

(investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.0125%

 

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds the hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.

 

Incentive fee = (100% × “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.50%)))

= (100.0% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.00%)) + 0%

= 100.0% × ( 2.0125% – 2.00%)

= 100.0% × 0.0125%

= 0.0125%

 

Alternative 3:

 

Assumptions

 

Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 3.25%

Hurdle rate (1) = 2.00%

Base management fee (2) = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.25%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

(investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.5625%

 

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds the hurdle rate, therefore there is a incentive fee.

 

Incentive fee = (100% × “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.50%)))

= (100.0% × (2.50% – 2.00%)) + (20% x (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.50%))

= (100.0% × ( 2.50% – 2.00%)) + (20% x (2.5625% - 2.50%))

= 0.0125% + .0125%

= 0.250%

 

 

(*) The hypothetical amount of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income shown is based on a percentage of net assets.
(1) Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate.

  

67
 

 

  (2) Represents 1.75% annualized base management fee.

  (3) Excludes organizational and offering expenses.

 

Portfolio Managers

 

We are managed by members of the Senior Investment Team. The Senior Investment Team is led by Mr. Majewski, Managing Partner of the Adviser, and is also comprised of Daniel W. Ko, Portfolio Manager, and Daniel M. Spinner, Portfolio Manager. The Senior Investment Team is primarily responsible for our day-to-day management and the implementation of our investment strategy and process.

 

Each member of the Senior Investment Team is a CLO industry specialist who has been directly involved in the CLO market for the majority of his career and has built relationships with key market participants, including CLO collateral managers, investment banks and investors. Collectively, members of the Senior Investment Team have been involved in the CLO market as:

 

· the head of the CLO business at various investment banks;

 

· a lead CLO structurer and collateralized debt obligation workout specialist at an investment bank;

 

· a CLO equity and debt investor;

 

· a principal investor in CLO collateral management firms; and

 

· a lender and mergers and acquisitions adviser to CLO collateral management firms.

 

We believe that the complementary, yet highly specialized, skill set of each member of the Senior Investment Team provides the Adviser with a competitive advantage in its CLO-focused investment strategy.

 

Biographical information on the Senior Investment Team is set forth below:

 

Thomas P. Majewski, Managing Partner (Since November 2012) . Mr. Majewski is a Managing Partner and founder of Eagle Point Credit Management. Mr. Majewski has been involved in the formation and/or monetization of many CLO transactions across multiple market cycles. Mr. Majewski led the creation of some of the earliest refinancing CLOs, introducing techniques that are now commonplace in the market. He has spent his entire career in the structured finance and credit markets. Mr. Majewski is a member of the Adviser’s Investment Committee and Board of Managers. Mr. Majewski’s experience in the CLO market dates back to the 1990s.

 

Prior to Eagle Point Credit Management, Mr. Majewski was a Managing Director and U.S. Head of CLOs at RBS Securities Inc. (“RBS”), where he was responsible for all aspects of RBS’s new-issue CLO platform. Prior to joining RBS, Mr. Majewski was the U.S. country head at AMP Capital Investors (US) Ltd. and AE Capital Advisers (US) LLC, where he was responsible for investing in credit, structured products and other private assets on behalf of several Australian investors. Prior to this, Mr. Majewski was a Managing Director and head of CLOs at Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner and Smith Inc. Mr. Majewski also has held leadership positions within CLO and/or securitization groups at JPMorgan Securities Inc. and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. Mr. Majewski has a B.S. in accounting from Binghamton University and has been a Certified Public Accountant (inactive).

 

Daniel W. Ko, Portfolio Manager (Since December 2012) . Mr. Ko is a Portfolio Manager of Eagle Point Credit Management. He is responsible for manager evaluation and structuring investment opportunities in the primary CLO market, analyzing secondary CLO market opportunities, executing trades and monitoring investments. Mr. Ko has specialized in structured finance throughout his entire career.

 

Prior to joining Eagle Point Credit Management, Mr. Ko was a Vice President at Bank of America Merrill Lynch, or “BAML,” in the CLO structuring group. He was responsible for modeling the projected deal cash flows, negotiating deal terms with both debt and equity investors and coordinating the rating process. In addition, he was responsible for exploring non-standard structuring initiatives such as financing trades with dynamic leverage, emerging market collateralized bond obligations and European CLOs. Prior to joining the CLO structuring group, Mr. Ko managed BAML’s legacy CLO, trust-preferred securities CDO and asset-backed securities CDO portfolios. Prior to Bank of America’s merger with Merrill Lynch, Mr. Ko was an associate in Merrill Lynch’s CDO structuring group, Mr. Ko graduated Magna Cum Laude from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School with a B.S. in finance and accounting.

 

68
 

 

Daniel M. Spinner (CAIA), Portfolio Manager (Since February 2013) . Mr. Spinner is a Portfolio Manager of Eagle Point Credit Management. He is primarily responsible for manager evaluation and due diligence and for monitoring investments. Mr. Spinner is also actively involved with investor relations and communications. Mr. Spinner is an alternative asset management industry specialist with 17 years of experience advising, financing and investing in alternative asset management firms and funds. Mr. Spinner’s experience in the CLO market dates back to the late 1990s.

 

Prior to joining Eagle Point Credit Management, Mr. Spinner was an Investment Analyst at the 1199SEIU Benefit and Pension Funds where he oversaw the private equity, special opportunities credit and real estate allocations. The 1199SEIU Benefit and Pension Funds are collectively among the largest Taft-Hartley plans in the U.S. Prior to this, Mr. Spinner was a Managing Director at Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. focused on alternative asset managers. Prior to Bear Stearns, Mr. Spinner was the co-founder and president of Structured Capital Partners, Inc., a financial holding company formed to invest in structured credit managers. Mr. Spinner began his career as an investment banker in the Financial Institutions Group at JPMorgan Securities Inc., where he had coverage responsibility for asset management firms including CLO collateral managers. Mr. Spinner earned a B.A., summa cum laude, from Gettysburg College and an M.B.A. from Columbia University.

 

The following table sets forth additional information about members of the Senior Investment Team as of      , 2014.

 

 

 

  Registered Investment
Companies
  Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles
  Other Accounts  
Portfolio Manager   Number of
Accounts
  Total Assets
(in millions)
  Number of
Accounts
  Total Assets
(in millions)
  Number of
Accounts
  Total Assets
(in millions)
 
                           
Thomas P. Majewski                                            
                           
Daniel W. Ko                                            
                           
Daniel M. Spinner                                            

 

Compensation . The Adviser pays its investment professionals out of its total revenues, including the advisory fees earned with respect to providing advisory services to us. Professional compensation at the Adviser is structured so that key professionals benefit from strong investment performance generated on the accounts that the Adviser manages and from their longevity with the Adviser. Each member of the Senior Investment Team has indirect equity ownership interests in the Adviser. Members of the Senior Investment Team also receive a fixed base salary and an annual market and performance-based cash bonus. The bonus is determined at the discretion of the Adviser’s Board of Managers, and is based on both quantitative and qualitative analysis of several factors, including the profitability of the Adviser and the contribution of the individual employee. Many of the factors considered by management in reaching its compensation determinations will be impacted by our long-term performance and the value of our assets as well as the portfolios managed for the Adviser’s other clients.

 

Securities Owned in the Company by Portfolio Managers. The table below sets forth the dollar range of the value of our Common Shares, and the dollar range of the aggregate value of our Common Shares that are owned beneficially by each portfolio manager as of      and the aggregate value of Common Shares expected to be beneficially owned by each portfolio manager immediately after the completion of this offering. For purposes of this table, beneficial ownership is defined to mean a direct or indirect pecuniary interest.

 

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

 

Dollar Range of Equity
Securities

in the Company as of     

 

Pro Forma Dollar Range
of Equity Securities

in the Company (after
Completion of Offering)

 
           
Thomas P. Majewski                
           
Daniel W. Ko                
           
Daniel M. Spinner                

  

69
 

 

The Senior Investment Team is expected to invest, in the aggregate, $     million in our Common Shares pursuant to this offering and its members are restricted from selling our Common Shares held by them as of the completion of this offering for a period of 180 days following the completion of this offering.

 

Investment Committee

 

The Adviser has an Investment Committee comprised of Mr. Majewski, Mr. James Carey, Ms. Meryl Hartzband and Mr. James Matthews. The Investment Committee is responsible for the overall investment management activities of the Adviser. Mr. Majewski’s biographical information is included above under “ —Portfolio Managers ” and Mr. Matthews’ biographical information is included under “ Directors and Officers—Additional Information about the Directors ” below. Biographical information regarding each other member of the Investment Committee is summarized below:

 

James D. Carey . Mr. Carey is a Senior Principal of Stone Point and a member of the Investment Committees of the Trident family of funds managed by Stone Point (the “Trident Funds”). He joined Stone Point in 1997 from Merrill Lynch & Co., where he was an Associate in the Financial Institutions Investment Banking Group from 1995 to 1997. Prior to joining Merrill Lynch & Co., Mr. Carey was a corporate attorney with Kelley Drye & Warren LLP. Mr. Carey serves as a manager for Eagle Point Credit Management. He is also a director of companies in which the Trident Funds have invested, including Enstar Group Limited, Citco III Limited, Merchant Capital Solutions LLC, Pierpont Securities LLC, Privilege Underwriters, Inc. and Sedgwick Claims Management Services, Inc.

 

Mr. Carey holds a B.S. from Boston College, a J.D. from Boston College Law School and an M.B.A. from the Duke University Fuqua School of Business.

 

Meryl D. Hartzband . Ms. Hartzband is the Chief Investment Officer of Stone Point and a member of the Investment Committees of the Trident Funds. Before joining Stone Point in 1999, Ms. Hartzband was a Managing Director at J.P. Morgan & Co., where, during a 16-year career, she specialized in managing private equity investments in the financial services industry. Ms. Hartzband worked closely with Stone Point and its predecessor operations during her tenure at J.P. Morgan & Co. in connection with that firm’s role as co-sponsor of Trident I and of most of the platform’s pre-Trident investments. Ms. Hartzband serves as a manager for Eagle Point Credit Management. She is also a director of companies in which the Trident Funds have invested, including SKY Harbor Capital Holdings LLC, and is a former director of several portfolio companies of the Trident Funds, including Alterra Capital Holdings Limited and AXIS Capital Holdings Limited. She also previously served as a director of ACE Limited and St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc.

 

Ms. Hartzband holds a B.A. from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from the Columbia University Graduate School of Business.

 

The Administrator

 

We have entered into an Administration Agreement, pursuant to which Eagle Point Administration furnishes us with office facilities, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and record-keeping services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, Eagle Point Administration will perform, or arrange for the performance of, our required administrative services, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders. In addition, Eagle Point Administration provides us with accounting services; assists us in determining and publishing our NAV; oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns; monitors our compliance with tax laws and regulations; and prepares, and assists us with any audits by an independent public accounting firm of,  our financial statements. The Administrator is also responsible for the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders and the maintenance of our website; provides support for our investor relations; generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others; and provides such other administrative services as we may from time to time designate. Payments under the Administration Agreement are equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion of Eagle Point Administration’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions and our allocable portion of the compensation of our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer and our allocable portion of the compensation of any administrative support staff. The Administration Agreement may be terminated by us without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to Eagle Point Administration and by Eagle Point Administration upon not less than 90 days’ written notice to us. The Administration Agreement will be approved by the Board, including by a majority of independent directors, on an annual basis, subject to an initial two-year term.

 

70
 

  

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification. The Administration Agreement provides that Eagle Point Administration and its officers, directors, employees and affiliates are not liable to us or any of our stockholders for any act or omission by it or its employees in the supervision or management of our investment activities or for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) or losses sustained by us or our stockholders, except that the foregoing exculpation does not extend to any act or omission constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations under the Administration Agreement. The Administration Agreement also provides for indemnification by us of Eagle Point Administration’s members, directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to us, subject to the same limitations and to certain conditions.

 

Custodian and Transfer Agent

 

     , is our custodian, holds our assets, settles all portfolio trades and collects most of the valuation data required for calculating our NAV.

 

     , is our transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent.

 

71
 

  

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Our Board is responsible for the overall management and supervision of our business and affairs, including the appointment of advisers and sub-advisers. Our Directors may appoint officers who assist in managing our day-to-day affairs.

 

The Board

 

The Board currently consists of 6 members. The term of one class expires each year commencing with the first annual meeting following this initial public offering of our Common Shares. The terms of Messrs.      and      expire at the first annual meeting following this public offering; the terms of Messrs.      , and      expire at the second annual meeting; and the terms of Messrs.      and      expire at the third annual meeting. Subsequently, each class of Directors will stand for election at the conclusion of its respective term. Such classification may prevent replacement of a majority of the Directors for up to a two-year period.

 

The Directors and our officers are listed below. Except as indicated, each individual has held the office shown or other offices in the same company for the last five years. The “Independent Directors” consist of those Directors who are not “interested persons,” as that term is defined under the 1940 Act, of the Company. Conversely, “Interested Director(s)” consist of those Directors who are “interested persons” of the Company. Certain of our officers and Directors also are officers or Managers of the Adviser.

 

The business address of each Director and officer is c/o Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830.

 

Interested Directors

 

Name and Age   Position(s) held
with the
Company
  Term of Office
and
Length of Time
Served
  Principal
Occupation(s) –
During the Past 5
Years
  Number of
Funds in
Company
Complex
Overseen by
Director
  Other
Directorships
Held
by the Director
                     
Thomas P. Majewski
Age: 39
  Director and Chief Executive Officer   Since Inception   Managing Partner of the Adviser since 2012; Managing Director and U.S. Head of CLOs at RBS Securities Inc. from 2011 to 2012; President of AMP Capital Investors (US) Ltd. from 2010 to 2011; Partner at AE Capital Advisers LLC from 2008 to 2010.   1       
                     
James R. Matthews
Age: 47
  Director and Chairperson of the Board   Since 5/2014   Principal of Stone Point since 2011; Senior Managing Director and  Co-Head of Private Equity for Evercore Partners Inc. from 2007 to 2011.   1       

 

72
 

  

Independent Directors

 

Name and Age   Position(s) held
with the
Company
  Term of Office
and
Length of Time
Served(1)
  Principal
Occupation(s) –
During the Past 5
Years
  Number of
Funds in
Company
Complex
Overseen by
Director
  Other
Directorships
Held
by the Director
                     
Scott W. Appleby
Age: 49
  Director   Since 5/2014   President of Appleby Capital, Inc. since 2009.   1       
                     
Kevin F. McDonald
Age: 47
  Director   Since 5/2014   CEO and Principal of Taylor Investment Advisors, LP since 2001.   1       
                     
Paul E. Tramontano
Age: 52
  Director   Since 5/2014   CEO of Constellation Wealth Advisors LLC since 2007.   1       
                     
Jeffrey L. Weiss
Age: 53
  Director   Since 5/2014   Private Investor since 2012; Global Head of Financial Institutions at Barclays from 2008 to 2012.   1       

 

Officers

 

Information regarding our officers:

 

Name and
Age
 

Positions Held with

the Company

  Term of Office and
Length of Time Served
  Principal Occupation(s)
During the Last Five Years
Thomas P. Majewski
Age: 39
  Director and Chief Executive Officer   Since Inception   Managing Partner of the Adviser since 2012; Managing Director and U.S. Head of CLOs at RBS Securities Inc. from 2011 to 2012; President of AMP Capital Investors (US) Ltd. from 2010 to 2011; Partner at AE Capital Advisers LLC from 2008 to 2010.

 

All of the officers listed are officers or employees of the Adviser or affiliated companies.

 

Additional Information about the Directors

 

In addition to the description of each Director’s “Principal Occupation(s)” and “Other Directorships” set forth above, the following provides further information about each Director’s specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, except that additional information regarding Mr. Majewski is included under “ Management—Portfolio Managers ” above. The information in this section should not be understood to mean that any of the Directors is an “expert” within the meaning of the federal securities laws.

 

Although the Board’s Nominating Committee has general criteria that guides its choice of candidates to serve on the Board (as discussed below under “ —Board Committees ”), there are no specific required qualifications for Board membership. The Board believes that the different perspectives, viewpoints, professional experience, education and individual qualities of each Director represent a diversity of experiences and a variety of complementary skills. When considering potential nominees to fill vacancies on the Board, and as part of its annual self-evaluation, the Board reviews the mix of skills and other relevant experiences of the Directors.

 

73
 

  

Scott W. Appleby . Mr. Appleby is the President of Appleby Capital, Inc. and has more than 20 years of banking experience at Appleby Capital, Deutsche Bank, Robertson Stephens, ABN Amro and Paine Webber. As a senior equity analyst, he has written on global exchanges, alternative asset managers and financial technology. He was also one of the first Internet analysts and, in 1997, the first analyst to cover the electronic brokerage industry. Mr. Appleby remains an active writer and speaker on financial technology and Wall Street trends. Mr. Appleby serves on a number of private company and community boards.

 

Mr. Appleby holds an M.B.A. from Cornell University and a B.S. from the University of Vermont

 

Kevin F. McDonald . Mr. McDonald is a Principal of Taylor Investment Advisors, LP. Prior to co-founding Taylor Investment Advisors, Mr. McDonald was a Director at Larch Lane Advisors LLC, an alternative asset management firm specializing in multi-manager hedge fund portfolios, from 1999 to 2001. From 1994 to 1999, Mr. McDonald was a Vice President in the futures and options group at JP Morgan Securities. From 1991 to 1994, Mr. McDonald was an Assistant Treasurer and proprietary fixed-income trader at BSI Bank (subsidiary of Generali S.P.A.). Mr. McDonald began his career at Chemical Bank where he was a credit analyst in the corporate finance group.

 

Mr. McDonald holds a B.A. from the University of Virginia.

 

Paul E. Tramontano . Mr. Tramontano is the Co-Chief Executive Officer and a founding member of Constellation Wealth Advisors LLC since 2007. In that role, Mr. Tramontano is instrumental in crafting the strategic direction of the firm, and he serves on both the investment and executive management committees. In addition to his management responsibilities, Mr. Tramontano is directly engaged with the firm’s most important client relationships. Prior to forming Constellation, Mr. Tramontano spent 17 years at Citi Smith Barney, most recently as a Managing Director and Senior Advisor of Citi Family Office.

 

Mr. Tramontano holds a B.S. from Villanova University and also holds a Certified Investment Management Analyst designation.

 

Jeffrey L. Weiss . Mr. Weiss is a former Managing Director at Lehman Brothers and Barclays, where he also held a number of senior leadership positions. Mr. Weiss is currently a private investor (since 2012). From 2008 to 2012, Mr. Weiss served as Global Head of Financial Institutions at Barclays. Prior to joining Barclays, Mr. Weiss spent 25 years with Lehman Brothers, most recently as a Managing Director. From 2005 to 2008, Mr. Weiss served on Lehman’s management committee. From 2007 to 2008, Mr. Weiss was responsible for the financial institutions group businesses. From 2003 to 2007, Mr. Weiss had global responsibility for all new issue origination. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Weiss was responsible for all global debt capital markets and also served on the investment banking committee. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Weiss had global responsibility for all new issue risk and also served on the fixed-income executive committee. From 1992 to 1996, Mr. Weiss was responsible for the U.S. fixed-income syndicate business. From 1984 to 1992, Mr. Weiss served as a credit trader focusing on a number of different sectors.

 

Mr. Weiss holds a B.S. in economics from the University of Wisconsin.

 

James R. Matthews . Mr. Matthews was appointed to the Board as a representative of Trident V Funds. Mr. Matthews is currently a Principal of Stone Point. He joined Stone Point from Evercore Partners, where he was a Senior Managing Director and Co-Head of Private Equity. From 2000 to 2007, Mr. Matthews was with Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, where he was a General Partner and focused on investments in the information services and business services sectors. Previously, Mr. Matthews was a General Partner of J.H. Whitney & Co. and started his career as an Analyst in the mergers and acquisitions group of Salomon Brothers Inc. Mr. Matthews serves as a manager of Eagle Point Credit Management. He is a director of Frenkel & Company and of the Trident Fund portfolio companies Enhanced Capital Partners, LLC and NEBCO Insurance Services, LLC. Mr. Matthews is a former director of Bollinger, Inc., Fidelity Sedgwick Holdings, Inc., Ruesch International Inc. and Headstrong Inc.

 

74
 

  

Mr. Matthews holds a B.S. from Boston College and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.

 

Independent Director Compensation

 

We pay fees only to our Independent Directors. Directors are reimbursed for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses. The following table provides information regarding the compensation paid by us to the Independent Directors for their services.

 

It is estimated that the Directors will receive the amounts set forth in the following table from us for our initial fiscal year ending      , 2014.

  

Independent Director

Compensation from the Company

Compensation from the Company
Complex

         
Scott W. Appleby   $        $     
Kevin F. McDonald   $        $     
Paul E. Tramontano   $        $     
Jeffrey L. Weiss   $        $     

 

We do not have a pension or retirement plan for any of our Directors or officers.

 

Director Ownership of Company Shares

 

The table below sets forth the dollar range of the value of our Common Shares that are owned beneficially by each Director as of      . For purposes of this table, beneficial ownership is defined to mean a direct or indirect pecuniary interest.

 

Name of Director  

Dollar Range of Equity Securities

in the Company

     
           

 

Duties of Directors; Board Meetings and Board Committees

 

We were organized as a Delaware limited liability company and intend to convert into a Delaware corporation prior to the completion of this offering. Under our Certificate of Incorporation, the Directors will be responsible for managing our affairs, including the appointment of advisers and sub-advisers. Each Director has the experience, skills, attributes and qualifications described above (see “ —The Board and —Additional Information About the Directors ”). The Board appoints officers who assist in managing our day-to-day affairs.

 

The Board has appointed Mr. Matthews as Chairperson. The Chairperson presides at meetings of the Directors and may call meetings of the Board and any Board committee whenever he or she deems it necessary. The Chairperson participates in the preparation of the agenda for meetings of the Board and the identification of information to be presented to the Board with respect to matters to be acted upon by the Board. The Chairperson also acts as a liaison with our management, officers, attorneys and other Directors generally between meetings. The Chairperson may perform such other functions as may be requested by the Board from time to time. Except for any duties specified in this prospectus or pursuant to our Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, or as assigned by the Board, the designation of a Director as Chairperson does not impose on that Director any duties, obligations or liability that are greater than the duties, obligations or liability imposed on any other Director, generally. The Board has designated a number of standing committees as further described below, each of which has a Chairperson. The Board also designates working groups or ad hoc committees as it deems appropriate.

 

75
 

 

The Board believes that this leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise informed judgment over matters under its purview, and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees or working groups of Directors and the full Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The Board also believes that having a majority of Independent Directors is appropriate and in the best interest of our Common Stockholders. Nevertheless, the Board also believes that having interested persons serve on the Board brings corporate and financial viewpoints that are, in the Board’s view, crucial elements in its decision-making process. In addition, the Board believes that Mr. Majewski, Managing Partner of the Adviser, provides the Board with the Adviser’s perspective in managing and sponsoring us. The leadership structure of the Board may be changed, at any time and in the discretion of the Board, including in response to changes in circumstances or our characteristics.

 

Board Committees

 

At its first two meetings on May 1, 2014, and June        , 2014, the Board established the following standing committees: the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee. The current membership of each committee is set forth below. Interested Directors are generally able to attend and participate in any committee meeting, as appropriate.

 

Audit Nominating
Scott W. Appleby     
Kevin F. McDonald     
Paul E. Tramontano     
Jeffrey L. Weiss  

 

Audit Committee

 

All of the members of this Committee are Independent Directors, and each member is financially literate with at least one having accounting or financial management expertise. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Committee. This Committee recommends to the full Board the independent registered public accounting firm for us, oversees the work of the independent registered public accounting firm in connection with our audit, communicates with the independent registered public accounting firm on a regular basis and provides a forum for the independent registered public accounting firm to report and discuss any matters it deems appropriate at any time. This Committee is also responsible for establishing guidelines and making recommendations to our Board regarding the valuation of our investments, which are considered when the Board determines the value of our investments as described under “ Determination of Net Asset Value .” Mr. Weiss serves as Chairperson of the Audit Committee.

 

Nominating Committee

 

This Committee is comprised of all of the Independent Directors. This Committee periodically reviews the Board’s committee structure, conducts an annual self-assessment and makes the final selection and nomination of candidates to serve as Independent Directors. Our Interested Directors and the officers are nominated and selected by the Board. Mr.      serves as Chairperson of this Committee.

 

In reviewing a potential nominee and in evaluating the renomination of current Independent Directors, this Committee will generally apply the following criteria: (i) the nominee’s reputation for integrity, honesty and adherence to high ethical standards; (ii) the nominee’s business acumen, experience and ability to exercise sound judgment; (iii) a commitment to understand the Company and the responsibilities of a director of an investment company; (iv) a commitment to regularly attend and participate in meetings of the Board and its committees; (v) the ability to understand potential conflicts of interest involving management of the Company and to act in the interests of all stockholders; and (vi) the absence of a real or apparent conflict of interest that would impair the nominee’s ability to represent the interests of all the stockholders and to fulfill the responsibilities of an Independent Director. This Committee does not necessarily place the same emphasis on each criteria and each nominee may not have each of these qualities.

 

76
 

  

As long as an existing Independent Director continues, in the opinion of this Committee, to satisfy these criteria, the Company anticipates that the Committee would favor the renomination of an existing Independent Director rather than a new candidate. Consequently, while this Committee will consider nominees recommended by stockholders to serve as Independent Directors, the Committee may only act upon such recommendations if there is a vacancy on the Board or a committee determines that the selection of a new or additional Independent Director is in our best interests. In the event that a vacancy arises or a change in Board membership is determined to be advisable, this Committee will, in addition to any stockholder recommendations, consider candidates identified by other means, including candidates proposed by members of this Committee. This Committee may retain a consultant to assist it in a search for a qualified candidate. The Committee has adopted procedures for the selection of Independent Directors.

 

Any stockholder recommendation for Independent Director must be submitted in compliance with all of the pertinent provisions of Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, to be considered by this Committee. In evaluating a nominee recommended by a stockholder, this Committee, in addition to the criteria discussed above, may consider the objectives of the stockholder in submitting that nomination and whether such objectives are consistent with the interests of all stockholders. If the Board determines to include a stockholder’s candidate among the slate of nominees, the candidate’s name will be placed on our proxy card. If this Committee or the Board determines not to include such candidate among the Board’s designated nominees and the stockholder has satisfied the requirements of Rule 14a-8, the stockholder’s candidate will be treated as a nominee of the stockholder who originally nominated the candidate. In that case, the candidate will not be named on the proxy card distributed with our proxy statement.

 

Stockholders may communicate with the Directors as a group or individually. Any such communication should be sent to the Board or an individual Director c/o The Secretary of the Company at the following address: 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830. The Secretary may determine not to forward any letter to Directors that does not relate to the business of the Company.

 

Risk Oversight

 

As a registered investment company, we are subject to a variety of risks, including investment risks, financial risks, compliance risks and operational risks. As part of its overall activities, the Board oversees the management of our risk management structure by various departments of the Adviser and the Administrator, as well as by our Chief Compliance Officer, or “CCO.” The responsibility to manage our risk management structure on a day-to-day basis is subsumed within the Adviser’s overall investment management responsibilities. The Adviser has its own, independent interest in risk management.

 

The Board recognizes that it is not possible to identify all of the risks that may affect us or to develop processes and controls to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects. The Board discharges risk oversight as part of its overall activities. In addressing issues regarding our risk management between meetings, appropriate representatives of the Adviser communicate with the Chairperson of the Board, the relevant Committee chair or our CCO, who is directly accountable to the Board. As appropriate, the Chairperson of the Board and the Committee chair confer among themselves, with our CCO, the Adviser, other service providers, external fund counsel and counsel to the Independent Directors, to identify and review risk management issues that may be placed on the full Board’s agenda and/or that of an appropriate Committee for review and discussion with management.

 

Compliance Policies and Procedures

 

We have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to detect and prevent violation of the federal securities laws and are required to review these compliance policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. The CCO is responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

 

77
 

  

Determination of Net Asset Value

 

We will determine the NAV per Common Share by dividing the value of our portfolio investments, cash and other assets (including interest accrued but not collected) less all of our liabilities (including accrued expenses, borrowings and interest payables) by the total number of Common Shares outstanding on a quarterly basis. The most significant estimate inherent in the preparation of our financial statements will be the valuation of investments and the related amounts of unrealized appreciation and depreciation of investments recorded. There is no single method for determining fair value in good faith. As a result, determining fair value requires that judgment be applied to the specific facts and circumstances of each portfolio investment while employing a consistently applied valuation process for the types of investments we make. We will be required to specifically fair value each individual investment on at least a quarterly basis (with certain exceptions for investments that represent a de minimis percentage of our portfolio, which will be fair valued by the Adviser), and may fair value such investments on a more frequent basis as necessary.

 

Our Board will approve the value of our investment portfolio at least each quarter, after consideration of the recommendation(s) of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee will consider the Adviser’s recommendation of fair value as determined in accordance with our valuation policies and procedures. In support of the Board, the Audit Committee will review information compiled by the Adviser, including a financial summary, covenant compliance review and recent trading activity in the security, if known, as well as valuations generated by one or more third party models that take into account various market inputs. Available information, including non-binding indicative bids which may not be considered reliable, will be presented to the Board’s Audit Committee to consider in making its recommendation of fair value to the Board, which the Board will then consider when determining and approving the fair value of the investment portfolio.

 

In some instances, there may be limited trading activity in a security even though the market for the security is considered not active. In such cases the Audit Committee will consider the number of trades, the size and timing of each trade and other circumstances around such trades, to the extent such information is available, in making its determination of fair value. As noted above, valuation of certain investments will also be based upon one or more third party valuation models. We may also elect to engage third-party valuation firms to provide assistance to the Audit Committee and our Board in valuing certain of our investments. The Audit Committee and/or the Board will evaluate the impact of such additional information, and factor it into its consideration of fair value.

 

78
 

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

We have established an automatic DRIP Plan. Under the DRIP Plan, distributions of dividends and capital gains are automatically reinvested in our Common Shares by      , the DRIP Plan Agent. Every Common Stockholder holding at least one full share of the Company will be automatically enrolled in the DRIP Plan. Common Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of additional Common Shares will nonetheless be required to pay applicable federal, state or local taxes on the reinvested dividends but will not receive a corresponding cash distribution with which to pay any applicable tax. Common Stockholders who opt-out of participation in the DRIP Plan will receive all distributions in cash. Reinvested dividends increase our stockholders’ equity on which a management fee is payable to the Adviser. There are requirements to participate in the DRIP Plan and you should contact your broker or nominee to confirm that you are eligible to participate in the DRIP Plan.

 

If we declare a dividend or distribution payable either in cash or in Common Shares, we will issue Common Shares to participants at a value equal to 95% of the market price per Common Share at the close of regular trading on the valuation date for such distribution. The number of additional Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the distribution or dividend by 95% of the market price. However, we reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the DRIP Plan. If we declare a distribution to Common Stockholders, the DRIP Plan Agent may be instructed not to credit accounts with newly issued shares and instead to buy shares in the open market if (i) the price at which newly issued Common Shares are to be credited does not exceed 110% of the last determined NAV of the shares; or (ii) we have advised the DRIP Plan administrator that since such NAV was last determined, we have become aware of events that indicate the possibility of a material change in per share NAV as a result of which the NAV of the shares on the payment date might be higher than the price at which the DRIP Plan administrator would credit newly issued shares to stockholders.

 

There are no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by us. However, whenever shares are purchased or sold on the NYSE or otherwise on the open market, each participant will pay a pro rata portion of brokerage trading fees, currently $     per share purchased or sold. Brokerage trading fees will be deducted from amounts to be invested.

 

The reinvestment of dividends and net capital gains distributions does not relieve participants of any income tax that may be payable on such dividends or distributions.

 

Stockholders participating in the DRIP Plan may buy additional shares of the Company through the DRIP Plan at any time in amounts of at least      per investment, up to a maximum of      , with a total calendar year limit of      . Stockholders will be charged a      transaction fee plus      per share brokerage trading fee for each order. Purchases of additional shares of the Company will be made on the open market. Stockholders who elect to utilize monthly electronic fund transfers to buy additional shares of the Company will be charged a      transaction fee plus      per share brokerage trading fee for each automatic purchase. Stockholders can also sell our shares held in the DRIP Plan account at any time by contacting the DRIP Plan Agent by telephone, in writing or by visiting the DRIP Plan Agent’s web site at      . The DRIP Plan Agent will mail a check to you (less applicable brokerage trading fees) on the settlement date, which is three business days after your shares have been sold. If you choose to sell your shares through your broker, you will need to request that the DRIP Plan Agent electronically transfer your shares to your broker through the Direct Registration System.

 

Stockholders participating in the DRIP Plan may withdraw from the DRIP Plan at any time by contacting the DRIP Plan Agent by telephone, in writing or by visiting the DRIP Plan Agent’s web site at      . Such termination will be effective immediately if the notice is received by the DRIP Plan Agent prior to any dividend or distribution record date; otherwise, such termination will be effective on the first trading day after the payment date for such dividend or distribution, with respect to any subsequent dividend or distribution. If you withdraw, your shares will be credited to your account; or, if you wish, the DRIP Plan Agent will sell your full and fractional shares and send you the proceeds, less a transaction fee of      and less brokerage trading fees of      per share. If a stockholder does not maintain at least one whole Common Share in the DRIP Plan account, the DRIP Plan Agent may terminate such stockholder’s participation in the DRIP Plan after written notice. Upon termination, Common Stockholders will be sent a check for the cash value of any fractional share in the DRIP Plan account, less any applicable broker commissions and taxes.

 

79
 

 

 

Stockholders who are not participants in the DRIP Plan, but hold at least one full Common Share, may join the DRIP Plan by notifying the DRIP Plan Agent by telephone, in writing or by visiting the DRIP Plan Agent’s web site at      . If received in proper form by the DRIP Plan Agent before the record date of a dividend, the election will be effective with respect to all dividends paid after such record date. If you wish to participate in the DRIP Plan and your shares are held in the name of a brokerage firm, bank or other nominee, please contact your nominee to see if it will participate in the DRIP Plan for you. If you wish to participate in the DRIP Plan, but your brokerage firm, bank or other nominee is unable to participate on your behalf, you will need to request that your shares be re-registered in your own name, or you will not be able to participate. The DRIP Plan Agent will administer the DRIP Plan on the basis of the number of shares certified from time to time by you as representing the total amount registered in your name and held for your account by your nominee.

 

Experience under the DRIP Plan may indicate that changes are desirable. Accordingly, we and the DRIP Plan Agent reserve the right to amend or terminate the DRIP Plan. Participants generally will receive written notice at least 60 days before the effective date of any amendment. In the case of termination, participants will receive written notice at least 60 days before the record date for the payment of any dividend or distribution by us.

 

All correspondence or additional information about the DRIP Plan should be directed to      .

 

80
 

   

Conflicts of Interest

 

Affiliations of the Adviser

 

The Adviser is affiliated with other entities engaged in the financial services business. In particular, the Adviser is affiliated with Stone Point, and certain members of the Adviser’s Board of Managers and Investment Committee are principals of Stone Point. Pursuant to certain management agreements, Stone Point has received delegated authority to act as the investment manager of the Trident V Funds. The Trident V Funds are indirect limited partners in the Private Fund and are expected to be our direct or indirect Common Stockholders. The Trident V Funds also hold a controlling interest in the Adviser. The Trident V Funds and other private equity funds managed by Stone Point invest in financial services companies. These relationships may cause the Adviser’s or certain of its affiliates’ interests to diverge from our interests and may result in conflicts of interest that may not be foreseen or resolved in a manner that is always or exclusively in our best interest.

 

Other Accounts

 

The Adviser is responsible for the investment decisions made on our behalf. There are no restrictions on the ability of the Adviser and certain of its affiliates (including Stone Point) to manage accounts for multiple clients, including accounts for affiliates of the Adviser or their directors, officers or employees, following the same, similar or different investment objectives, philosophies and strategies as those used by the Adviser for our account. In those situations, the Adviser and its affiliates may have conflicts of interest in allocating investment opportunities between us and any other account managed by such person. See below “ —Allocations of Opportunities .” Such conflicts of interest would be expected to be heightened where the Adviser manages an account for an affiliate or its directors, officers or employees. Additionally, accounts managed by the Adviser or certain of its affiliates may hold certain investments in CLOs, such as debt tranches, which conflict with the positions held by other accounts in such CLOs, such as us. In these cases, when exercising the rights of each account with respect to such investments, the Adviser and/or its affiliate will have a conflict of interest as actions on behalf of one account may have an adverse effect on another account managed by the Adviser or such affiliate, including us.

 

In addition, Stone Point and its affiliates, and the investment funds managed by Stone Point and such affiliates, may also invest in companies that compete with the Adviser and that therefore manage other accounts and funds that compete for investment opportunities with us.

 

Our executive officers and directors, as well as the current and future members of the Adviser, may serve as officers, directors or principals of other entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do. Accordingly, they may have obligations to investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which obligations may not be in the best interests of us or our Common Stockholders.

 

Further, the professional staff of the Adviser will devote as much time to us as such professionals deem appropriate to perform their duties in accordance with the Investment Advisory Agreement. However, such persons may be committed to providing investment advisory and other services for other clients, including the Private Fund, and engage in other business ventures in which we have no interest. As a result of these separate business activities, the Adviser may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time, services and functions among us and its affiliates and other business ventures or clients.

 

Allocations of Opportunities

 

As a fiduciary, the Adviser owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly. When the Adviser purchases or sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties. To this end, the Adviser has adopted policies and procedures pursuant to which it allocates investment opportunities appropriate for more than one client account (such as us and the Private Fund) in a manner deemed appropriate in its sole discretion to achieve a fair and equitable result over time. Pursuant to these policies and procedures, when allocating investment opportunities, the Adviser may take into account regulatory, tax or legal requirements applicable to an account. In allocating investment opportunities, the Adviser may use rotational, percentage or other allocation methods provided that doing so is consistent with the Adviser’s internal conflict of interest and allocation policies and the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the 1940 Act and other applicable laws. There is no assurance that investment opportunities will be allocated to any particular account equitably in the short-term or that any such account will be able to participate in all investment opportunities that are suitable for it.

 

81
 

  

Stone Point-Related Investments

 

Portfolio companies of investment funds managed by Stone Point and other affiliates of Stone Point may engage in lending activities, which could result in us investing in CLOs that include loans underwritten by such a portfolio company or affiliate. In addition, the CLOs in which we expect to invest consist principally of senior secured loans, which in many cases may be issued to operating companies that are primarily owned by private equity funds, including funds that may be managed by Stone Point or its affiliates. In addition to the above, because portfolio companies of such investment funds engage in a wide range of businesses, such entities may engage in other activities now or in the future that create a conflict of interest for the Adviser with respect to its management of us. Any of these potential transactions and activities may result in the Adviser having a conflict of interest that may not be resolved in a manner that is always or exclusively in our best interest or in the best interest of Common Stockholders.

 

Material Non-Public Information

 

By reason of the advisory and/or other activities of the Adviser and its affiliates, the Adviser and its affiliates may acquire confidential or material non-public information or be restricted from initiating transactions in certain securities. The Adviser will not be free to divulge, or to act upon, any such confidential or material non-public information and, due to these restrictions, it may not be able to initiate a transaction for our account that it otherwise might have initiated. As a result, we may be frozen in an investment position that we otherwise might have liquidated or closed out or may not be able to acquire a position that we might otherwise have acquired.

 

Co-Investments and Related Party Transactions

 

In the ordinary course of business, we may enter into transactions with persons who are affiliated with us by reason of being under common control of the Adviser or its affiliates, including Stone Point. In order to ensure that we do not engage in any prohibited transactions with any persons affiliated with us, we have implemented certain policies and procedures whereby our executive officers screen each of our transactions for any possible affiliations between us, the Adviser and its affiliates and our employees and directors. We will not enter into any such transactions unless and until we are satisfied that doing so will not raise concerns under the 1940 Act or, if such concerns exist, we have taken appropriate actions to seek Board review and approval or exemptive relief for such transaction. Our affiliations may require us to forgo attractive investment opportunities.

 

We may co-invest on a concurrent basis with other accounts managed by the Adviser, including the Private Fund, subject to compliance with applicable regulations and regulatory guidance and our written allocation procedures. Co-investment in certain securities may require exemptive relief from the SEC, which we intend to seek. There can be no assurance when, or if, such relief may be obtained.

 

Code of Ethics and Compliance Procedures

 

In order to address the conflicts of interest described above, we have adopted a Code of Ethics. Similarly, the Adviser has separately adopted a Code of Ethics. The Code of Ethics requires the officers and employees of the Adviser to act in the best interests of the Adviser and its client accounts (including us), act in good faith and in an ethical manner, avoid conflicts of interests with the client accounts to the extent reasonably possible and identify and manage conflicts of interest to the extent that they arise. Our directors and officers, and the officers and employees of the Adviser, are also required to comply with applicable provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws and make prompt reports to supervisory personnel of any actual or suspected violations of law.

 

In addition, the Adviser has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. The Adviser has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time.

 

82
 

  

U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters

 

The following is a description of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of Common Shares and of some of the important U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting us. The discussion below provides general tax information related to an investment in Common Shares, but this discussion does not purport to be a complete description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our Common Shares. For example, we have not described tax consequences that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elects to use a market-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings, pension plans and trusts, and financial institutions. This summary assumes that investors hold our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Treasury under the Code (“Treasury Regulations”), and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service regarding this offering. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax.

 

We intend to elect to be treated and to qualify each year as a RIC under the Code. Accordingly, we intend to satisfy certain requirements relating to sources of our income and diversification of our total assets and to satisfy certain distribution requirements, so as to maintain our RIC status and to avoid paying U.S. federal income or excise tax thereon. To the extent we qualify for treatment as a RIC and satisfy the applicable distribution requirements, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income paid to our Common Stockholders in the form of dividends or capital gains distributions.

 

To qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must derive at least 90% of our annual gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to our business of investing in stock, securities and currencies. A “qualified publicly traded partnership” is a publicly traded partnership that meets certain requirements with respect to the nature of its income. To qualify as a RIC, we must also satisfy certain requirements with respect to the diversification of our assets. We must have, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year, at least 50% of the value of our total assets represented by cash, cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities that, in respect of any one issuer, that do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets nor more than 10% of the voting securities of that issuer. In addition, at those times, not more than 25% of the value of our assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, or of two or more issuers, which we control and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. If we fail to satisfy the 90% gross income test described above (the “Income Test”), we will nevertheless be considered to have satisfied the test if (i) (a) such failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and (b) we report the failure pursuant to Treasury Regulations to be adopted, and (ii) we pay an excise tax equal to the excess non-qualifying income. If we fail to meet the asset diversification test described above with respect to any quarter, we will nevertheless be considered to have satisfied the requirements for such quarter if we cure such failure within 6 months and either (i) such failure is de minimis or (ii) (a) such failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and (b) we report the failure under Treasury Regulations to be adopted and pay an excise tax.

 

As a RIC, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on our investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but without regard to the deductions for dividend paid) and net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital loss), if any, that we distribute in each taxable year to Common Stockholders, provided that we distribute an amount at least equal to the sum of 90% of our investment company taxable income and 90% of our net tax-exempt interest income for such taxable year. We intend to distribute to Common Stockholders, at least annually, substantially all of our investment company taxable income, net tax-exempt income and net capital gains. In order to avoid incurring a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax obligation, the Code requires that we generally distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of our ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for such year, (ii) 98.2% of our capital gains net income, generally computed on the basis of the one-year period ending on October 31 of such year and (iii) 100% of any ordinary income and capital gains net income from the prior year (as previously computed) that were not paid out during such year and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax.

 

83
 

  

If we do not qualify as a RIC or fail to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement for any taxable year, our taxable income will be subject to corporate income taxes, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including distributions of net capital gains (if any), will be taxable to the stockholder as ordinary income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of individual and other non-corporate Common Stockholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction (“DRD”) in the case of corporate Common Stockholders. In addition, in order to requalify for taxation as a RIC, we may be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make certain distributions.

 

For purposes of the Income Test, income that we earn from equity interests in certain entities that are not treated as corporations or as qualified publicly traded partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes ( e.g. , certain CLOs that are treated as partnerships) will generally have the same character for us as in the hands of such an entity; consequently, we may be required to limit our equity investments in any such entities that earn fee income, rental income, or other nonqualifying income.

 

Some of the income and fees that we may recognize will not satisfy the Income Test. In order to ensure that such income and fees do not disqualify us as a RIC for a failure to satisfy such test, we may be required to recognize such income and fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be required to pay U.S. corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce our return on such income and fees.

 

We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (which may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the origination of a loan or possibly in other circumstances), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as contractual payment-in-kind, or PIK, interest (which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term) and deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Distribution Requirements, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount.

 

Some of the CLOs in which we invest may constitute “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”). Because we acquire interests treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes in PFICs (including equity tranche investments and certain debt tranche investments in CLOs that are PFICs), we may be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by us to our stockholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on us in respect of deferred taxes arising from any such excess distributions or gains. If we invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code (a “QEF”), in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to include in income each year our proportionate share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed to us. Alternatively, we can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year our shares in a PFIC; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it does not exceed prior increases included in our income. Under either election, we may be required to recognize in a year income in excess of our distributions from PFICs and our proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and we must distribute such income to satisfy the Distribution Requirements.

 

84
 

  

If we hold more than 10% of the interests treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a foreign corporation that is treated as a controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) (including equity tranche investments and certain debt tranche investments in a CLO treated as CFC), we may be treated as receiving a deemed distribution (taxable as ordinary income) each year from such foreign corporation in an amount equal to our pro rata share of the corporation’s income for the tax year (including both ordinary earnings and capital gains), whether or not the corporation makes an actual distribution during such year. This deemed distribution is required to be included in the income of a U.S. Shareholder of a CFC regardless of whether the shareholder has made a QEF election with respect to such CFC. In general, a foreign corporation will be classified as a CFC if more than 50% of the shares of the corporation, measured by reference to combined voting power or value, is owned (directly, indirectly or by attribution) by U.S. Shareholders. A “U.S. Shareholder,” for this purpose, is any U.S. person that possesses (actually or constructively) 10% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of shares of a corporation. If we are treated as receiving a deemed distribution from a CFC, we will be required to include such distribution in our investment company taxable income regardless of whether we receive any actual distributions from such CFC, and we must distribute such income to satisfy the Distribution Requirements.

 

Legislation enacted in 2010 imposes a withholding tax of 30% on payments of U.S. source interest and dividends paid after June 30, 2014, or gross proceeds from the disposition of an instrument that produces U.S. source interest or dividends paid after December 31, 2016, to certain non-U.S. entities, including certain non-U.S. financial institutions and investment funds, unless such non-U.S. entity complies with certain reporting requirements regarding its United States account holders and its United States owners. Most CLOs in which we invest will be treated as non-U.S. financial entities for this purpose, and therefore will be required to comply with these reporting requirements to avoid the 30% withholding. If a CLO in which we invest fails to properly comply with these reporting requirements, it could reduce the amounts available to distribute to equity and junior debt holders in such CLO, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

 

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time we accrue income, expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time we actually collect such income or pay such expenses or liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency forward contracts and the disposition of debt obligations denominated in a foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

 

Gain or loss realized by us from the sale or exchange of warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. The treatment of such gain or loss as long-term or short-term will depend on how long we held a particular warrant. Upon the exercise of a warrant acquired by us, our tax basis in the stock purchased under the warrant will equal the sum of the amount paid for the warrant plus the strike price paid on the exercise of the warrant.

 

Certain of our investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) convert dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income into ordinary income, (ii) treat dividends that would otherwise be eligible for the corporate DRD as ineligible for such treatment, (iii) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (iv) convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (v) convert an ordinary loss or deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (vi) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (vii) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions, and (viii) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the income requirement that applies to RICs. While we may not always be successful in doing so, we will seek to avoid or minimize the adverse tax consequences of our investment practices.

 

We may recognize gain (but not loss) from a constructive sale of certain “appreciated financial positions” if we enter into a short sale, offsetting notional principal contract, or forward contract transaction with respect to the appreciated position or substantially identical property. Appreciated financial positions subject to this constructive sale treatment include interests (including options and forward contracts and short sales) in stock and certain other instruments. Constructive sale treatment does not apply if the transaction is closed out not later than thirty days after the end of the taxable year in which the transaction was initiated, and the underlying appreciated securities position is held unhedged for at least the next sixty days after the hedging transaction is closed.

 

85
 

  

Gain or loss from a short sale of property is generally considered as capital gains or loss to the extent the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in our hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date the short sale is entered into, gains on short sales generally are short-term capital gains. A loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by us for more than one year. In addition, entering into a short sale may result in suspension of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by us.

 

Gain or loss on a short sale will generally not be realized until such time as the short sale is closed. However, as described above in the discussion of constructive sales, if we holds a short sale position with respect to securities that have appreciated in value, and we then acquire property that is the same as or substantially identical to the property sold short, we generally will recognize gain on the date we acquire such property as if the short sale were closed on such date with such property. Similarly, if we hold an appreciated financial position with respect to securities and then enter into a short sale with respect to the same or substantially identical property, we generally will recognize gain as if the appreciated financial position were sold at its fair market value on the date we enter into the short sale. The subsequent holding period for any appreciated financial position that is subject to these constructive sale rules will be determined as if such position were acquired on the date of the constructive sale.

 

At least annually, we intend to distribute any net capital gains (which is the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital loss) or, alternatively, to retain all or a portion of the year’s net capital gains and pay U.S. federal income tax on the retained gain. As provided under U.S. federal tax law, if we so elect, Common Stockholders of record as of the end of our taxable year will include their attributable share of the retained gain in their income for the year as long-term capital gains (regardless of their holding period in our Common Shares), and will be entitled to a tax credit or refund for the tax paid on their behalf by us. Common Stockholders of record for the retained capital gains will also be entitled to increase their tax basis in their Common Shares by 65% of the allocated gain. Distributions of our net capital gains (“capital gains distributions”), if any, are taxable to Common Stockholders as long-term capital gains, regardless of their holding period in our Common Shares. Distributions of our net realized short-term capital gains will be taxable as ordinary income.

 

If, for any calendar year, our total distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to each Common Stockholder (up to the amount of the Common Stockholder’s basis in his or her Common Shares) and thereafter as gain from the sale of Common Shares (assuming our Common Shares are held as a capital asset). The amount treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce the Common Stockholder’s adjusted basis in his or her Common Shares, thereby increasing his or her potential gain or reducing his or her potential loss on the subsequent sale or other disposition of his or her Common Shares. See below for a summary of the current maximum tax rates applicable to long-term capital gains (including capital gains distributions). A corporation that owns Common Shares may be eligible for the DRD with respect to a portion of the distributions it receives from us, provided we designate the eligible portion and the corporate stockholder satisfies certain holding period requirements. Our distributions that are attributable to qualified dividend income received by us from certain domestic corporations may be designated by us as being eligible for the DRD. Given our investment strategies, it is not anticipated that a significant portion of our dividends will be eligible for the DRD.

 

Certain dividend distributions paid by us (whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional Common Shares) to individual taxpayers may be taxed at a maximum rate of 15% or 20%, depending on whether the stockholder’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. This tax treatment applies only if certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied by the Common Stockholder and the dividends are attributable to qualified dividend income received by us. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” means dividends received by us from United States corporations and “qualified foreign corporations,” provided that we satisfy certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations. Given our investment strategies, it is not anticipated that a significant portion of our dividends will be eligible for treatment as qualified dividend income.

 

Distributions will be treated in the manner described above regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or invested in additional Common Shares pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan. If our Common Shares are trading below NAV, Common Stockholders receiving distributions in the form of additional Common Shares will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of cash that they would have received if they had elected to receive the distribution in cash. If we issue additional Common Shares with a fair market value equal to or greater than NAV, however, Common Stockholders will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of the fair market value of the distributed Common Shares.

 

86
 

  

We will inform Common Stockholders of the source and tax status of all distributions promptly after the close of each calendar year. Certain distributions declared in October, November or December and paid in the following January will be taxed to Common Stockholders as if received on December 31 of the year in which they were declared.

 

Selling Common Stockholders will generally recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and the Common Stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in our Common Shares sold. If our Common Shares are held as a capital asset, the gain or loss will be a capital gains or loss. The maximum tax rate applicable to net capital gains recognized by individuals and other non-corporate taxpayers is (i) the same as the maximum ordinary income tax rate for gains recognized on the sale of capital assets held for one year or less, or (ii) generally 15% or 20% (depending on whether the stockholder’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts) for gains recognized on the sale of capital assets held for more than one year (as well as any capital gains distributions). Any loss on a disposition of Common Shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gains distributions received with respect to such Common Shares. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange of Common Shares will be disallowed to the extent those Common Shares are replaced by other Common Shares within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of our Common Shares (whether through the reinvestment of distributions or otherwise). In that event, the basis of the replacement Common Shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

 

Adjusted cost basis information is required for covered securities, which generally include shares of a RIC, to the Internal Revenue Service and to taxpayers. Common Stockholders should contact their financial intermediaries with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for their accounts.

 

An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gains distributions received from us and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of our shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.

 

An investor should be aware that, if Common Shares are purchased shortly before the record date for any taxable distribution (including a capital gains distribution), the purchase price likely will reflect the value of the distribution and the investor then would receive a taxable distribution that is likely to reduce the trading value of such Common Shares, in effect resulting in a taxable return of some of the purchase price.

 

Taxable distributions to certain individuals and certain other Common Stockholders, including those who have not provided their correct taxpayer identification number and other required certifications, may be subject to “backup” U.S. federal income tax withholding (at a rate of 28%). Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be refunded or credited against such stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Dividends and interest received, and gains realized, by us on foreign securities may be subject to income, withholding or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and United States possessions (collectively “foreign taxes”) that would reduce the return on our securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States, however, may reduce or eliminate foreign taxes, and many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains in respect of investments by foreign investors. Stockholders will generally not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes paid by us.

 

In general, distributions (other than capital gains dividends) to a non-U.S. stockholder (an investor that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a nonresident alien individual, a foreign corporation, or a foreign estate or trust) will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. stockholder will be required to provide an applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or substitute form) certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty.

 

87
 

  

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2014 (unless further extended by Congress), properly designated dividends received by non-U.S. stockholder are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax when they (a) are paid in respect of our “qualified net interest income” (generally, our U.S. source interest income, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income), or (b) are paid in connection with our “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of our net short-term capital gain over our long-term capital loss for such taxable year). There can be no assurance as to whether or not legislation will be enacted to extend this exemption. Even if legislation is enacted to extend this exemption, depending on the circumstances, we may designate all, some or none of our potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and a portion of our distributions ( e.g. , interest from non-U.S. sources or any foreign currency gains) would be ineligible for this potential exemption from withholding.

 

Effective July 1, 2014, we will be required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of dividends and (effective January 1, 2017) redemption proceeds and certain capital gain dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Common Stockholders may be requested to provide additional information to enable us to determine whether withholding is required.

 

An investment in our Common Shares by a non-U.S. stockholder may also be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

 

If a Common Stockholder realizes a loss on disposition of our shares of $2 million or more for an individual stockholder or $10 million or more for a corporate stockholder, the stockholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct stockholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, stockholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to stockholders of most or all RICs.

 

88
 

 

Description of Capital Structure

 

The following description is based on relevant portions of the DGCL and on our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the DGCL and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

 

Capital Stock

 

Our authorized stock consists of 100,000,000 Common Shares, par value $[0.001] per share, and [20,000,000] shares of preferred stock, par value $[0.001] per share. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Delaware law, our stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.

 

The following are our outstanding classes of securities as of      , 2014:

 

(1) Title of Class

 

(2) Amount
Authorized

 

(3) Amount Held by Us
or for Our Account

 

(4) Amount Outstanding
Exclusive of Amounts
Shown Under (3)

             
Common Shares   [100,000,000]              
Preferred Stock   [20,000,000]              

 

Common Shares

 

All Common Shares have equal rights as to earnings, assets, dividends and voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to Common Stockholders if, as and when authorized by the board of directors and declared by us out of funds legally available therefrom. Common Shares have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except when their transfer is restricted by U.S. federal and state securities laws or by contract. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each Common Share would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each Common Share is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, Common Stockholders will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares can elect all of our directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will not be able to elect any directors.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the Board to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of preferred stock into other classes or series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the board of directors is required by Delaware law and by our Certificate of Incorporation to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the Board could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of Common Shares or otherwise be in their best interest. You should note, however, that any issuance of preferred stock must comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires that (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to Common Shares and before any purchase of Common Shares is made, we maintain an asset coverage ratio of at least 200%, as measured at the time of the issuance of any such shares of preferred stock and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock, after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more. Some matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, holders of preferred stock would vote separately from Common Stockholders on a proposal to cease operations as a business development company. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions.

 

89
 

  

Credit Facility

 

We may enter into definitive agreements with respect to a credit facility in an amount not to exceed the limits permitted under the 1940 Act. We expects that such a credit facility would contain covenants that, among other things, likely will limit our ability to pay dividends in certain circumstances, incur additional debt and engage in certain transactions, including mergers and consolidations, and may require asset coverage ratios in addition to those required by the 1940 Act. We may be required to pledge our assets and to maintain a portion of our total assets in cash or high-grade securities as a reserve against interest or principal payments and expenses. We expect that any credit facility would have customary covenant, negative covenant and default provisions. There can be no assurance that we will enter into an agreement for a credit facility on terms and conditions representative of the foregoing, or that additional material terms will not apply. In addition, if entered into, any such credit facility may in the future be replaced or refinanced by one or more credit facilities having substantially different terms.

 

Provisions of the DGCL and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses . The indemnification of our officers and directors is governed by Section 145 of the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. Subsection (a) of DGCL Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if (1) such person acted in good faith, (2) in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (3) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

Subsection (b) of DGCL Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court deems proper.

 

DGCL Section 145 further provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person will be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. In all cases in which indemnification is permitted under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 (unless ordered by a court), it will be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the applicable standard of conduct has been met by the party to be indemnified. Such determination must be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (4) by the stockholders. The statute authorizes the corporation to pay expenses incurred by an officer or director in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to whom the advance will be made, to repay the advances if it is ultimately determined that he or she was not entitled to indemnification. DGCL Section 145 also provides that indemnification and advancement of expenses permitted under such Section are not to be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. DGCL Section 145 also authorizes the corporation to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of its directors, officers, employees and agents regardless of whether the corporation would have the statutory power to indemnify such persons against the liabilities insured.

 

90
 

  

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the current DGCL or as the DGCL may hereafter be amended. DGCL Section 102(b)(7) provides that the personal liability of a director to a corporation or its stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director may be eliminated except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, relating to unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemption of stock or (4) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

 

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides for the indemnification of any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner provided, by the current DGCL or as the DGCL may hereafter be amended. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers in order to effect the foregoing.

 

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law. The DGCL and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.

 

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, these provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

· prior to such time, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

· upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or

 

· on or after the date the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders, by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

Section 203 defines “business combination” to include the following:

 

· any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

· any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the corporation or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

91
 

  

· subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

· any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

· the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

 

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons.

 

The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.

 

Election of Directors. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote thereat will be required to elect a director. Under our Certificate of Incorporation, our board of directors may amend the Bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.

 

Classified Board of Directors. Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms, with the term of office of only one of the three classes expiring each year. A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified board of directors helps to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.

 

Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that the number of directors will be set only by the board of directors in accordance with our Bylaws. Our Bylaws provide that a majority of our entire board of directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless our Bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than four nor more than eight. Under the DGCL, unless the Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise (which our Certificate of Incorporation does not), directors on an unclassified board such as our board of directors may be removed, with our without cause, by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast generally for the election of directors. Under our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, any vacancy on the board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. The limitations on the ability of our stockholders to remove directors and fill vacancies could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or discourage a third-party from seeking to acquire, control of us.

 

Action by Stockholders. Under our Certificate of Incorporation, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. This may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.

 

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals. Our Bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors, (2) pursuant to our notice of meeting or (3) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the Bylaws. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors at a special meeting may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) provided that the board of directors has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the Bylaws.

 

92
 

  

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our board of directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our Bylaws do not give our board of directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

 

Stockholder Meetings. Our Bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, in lieu of a meeting, any such action may be taken by unanimous written consent of our stockholders. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the board of directors. In addition, our Bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of candidates for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to the secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

 

Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our Bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by our board of directors, the chairperson of the board and our chief executive officers.

 

Conflict with 1940 Act. Our Bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the DGCL or any provision of our Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

 

Potential Conversion to Open-End Fund

 

We may be converted to an open-end management investment company at any time if approved by each of the following: (i) a majority of the Directors then in office, (ii) the holders of not less than 75% of our outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon and (iii) such vote or votes of the holders of any class or classes or series of shares as may be required by the 1940 Act. The composition of our portfolio likely could prohibit us from complying with regulations of the SEC applicable to open-end management investment companies. Accordingly, conversion likely would require significant changes in our investment policies and may require liquidation of a substantial portion of relatively illiquid portions of its portfolio, to the extent such positions are held. In the event of conversion, our Common Shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchange or market system. The Board believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable, given our investment objectives and policies. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is unlikely that the Board would vote to convert us to an open-end management investment company. Stockholders of an open-end management investment company may require the open-end management investment company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their NAV, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. We would expect to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but intends to reserve the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If we were converted to an open-end fund, it is likely that new Common Shares would be sold at NAV plus a sales load.

 

93
 

  

Repurchase of Shares and Other Discount Measures

 

Because shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their NAVs, the Board may from time to time determine that it may be in the interest of our Common Stockholders to take certain actions intended to reduce such discount. The Board, in consultation with the Adviser, will review at least annually the possibility of open market repurchases and/or tender offers for our Common Shares and will consider such factors as the market price of our Common Shares, the NAV of our Common Shares, the liquidity of our assets, the effect on our expenses, whether such transactions would impair our status as a RIC or result in a failure to comply with applicable asset coverage requirements, general economic conditions and such other events or conditions, which may have a material effect on our ability to consummate such transactions. There are no assurances that the Board will, in fact, decide to undertake either of these actions or, if undertaken, that such actions will result in our Common Shares trading at a price which is equal to or approximates their NAV.

 

In recognition of the possibility that our Common Shares might trade at a discount to NAV and that any such discount may not be in the interest of our Common Stockholders, the Board, in consultation with the Adviser, from time to time may review the possible actions to reduce any such discount.

 

94
 

  

Underwriting

 

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of Common Shares set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.

 

Underwriter   Common Shares  
         
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.        
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.        
       
         
Total        

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase our Common Shares are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all our Common Shares (other than those covered by the overallotment option described below) if they purchase any of our Common Shares.

 

The underwriters propose to initially offer some of our Common Shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of our Common Shares to certain dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of $      per Common Share. The sales load of $      per Common Share is equal to      % of the initial offering price. If all of our Common Shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may change the public offering price and other selling terms. Investors must pay for any shares purchased on or before. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm any sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

 

The underwriters hold an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase from us up to an additional       Common Shares at the public offering price less the sales load. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering overallotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent such option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment.

 

Each of the Trident V Funds, the Senior Investment Team and each of our directors and officers has agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus (the “Lock-up Period”), such party will not, without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or agree to sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly or hedge any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, provided, however, that we may issue and sell shares pursuant to our dividend reinvestment plan and other limited exceptions. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. in their sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time. In addition, the Adviser intends to acquire      Common Shares in connection with our initial public offering and will be restricted from selling those Common Shares for a period of two years following the completion of the offering.

 

We intend to apply for listing on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “ECC.”

 

The Adviser (and not us) has agreed to pay from its own assets to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. a structuring fee for advice relating to the design and our organization as well as for services related to the sale and distribution of our Common Shares in an amount equal to 1.00% of the total price to the public of our Common Shares sold in this offering. The total amount of these structuring fee payments to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. will not exceed 1.00% of the total price to the public of our Common Shares sold in this offering.

 

As part of our payment of our offering expenses, we have agreed to pay expenses related to the fees and disbursements of counsel to the underwriters, in an amount not to exceed $20,000 in the aggregate, in connection with the review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) of the terms of the sale of our Common Shares.

 

95
 

  

The following table shows the sales load to be paid to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Common Shares. This offering will conform with the requirements set forth in Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Rule 2310. The sum of all compensation to the underwriters in connection with this offering of shares, including the sales load, will not exceed [9]% of the total public offering price of the shares sold in this offering.

 

    No Exercise     Full Exercise  
                 
Per Common Share   $       $    
Total   $       $    

 

We and the Adviser have each agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

 

Certain underwriters may make a market in our Common Shares. No underwriter is, however, obligated to conduct market-making activities and any such activities may be discontinued at any time without notice, at the sole discretion of the underwriter. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or the trading market for, our Common Shares as a result of any market-making activities undertaken by any underwriter. This prospectus is to be used by any underwriter in connection with the offering and, during the period in which a prospectus must be delivered, with offers and sales of the shares in market-making transactions in the over-the-counter market at negotiated prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of the sale.

 

In connection with the offering, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, may purchase and sell Common Shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of shares in excess of the number of shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales of shares made in an amount up to the number of shares represented by the underwriters’ overallotment option. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short position involve either purchases of shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the overallotment option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales of shares in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of shares in the open market while the offering is in progress.

 

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and/or Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. repurchases Common Shares originally sold by that syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.

 

Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of shares. They may also cause the price of Common Shares to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, or in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

 

96
 

  

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding the sales load, will be approximately $      .

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of Common Shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate Common Shares to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, Common Shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.

 

We anticipate that, from time to time, certain underwriters may act as brokers or dealers in connection with the execution of our portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as brokers while they are underwriters.

 

Certain underwriters may have performed investment banking and advisory services for us, the Adviser and our affiliates from time to time, for which they have received customary fees and expenses. Certain underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform services for us, our investment adviser and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business.

 

The principal business addresses of the representatives of the underwriters are: Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005; and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., 787 Seventh Avenue, 4 th Floor, New York, New York 10104.

 

97
 

  

REGULATION AS A CLOSED-END MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANY

 

General

 

As a registered closed-end management investment company, we are subject to regulation under the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, unless authorized by vote of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, we may not:

 

· change our classification to an open-end management investment company;

 

· alter any of our fundamental policies, which are set forth below in “ —Investment Restrictions ”; or

 

· change the nature of our business so as to cease to be an investment company.

 

A majority of our outstanding voting securities means the lesser of: (a) 67% of our Common Shares present or represented by proxy at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding Common Shares are present or represented at the meeting; or (b) more than 50% of our outstanding Common Shares.

 

Fidelity Bond; Indemnification. As with other companies regulated by the 1940 Act, a registered closed-end management investment company must adhere to certain substantive regulatory requirements. We will be required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect the closed-end management investment company. Furthermore, as a registered closed-end management investment company, we will be prohibited from protecting any Director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office. We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates absent exemptive relief or other prior approval by the SEC.

 

Issuance Price of Common Shares . We will generally not be able to issue and sell Common Shares at a price below the then current NAV per Common Share (exclusive of any distributing commission or discount). See “ Risk Factors —Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure —Regulations governing our operation as a registered closed-end management investment company affect our ability to raise additional capital and the way in which we do so. The raising of debt capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage .” We may, however, sell our Common Shares at a price below the then current NAV of our Common Share if our Board determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our Stockholders, and a majority of our Common Stockholders approves such sale. In addition, we may generally issue new Common Shares at a price below NAV in rights offerings to existing Common Stockholders, in payment of dividends and in certain other limited circumstances.

 

Senior Securities . As a registered closed-end management investment company, we may use leverage to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Instruments that create leverage are generally considered to be senior securities under the 1940 Act. With respect to senior securities representing indebtedness (i.e., borrowing or deemed borrowing), other than temporary borrowings as defined under the 1940 Act, we are required to have an asset coverage ratio of at least 300%, as measured at the time of borrowing and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness. We are permitted to obtain leverage using any form or combination of financial leverage instruments, including funds borrowed from banks or other financial institutions, margin facilities, notes or preferred stock. With respect to senior securities that are stocks (i.e., shares of preferred stock), we are required to have an asset coverage ratio of at least 200%, as measured at the time of the issuance of any such shares of preferred stock and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. If our asset coverage ratio declines below 300% (or 200%, as applicable), we would not be able to incur additional debt or issue additional preferred stock, and could be required by law to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we would not be able to make certain distributions or pay dividends. In addition, we may borrow for temporary, emergency or other purposes as permitted under the 1940 Act. Any such indebtedness would be in addition to the asset coverage ratios described above.

 

98
 

  

Asset Segregation and Coverage. We may “set aside” liquid assets (often referred to as “asset segregation”), or engage in other SEC- or staff-approved measures, to “cover” open positions with respect to certain portfolio management techniques, such as entering into certain Derivative Transactions, or purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, that may be considered senior securities under the 1940 Act. We intend to “cover” our derivative positions by segregating an amount of cash and/or liquid securities as required by the 1940 Act and applicable SEC interpretations and guidance from time to time. “Covered” positions that would otherwise be deemed to create leverage are not counted as senior securities for the purposes of calculating asset coverage ratios under the 1940 Act. We may not cover an applicable derivative transaction if it is not necessary to do so to comply with the 1940 Act limitations on the issuance of senior securities and, in the view of the Adviser, the assets that would have been used to cover could be better used for a different purpose. However, these transactions, even if covered, may represent a form of economic leverage and will create risks. The potential loss on derivative instruments may be substantial relative to the initial investment therein. In addition, these segregation and coverage requirements could result in us maintaining securities positions that we would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restricting portfolio management. Such segregation and cover requirements will not limit or offset losses on related positions.

 

Investment Restrictions

 

Our investment objectives and our investment policies and strategies described in this prospectus, except for the seven investment restrictions designated as fundamental policies under this caption, are not fundamental and may be changed by the Board without stockholder approval.

 

As referred to above, the following seven investment restrictions are designated as fundamental policies and as such cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities:

 

(1) We may not borrow money, except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction;

 

(2) We may not engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others, except to the extent that we may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities;

 

(3) We may not purchase or sell physical commodities or contracts for the purchase or sale of physical commodities. Physical commodities do not include futures contracts with respect to securities, securities indices, currency or other financial instruments;

 

(4) We may not purchase or sell real estate, which term does not include securities of companies which deal in real estate or mortgages or investments secured by real estate or interests therein, except that we reserve freedom of action to hold and to sell real estate acquired as a result of our ownership of securities;

 

(5) We may not make loans, except to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction. For purposes of this investment restriction, the purchase of debt obligations (including acquisitions of loans, loan participations or other forms of debt instruments) shall not constitute loans by us;

 

(6) We may not issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, the SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction; and

 

99
 

  

(7) We may not invest in any security if as a result of such investment, 25% or more of the value of our total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, are in the securities of issuers in any particular industry except (a) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities or tax-exempt securities of state and municipal governments or their political subdivisions (however, not including private purpose industrial development bonds issued on behalf of non-government issuers), or (b) as otherwise provided by the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, and as modified or supplemented from time to time by (i) the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, and (ii) any exemption or other relief applicable to us from the provisions of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time. For purposes of this restriction, in the case of investments in loan participations between us and a bank or other lending institution participating out the loan, we will treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the borrower as “issuers.” For purposes of this restriction, an investment in a CLO, collateralized bond obligation, collateralized debt obligation or a swap or other derivative will be considered to be an investment in the industry (if any) of the underlying or reference security, instrument or asset.

 

The latter part of certain of our fundamental investment restrictions ( i.e. ,, the references to “except to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, the SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction”) provides us with flexibility to change our limitations in connection with changes in applicable law, rules, regulations or exemptive relief. The language used in these restrictions provides the necessary flexibility to allow our Board to respond efficiently to these kinds of developments without the delay and expense of a stockholder meeting.

 

Whenever an investment policy or investment restriction set forth in this prospectus states a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in any security or other asset or describes a policy regarding quality standards, such percentage limitation or standard shall be determined immediately after and as a result of our acquisition of such security or asset. Accordingly, any later increase or decrease resulting from a change in values, assets or other circumstances or any subsequent rating change made by a rating agency (or as determined by the Adviser if the security is not rated by a rating agency) will not compel us to dispose of such security or other asset. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we must always be in compliance with the borrowing policies set forth above.

 

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

 

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to the Adviser. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of the Adviser are set forth below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by the Adviser and our Independent Directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change. For purposes of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures described below, “we,” “our” and “us” refers to Eagle Point Credit Management.

 

Introduction

 

An investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act has a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of its clients. As part of this duty, we recognize that we must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of our clients.

 

These policies and procedures for voting proxies for our investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

 

Proxy Policies

 

Based on the nature of our investment strategy, we do not expect to receive proxy proposals but may from time to time receive amendments, consents or resolutions applicable to investments held by us. It is our general policy to exercise our voting or consult authority in a manner that serves the interests of our stockholders. We may occasionally be subject to material conflicts of interest in voting proxies due to business or personal relationships it maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes. If at any time we becomes aware of a material conflict of interest relating to a particular proxy proposal, our Chief Compliance Officer will review the proposal and determine how to vote the proxy in a manner consistent with interests of our stockholders.

 

100
 

  

Proxy Voting Records

 

Information regarding how we voted proxies relating to portfolio securities will be available: (1) without charge, upon request, by calling      ; and (2) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also obtain information about how we voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Eagle Point Credit Management LLC, 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830.

 

Privacy Policy

 

We are committed to protecting your privacy. This privacy notice, which is required by federal law, explains privacy policies of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC and its affiliated companies. This notice supersedes any other privacy notice you may have received from Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, and its terms apply both to our current stockholders and to former stockholders as well.

 

We will safeguard, according to strict standards of security and confidentiality, all information we receive about you. With regard to this information, we maintain procedural safeguards that comply with federal standards.

 

Our goal is to limit the collection and use of information about you. When you purchase shares of our common stock, our transfer agent collects personal information about you, such as your name, address, social security number or tax identification number.

 

This information is used only so that we can send you annual reports, proxy statements and other information required by law, and to send you information we believe may be of interest to you.

 

We do not share such information with any non-affiliated third party except as described below:

 

· It is our policy that only authorized employees of our investment adviser, Eagle Point Credit Management LLC, who need to know your personal information will have access to it.

 

· We may disclose stockholder-related information to companies that provide services on our behalf, such as record keeping, processing your trades, and mailing you information. These companies are required to protect your information and use it solely for the purpose for which they received it.

 

If required by law, we may disclose stockholder-related information in accordance with a court order or at the request of government regulators. Only that information required by law, subpoena, or court order will be disclosed.

101
 

   

ADDITIONAL INVESTMENTS AND TECHNIQUES

 

Our primary investment strategies are described elsewhere in this prospectus. The following is a description of the various investment policies that may be engaged in, whether as a primary or secondary strategy, and a summary of certain attendant risks. The Adviser may not buy any of the following instruments or use any of the following techniques unless it believes that doing so will help to achieve our investment objectives.

 

Investment in Debt Securities, Other Types of Credit Instruments and Other Credit Investments

 

We may invest in debt securities, including debt securities rated below investment grade. Debt securities of corporate and governmental issuers in which we may invest are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations (credit risk) and also may be subject to price volatility due to such factors as interest rate sensitivity, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (market risk).

 

Senior Secured Loans. This category of investments primarily includes assignments of performing senior secured loans to corporate borrowers. Senior secured loans are typically acquired through both primary bank syndications and in the secondary market. In most cases, a senior secured loan will be secured by specific collateral of the issuer. Historically, many of these investments have traded at or near par ( i.e. , 100% of face value), although they more recently have traded at greater discounts on the current market environment, the Adviser may also purchase stressed and distressed senior secured loans at a material discount to par, if the Adviser believes that there are attractive opportunities to generate capital appreciation by making such investments.

 

Senior secured loans are loans that are typically made to business borrowers to finance leveraged buy-outs, recapitalizations, mergers, stock repurchases, or internal growth. Senior secured loans generally are negotiated between a borrower and several financial institution lenders represented by one or more lenders acting as agent of all the lenders. The agent is responsible for negotiating the loan agreement that establishes the terms and conditions of the senior secured loan and the rights of the borrower and the lenders. We will primarily purchase assignments of portions of senior secured loans from third parties and may invest in participations in senior secured loans. Senior secured loans have the most senior position in a borrower’s capital structure or share the senior position with other senior debt securities of the borrower. This capital structure position generally gives holders of senior secured loans a priority claim on some or all of the borrower’s assets in the event of default and therefore the lenders will be paid before certain other creditors of the borrower.

 

Senior secured loans also have contractual terms designed to protect lenders. These covenants may include mandatory prepayment out of excess cash flows, restrictions on dividend payments, the maintenance of minimum financial ratios, limits on indebtedness and other financial tests. Breach of these covenants generally is an event of default and, if not waived by the lenders, may give lenders the right to accelerate principal and interest payments. Other senior secured loans may be issued with less restrictive covenants which are often referred to as “covenant-lite” transactions. In a “covenant-lite” loan, the covenants that require the borrower to “maintain” certain financial ratios are eliminated altogether, and the lenders are left to rely only on covenants that restrict a company from “incurring” or actively engaging certain action. But a covenant that only restricts a company from incurring new debt cannot be violated simply by a deteriorating financial condition, the company has to take affirmative action to breach it. The impact of these covenant-lite transactions may be to retard the speed with which lenders will be able to take control over troubled deals. We generally acquire senior secured loans of borrowers that, among other things, in the Adviser’s judgment, can make timely payments on their senior secured loans and that satisfy other credit standards established by the Adviser.

 

When we purchase first and second lien senior floating rate loans and other floating-rate debt securities, coupon rates are floating, not fixed and are tied to a benchmark lending rate, the most popular of which is LIBOR. The interest rates of these floating-rate debt securities vary periodically based upon a benchmark indicator of prevailing interest rates.

 

102
 

  

When we purchase an assignment, we succeed to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. These rights include the ability to vote along with the other lenders on such matters as enforcing the terms of the loan agreement ( e.g. , declaring defaults, initiating collection action, etc.). Taking such actions typically requires a vote of the lenders holding at least a majority of the investment in the loan, and may require a vote by lenders holding two-thirds or more of the investment in the loan. Because we typically do not hold a majority of the investment in any loan, we will not be able by ourselves to control decisions that require a vote by the lenders.

 

High Yield Securities. We may invest in high yielding, fixed income securities rated below investment grade ( e.g. , rated below “Baa” by Moody’s or below “BBB” by S&P or Fitch). the Adviser anticipates that no more than 20% of our assets will be invested in securities that are rated CCC or below or their equivalent, or are unrated fixed-income securities.

 

Ratings are based largely on the historical financial condition of the issuer. Consequently, the rating assigned to any particular security is not necessarily a reflection of the issuer’s current financial condition, which may be better or worse than the rating would indicate. We may invest in comparable quality unrated securities that, in the opinion of the Adviser, offer comparable yields and risks to those securities which are rated.

 

Debt obligations rated in the lower ratings categories, or which are unrated, involve greater volatility of price and risk of loss of principal and income. In addition, lower ratings reflect a greater possibility of an adverse change in financial condition affecting the ability of the issuer to make payments of interest and principal.

 

The market price and liquidity of lower rated fixed income securities generally respond to short-term corporate and market developments to a greater extent than do the price and liquidity of higher rated securities because such developments are perceived to have a more direct relationship to the ability of an issuer of such lower rated securities to meet its ongoing debt obligations.

 

Reduced volume and liquidity in the high yield bond market or the reduced availability of market quotations will make it more difficult to dispose of the bonds and to value accurately our assets. The reduced availability of reliable, objective data may increase our reliance on management’s judgment in valuing high yield bonds. In addition, our investments in high yield securities may be susceptible to adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not justified by fundamental factors. Our investments, and consequently our NAV, will be subject to the market fluctuations and risks inherent in all securities.

 

Defaulted Securities . We may invest in defaulted securities. The risk of loss due to default may be considerably greater with lower-quality securities because they are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to other debt of the issuer. Investing in defaulted debt securities involves risks such as the possibility of complete loss of the investment where the issuer does not restructure to enable it to resume principal and interest payments. If the issuer of a security in our portfolio defaults, we may have unrealized losses on the security, which may lower our NAV. Defaulted securities tend to lose much of their value before they default. Thus, our NAV may be adversely affected before an issuer defaults. In addition, we may incur additional expenses if it must try to recover principal or interest payments on a defaulted security.

 

Certificates of Deposit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Time Deposits . We may acquire certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning in effect that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances acquired by us will be dollar-denominated obligations of domestic banks, savings and loan associations or financial institutions at the time of purchase, have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million (including assets of both domestic and foreign branches), based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such bank obligations are fully insured by the U.S. government. In addition to purchasing certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances, to the extent permitted under our investment objectives and policies stated in this prospectus, we may make interest-bearing time or other interest-bearing deposits in commercial or savings banks. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained at a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate.

 

103
 

  

Commercial Paper and Short-Term Notes . We may invest a portion of our assets in commercial paper and short-term notes. Commercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations. Issues of commercial paper and short-term notes will normally have maturities of less than nine months and fixed rates of return, although such instruments may have maturities of up to one year. Commercial paper and short-term notes will consist of issues rated at the time of purchase “A-2” or higher by S&P, “Prime-1” or “Prime-2” by Moody’s, or similarly rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, if unrated, will be determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality.

 

CLO Class M Note and Participation Agreements. We may acquire CLO Class M Notes and participation agreements with CLO collateral managers. There is not an active secondary market for CLO Class M notes and participation agreements. Further, CLO Class M notes and participation agreements may have significant restrictions on transfer and require continued ownership of certain amounts of CLO equity in the related CLO for the instrument to be valid. CLO Class M notes and participation agreements are also subject to the risk of early call of the CLO, with no make-whole or other yield protection provisions.

 

Zero Coupon Securities . Among the debt securities in which we may invest are zero coupon securities. Zero coupon securities are debt obligations that do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity or a specified date when the securities begin paying current interest. They are issued and traded at a discount from their face amount or par value, which discount varies depending on the time remaining until cash payments begin, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The market prices of zero coupon securities generally are more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest periodically and in cash and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than do other types of debt securities having similar maturities and credit quality. Original issue discount earned on zero coupon securities must be included in our income. Thus, to quality for tax treatment as a RIC and to avoid a certain excise tax on undistributed income, we may be required to distribute as a dividend an amount that is greater than the total amount of cash we actually receive. These distributions must be made from our cash assets or, if necessary, from the proceeds of sales of portfolio securities. We will not be able to purchase additional income-producing securities with cash used to make such distributions, and our current income ultimately could be reduced as a result.

 

U.S. Government Securities . We may invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises of the U.S. Government. Some U.S. government securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes and bonds, and mortgage-related securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S.; others, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others, such as those of the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others, such as those of the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency, instrumentality or enterprise. Although U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, such as the FHLBs, FHLMC, FNMA and the Student Loan Marketing Association, may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and involve increased credit risks. Although legislation has been enacted to support certain government sponsored entities, including the FHLBs, FHLMC and FNMA, there is no assurance that the obligations of such entities will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default. It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact the government sponsored entities and the values of their related securities or obligations. In addition, certain governmental entities, including FNMA and FHLMC, have been subject to regulatory scrutiny regarding their accounting policies and practices and other concerns that may result in legislation, changes in regulatory oversight and/or other consequences that could adversely affect the credit quality, availability or investment character of securities issued by these entities. U.S. Government debt securities generally involve lower levels of credit risk than other types of debt securities of similar maturities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. Government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from such other securities. Like other debt securities, the values of U.S. government securities change as interest rates fluctuate. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in our NAV.

 

104
 

  

Distressed Securities

 

We may invest in distressed investments including loans, loan participations, or bonds, many of which are not publicly traded and which may involve a substantial degree of risk. In certain periods, there may be little or no liquidity in the markets for these securities or instruments. In addition, the prices of such securities or instruments may be subject to periods of abrupt and erratic market movements and above-average price volatility. It may be more difficult to value such securities and the spread between the bid and asked prices of such securities may be greater than normally expected. If the Adviser’s evaluation of the risks and anticipated outcome of an investment in a distressed security should prove incorrect, we may lose a substantial portion or all of our investment or we may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than our original investment.

 

Equity Securities

 

We may hold long and short positions in common stocks, preferred stocks and convertible securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers. We also may invest in depositary receipts or shares relating to non-U.S. securities. Equity securities fluctuate in value, often based on factors unrelated to the fundamental economic condition of the issuer of the securities, including general economic and market conditions, and these fluctuations can be pronounced. We may purchase securities in all available securities trading markets and may invest in equity securities without restriction as to market capitalization, such as those issued by smaller capitalization companies, including micro cap companies.

 

Investment in Other Investment Companies

 

We may invest in securities of other investment companies subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act. These limitations include in certain circumstances a prohibition on us acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any other investment company, and a prohibition on investing more than 5% of our total assets in securities of any one investment company or more than 10% of our total assets in securities of all investment companies.

 

We will indirectly bear our proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by such other investment companies, in addition to the fees and expenses that we regularly bear. Although we do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future, we are authorized to invest substantially all of our assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof that has substantially the same investment objectives, policies and fundamental restrictions as us.

 

Exchange-Traded Notes (“ETNs”)

 

We may invest in ETNs. ETNs are a type of senior, unsecured, unsubordinated debt security issued by financial institutions that combines both aspects of bonds and Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”). An ETN’s returns are based on the performance of a market index minus fees and expenses. Similar to ETFs, ETNs are listed on an exchange and traded in the secondary market. However, unlike an ETF, an ETN can be held until the ETN’s maturity, at which time the issuer will pay a return linked to the performance of the market index to which the ETN is linked minus certain fees. Unlike regular bonds, ETNs do not make periodic interest payments and principal is not protected. ETNs are subject to credit risk and the value of an ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer’s credit rating, despite the underlying market benchmark or strategy remaining unchanged. The value of an ETN may also be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying assets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating, and economic, legal, political, or geographic events that affect the referenced underlying asset. When we invest in ETNs we will bear our proportionate share of any fees and expenses borne by the ETN. Our decision to sell our ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market. In addition, although an ETN may be listed on an exchange, the issuer may not be required to maintain the listing and there can be no assurance that a secondary market will exist for an ETN.

 

Preferred Securities

 

Preferred securities in which we may invest include, but are not limited to, trust preferred securities, monthly income preferred securities, quarterly income bond securities, quarterly income debt securities, quarterly income preferred securities, corporate trust securities, traditional preferred stock, contingent-capital securities, hybrid securities (which have characteristics of both equity and fixed-income instruments) and public income notes. Preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes or preferred securities, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The preferred securities market consists of both fixed and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature in that they have no maturity dates or have stated maturity dates.

 

105
 

  

Investment in Relatively New Issuers

 

We may invest in the securities of new issuers. Investments in relatively new issuers, i.e. , those having continuous operating histories of less than three years, may carry special risks and may be more speculative because such issuers are relatively unseasoned. Such issuers may also lack sufficient resources, may be unable to generate internally the funds necessary for growth and may find external financing to be unavailable on favorable terms or even totally unavailable. Certain issuers may be involved in the development or marketing of a new product with no established market, which could lead to significant losses. Securities of such issuers may have a limited trading market which may adversely affect their disposition and can result in their being priced lower than might otherwise be the case. If other investors who invest in such issuers seek to sell the same securities when we attempt to dispose of our holdings, we may receive lower prices than might otherwise be the case.

 

Demand Deposit Accounts

 

We may hold a significant portion of our cash assets in interest-bearing or non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts (“DDAs”) at our custodian or another depository institution insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The FDIC is an independent agency of the U.S. government, and FDIC deposit insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. We expect to hold cash that exceeds the amounts insured by the FDIC for such accounts. As a result, in the event of a failure of a depository institution where we hold such cash, our cash is subject to the risk of loss.

 

Simultaneous Investments

 

Investment decisions, made by the Adviser on our behalf, are made independently from those of the other funds and accounts advised by the Adviser and its affiliates. If, however, such other accounts wish to invest in, or dispose of, the same securities as us, available investments will be allocated equitably between us and other accounts. This procedure may adversely affect the size of the position we obtain or disposed of or the price we pay.

 

Short Sales

 

When we engage in a short sale of a security, it must, to the extent required by law, borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the counterparty. We may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and would often be obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities.

 

If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time that we replace the borrowed security, we will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, we will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above.

 

To the extent we engage in short sales, we will provide collateral to the broker-dealer and may maintain additional asset coverage in the form of segregated or “earmarked” liquid assets equal to the current market value of the securities sold short, or may ensure that such positions are covered by “offsetting” positions, until we replace the borrowed security. If we do not segregate liquid assets in such manner, then such securities will be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act. A short sale is “against the box” to the extent that we contemporaneously own, or have the right to obtain at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short. We may engage in short selling to the extent permitted by the federal securities laws and rules and interpretations thereunder. To the extent we engage in short selling in foreign (non-U.S.) jurisdictions, we will do so to the extent permitted by the laws and regulations of such jurisdiction.

106
 

  

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

A control person is a person who beneficially owns more than 25% of the voting securities of a company. The Parent Company has provided our initial capitalization and therefore is a control person because it is our sole member as of the date of this prospectus. However, it is anticipated that the Parent Company will no longer be a control person once the offering is completed.

 

The following table sets forth certain ownership information with respect to our Common Shares held by (1) our control persons, (2) those persons who directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote, 5% or more of our outstanding Common Shares, and (3) all of our officers and Directors, as a group. The table shows such ownership immediately prior to the completion of this offering as well as the effect on such ownership as a result of the offering made pursuant to this Prospectus.

 

        Immediately prior
to this offering
  Immediately after
this offering (1)
Name Type of ownership   Common Shares
owned
  Percentage   Common Shares
owned
  Percentage

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

  

(1) Assumes issuance of      Common Shares offered hereby, and the purchase in full by the Adviser, Senior Investment Team and Trident V Funds, collectively, of the      Common Shares expected to be acquired by them in connection with this offering. This table does not reflect Common Shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

107
 

  

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION

 

Since we will acquire and dispose of many of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, many of the transactions that we engage in will not require the use of broker-dealers or the payment of brokerage commissions or dealer spreads. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, the Adviser will be primarily responsible for selecting brokers and dealers to execute transactions with respect to the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. The Adviser does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer but will seek to obtain the best net results for us under the circumstances, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. The Adviser generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs but will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements and consistent with Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, The Adviser may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

 

Legal Matters

 

Certain legal matters in connection with our Common Shares will be passed upon for us by Dechert LLP, Washington, DC and for the underwriters by Clifford Chance US LLP, New York, NY.

 

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

 

Our portfolio securities are held pursuant to a custodian agreement between us and      . Under the custodian agreement,      performs custody, foreign custody manager and fund accounting services.

 

     serves as our transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursement agent and stockholder servicing agent, as well as agent for our Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP, is our independent registered public accounting firm, providing audit services, tax return preparation, and assistance and consultation with respect to the preparation of filings with the SEC.

 

SEC Filing Information

 

We have filed this prospectus with the SEC on Form N-2 (file Nos.      ), together with all amendments and related exhibits, a “Registration Statement,” under the Securities Act, with respect to our capital stock offered by this Registration Statement. Our Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC at www.sec.gov. See the cover page of this prospectus for information about how to obtain a paper copy of the prospectus without charge.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC which are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, DC. 20549. This information will also be available free of charge by contacting us at Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, Attention: Investor Relations, by telephone at (800)   , or on our website at www.      .com.

 

108
 

 

[LOGO]

 

Eagle Point Credit Company LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

   

    

 

Common Shares

 

______________________

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

  

The date of this prospectus is      , 2014.

 

______________________

   

 
 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

   

The Member

Eagle Point Credit Company LLC:

 

We have audited the accompanying statement of financial condition of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC (the "Company") as of March 31, 2014 (in organization) (the "Statement"), and the related notes to the Statement. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC as of March 31, 2014 (in organization) in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

 

May 19, 2014

 

  

F- 1
 

 

 

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY LLC

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

MARCH 31, 2014

 

(IN ORGANIZATION)

 

ASSETS      
       
Cash   $ 10,000  
         
Total Assets   $ 10,000  
         
LIABILITIES AND MEMBER'S EQUITY        
         
Liabilities   $ -  
         
Total Liabilities      -  
         
Member's Equity     10,000  
         
Total Liabilities and Member's Equity   $ 10,000  

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F- 2
 

 

 

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY LLC

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

MARCH 31, 2014 (IN ORGANIZATION)

 

1. DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

 

Eagle Point Credit Company LLC ("Eagle Point" or the "Company") is a Delaware limited liability company which was formed on March 24, 2014 pursuant to a limited liability company agreement, as amended (the "Agreement").

 

Eagle Point is based in Greenwich, Connecticut and is a wholly owned subsidiary of Eagle Point Credit Partners Sub, Ltd, a Cayman Island exempted company (the "Member"). Eagle Point Credit Management LLC (the "Adviser") is the investment adviser of the Company and the Member. The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The Company intends to register as a closed-end investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and to apply for listing on the New York Stock Exchange with the symbol "ECC".

 

Eagle Point's primary investment objective is to generate high current income, with a secondary objective to generate capital appreciation. The Company seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing primarily in equity and junior debt tranches of collateralized loan obligations, or "CLOs," that are collateralized by a diverse portfolio consisting primarily of below investment grade U.S. senior secured loans. The CLO securities in which the Company will primarily seek to invest are unrated or rated below investment grade and are considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. The Company may also invest in other securities and instruments that are related to these investments or that the Adviser believes are consistent with the Company's investment objectives, including, among other investments, senior debt tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities. The Company shall have perpetual existence unless sooner dissolved and wound up by the Member.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Accounting The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP").

 

Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents The Company has defined cash and cash equivalents as cash and short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase. The Company maintains its cash in a bank account at a large U.S. financial institution which, at times, may exceed the amount insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company is exposed to credit risk to the extent the bank may be unable to fulfill its obligation to repay account deposits which exceed Federal insured limits. The Company monitors the performance of the bank where the account is held in order to manage any risk associated with such account. No cash equivalent balances were held at March 31, 2014.

 

Organization Costs The Adviser has agreed to pay all of the Company's organization expenses incurred as of March 31, 2014.

 

F- 3
 

 

 

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY LLC

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

MARCH 31, 2014 (IN ORGANIZATION)

 

3. MEMBER'S EQUITY

 

As of March 31, 2014, the Member has committed and funded equity contributions of $10,000.

 

4. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Management of the Company has evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through May 19, 2014, the date the financial statements of the Company were available to be issued. Management has determined that there are no events that would require adjustment to or disclosure in the Company's Statement and related notes through this date.

  

F- 4
 

 

APPENDIX A: DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

 

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc .—A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (Moody’s) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:

 

1. Long-Term Obligation Ratings

 

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings use Moody’s Global Scale and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

 

Moody’s Long-Term Rating Definitions:

 

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
   
Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
   
A: Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
   
Baa: Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
   
Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
   
B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk
   
Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
   
Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
   
C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
   
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

 

Short-Term Debt Ratings

 

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels—MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

 

MIG 1. This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
   
MIG 2. This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
   
MIG 3. This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

 

A- 1
 

  

SG. This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

 

Demand Obligation Ratings

 

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long- or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.

 

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g. , Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.

 

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

 

VMIG 1. This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
   
VMIG 2. This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
   
VMIG 3. This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
   
SG. This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

2. Short-Term Ratings

 

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

 

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

 

P-1 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
   
P-2 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
   
P-3 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
   
NP Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
   
NOTE: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

 

A- 2
 

  

Standard & Poor’s

 

A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s (S&P) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:

 

Issuer Credit Rating Definitions

 

A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects Standard & Poor’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

 

Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days, including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

 

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

 

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

 

Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

 

Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

 

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

 

AAA: An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
   
AA: An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
   
A: An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
   
BBB: An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
   
BB, B,
CCC, CC.
and C:
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

 

A- 3
 

  

BB: An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
   
B: An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
   
CCC: An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
   
CC: An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
   
C: A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
   
D: An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
   
Plus (+) or minus (-): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
   
N.R.: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

 

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

 

A-1: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
   
A-2: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A- 4
 

  

A-3: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
   
B: A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
   
B-1: A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
   
B-2: A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
   
B-3: A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meets its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
   
C: A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
   
D: A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

A- 5
 

  

Fitch, Inc.

 

A brief description of the applicable Fitch, Inc. (Fitch) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:

 

Long-Term Credit Ratings

 

Investment Grade

 

AAA: Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

AA: Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

A: High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

BBB: Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

 

Speculative Grade

 

BB: Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

 

B: Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

 

CCC: Substantial credit risk. ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

 

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

 

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. ‘C’ indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

 

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned ‘D’ ratings, but are instead rated in the ‘B’ to ‘C’ rating categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

 

The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below ‘CCC.’

 

The subscript ‘emr’ is appended to a rating to denote embedded market risk which is beyond the scope of the rating. The designation is intended to make clear that the rating solely addresses the counterparty risk of the issuing bank. It is not meant to indicate any limitation in the analysis of the counterparty risk, which in all other respects follows published Fitch criteria for analyzing the issuing financial institution. Fitch does not rate these instruments where the principal is to any degree subject to market risk.

 

Recovery Ratings

 

Recovery Ratings are assigned to selected individual securities and obligations. These currently are published for most individual obligations of corporate issuers with IDRs in the ‘B’ rating category and below.

 

A- 6
 

  

Among the factors that affect recovery rates for securities are the collateral, the seniority relative to other obligations in the capital structure (where appropriate), and the expected value of the company or underlying collateral in distress.

 

The Recovery Rating scale is based upon the expected relative recovery characteristics of an obligation upon the curing of a default, emergence from insolvency or following the liquidation or termination of the obligor or its associated collateral.

 

Recovery Ratings are an ordinal scale and do not attempt to precisely predict a given level of recovery. As a guideline in developing the rating assessments, the agency employs broad theoretical recovery bands in its ratings approach based on historical averages, but actual recoveries for a given security may deviate materially from historical averages.

 

RR1:  Outstanding recovery prospects given default.  ’RR1’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 91%-100% of current principal and related interest.

 

RR2:  Superior recovery prospects given default.  ’RR2’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 71%-90% of current principal and related interest.

 

RR3:  Good recovery prospects given default.  ’RR3’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 51%-70% of current principal and related interest.

 

RR4:  Average recovery prospects given default.  ’RR4’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 31%-50% of current principal and related interest.

 

RR5:  Below average recovery prospects given default.  ’RR5’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 11%-30% of current principal and related interest.

 

RR6:  Poor recovery prospects given default.  ’RR6’ rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 0%-10% of current principal and related interest.

 

Short-Term Credit Ratings

 

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

 

F1: Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

 

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

 

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

 

B: Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

 

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

 

RD: Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.

 

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

 

A- 7
 

  

PART C — OTHER INFORMATION

 

ITEM 25. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

 

1. Financial Statements:

 

The following financial statements of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC (the “Company” or the “Registrant”) are included in Part A of the Registration Statement:

 

· Statement of Financial Condition as of March 31, 2014

 

2. Exhibits:

 

(a)(1) Certification of Formation (1)
(a)(2) Form of Certification of Incorporation (2)
(b)(1) Limited Liability Company Agreement (1)
(b)(2) Bylaws, dated       2014 (2)
(c) Not applicable
(d) Not applicable
(e) Dividend Reinvestment Plan (2)
(f) Not applicable
(g) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement by and between Registrant and Eagle Point Credit Management LLC (1)
(h) Form of Underwriting Agreement (2)
(i) Not applicable
(j) Form of Custodian Agreement (1)
(k)(1) Form of Administration Agreement by and between Registrant and Eagle Point Administration LLC (1)
(k)(2) Contribution Agreement (2)
(l) Opinion and Consent of Counsel (2)
(m) Not applicable
(n) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (1)
(o) Not applicable
(p) Not applicable
(q) Not applicable
(r) Code of Ethics (1)
(s) Power of attorney (1)

 

(1) Filed herewith.

(2) To be filed by amendment.

 

C- 1
 

  

ITEM 26. MARKETING ARRANGEMENTS

 

See Form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed by amendment.

 

ITEM 27. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

 

SEC registration fee $         
FINRA filing fee $         
NYSE $         
Printing and postage $         
Legal fees and expenses $         
Accounting fees and expenses $         
Miscellaneous $         
Total $         

 

_________________

 

Note: Except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, all listed amounts are estimates.

 

ITEM 28. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL

 

To be updated by amendment.

 

ITEM 29. NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

The following table sets forth the number of record holders of the Registrant’s common stock as of      , 2014:

 

Title of Class

 

Number of
Record Holders

Common Shares, par value $        per share        

 

ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION

 

Directors and Officers

 

As permitted by Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, the Registrant has adopted provisions in its certificate of incorporation, as amended, that limit or eliminate the personal liability of its directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for: any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders; any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

 

The Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that all directors, officers, employees and agents of the registrant shall be entitled to be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. Under Section 145 of the DGCL, the Registrant is permitted to offer indemnification to its directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

C- 2
 

  

Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise. Such indemnity may be against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and if, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the person did not have reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise, against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person in any such capacity, or arising out of the person’s status as such, regardless of whether the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under the provisions of the law. We have obtained liability insurance for the benefit of our directors and officers.

 

Adviser and Administrator

 

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Eagle Point Credit Management LLC (the “Adviser”) and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as an Adviser of the Registrant.

 

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Eagle Point Administration LLC and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Eagle Point Administration LLC’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Registrant.

 

The law also provides for comparable indemnification for corporate officers and agents. Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

C- 3
 

  

The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors. The indemnification agreements are intended to provide the Registrant’s directors the maximum indemnification permitted under Delaware law and the 1940 Act. Each indemnification agreement provides that the Registrant shall indemnify the director who is a party to the agreement (an “Indemnitee”), including the advancement of legal expenses, if, by reason of his or her corporate status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any threatened, pending, or completed proceeding, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Registrant.

 

ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER

 

A description of any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature in which the Adviser , and each managing director, director or executive officer of the Adviser , is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the sections entitled “ Directors and Officers ,” “Management.” Additional information regarding the Adviser and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No. 801-77721), under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 32. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

 

All accounts, books, and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

 

  (1) the Registrant, Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830;  
  (2) the Transfer Agent, [__];
  (3) the Custodian, [__]; and  
  (4) the Adviser, Eagle Point Credit Management LLC, 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT 06830.

 

ITEM 33. MANAGEMENT SERVICES

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 34. UNDERTAKINGS

 

(1) Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of Common Shares covered hereby until it amends its prospectus contained herein if (a) subsequent to the effective date of this Registration Statement, its net asset value per Common Share declines more than 10% from its net asset value per Common Share as of the effective date of this Registration Statement, or (b) its net asset value per Common Share increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus contained herein.

 

(2) Not applicable.

 

(3) Not applicable.

 

(4) Not applicable.

 

(5) Registrant undertakes that:

 

(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

C- 4
 

 

 

(b) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to a new registration statement relating to the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(6) Not applicable.

 

 

C- 5
 

   

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Township of Greenwich, in the State of Connecticut, on the 6th day of June, 2014.

 

  EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY LLC
     
  By:   /S/ Thomas P. Majewski
    Thomas P. Majewski
    Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, this Registration Statement on Form N-2 has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant, and in the capacities indicated, on the 6th day of June, 2014.

 

Signature   Title
     
/s/ Thomas P. Majewski   Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer
Thomas P. Majewski   and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
     
*   Chairman of the Board
James R. Matthews    
     
*   Director
Paul E. Tramontano    
     
*   Director
Scott W. Appleby    
     
*   Director
Jeffrey L. Weiss    
     
*   Director
Kevin F. McDonald    

 

* By: /s/ Thomas P. Majewski  
    Name: Thomas P. Majewski  
    Title: Attorney-in-fact  
         
  Pursuant to a power of attorney filed herewith.

 

 
 

 

 

Exhibit Index

 

   
(a)(1) Certification of Formation
(b)(1) Limited Liability Company Agreement
(g) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement by and between Registrant and Eagle Point Credit Management LLC
(j) Form of Custodian Agreement
(k)(1) Form of Administration Agreement by and between Registrant and Eagle Point Administration LLC
(n) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(r) Code of Ethics
(s)

Power of attorney 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Delaware PAGE 1
  The First State  

 

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION OF “EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY LLC”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWENTY-FOURTH DAY OF MARCH, A.D. 2014, AT 3:03 O’CLOCK P.M.

 

     
   
  /s/ Jeffrey W. Bullock
  Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State
5503769         8100 AUTHENTICATION:   1233548
   
140371223 DATE:   03-24-14

 

You may verify this certificate online

at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml

 

 
 

 

 

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 03:04 PM 03/24/2014

FILED 03:03 PM 03/24/2014

SRV 140371223 - 5503769 FILE

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

OF

 

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY LLC

 

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “ Delaware Limited Liability Company Act ”), hereby certifies that:

 

FIRST : The name of the limited liability company is Eagle Point Credit Company LLC.

 

SECOND : The address of the registered office of the limited liability company in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808. The name of the limited liability company’s registered agent for service of process in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD : This Certificate of Formation shall be effective on the date of filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on March 24, 2014.

 

  /s/ Thomas Majewski
  Name: Thomas Majewski
  Title:   Authorized Person

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY LLC

 

A Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

Dated as of April 30, 2014

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND, AS SUCH, THEY MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, DELIVERED AFTER SALE, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN QUALIFIED AND REGISTERED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS SUCH QUALIFICATION AND REGISTRATION IS NOT LEGALLY REQUIRED. TRANSFERS OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT ARE FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH HEREIN.

 

 
 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS 1
     
1.1. Construction 1
     
1.2. Certain Definitions 1
     
ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION 6
     
2.1. Formation; Effective Date 6
     
2.2. Name 7
     
2.3. Registered Agent; Offices 7
     
2.4. Purpose 7
     
2.5. Foreign Qualification 7
     
ARTICLE III UNITS 8
     
3.1. New Members 8
     
3.2. Membership Interests; Certification 8
     
3.3. Liability to Third Parties 8
     
3.4. Lack of Authority 9
     
3.5. Withdrawal 9
     
3.6. Potential Conflicts with Legal Counsel 9
     
ARTICLE IV CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS 9
     
4.1. Contributions 9
     
4.2. Capital Contributions 9
     
ARTICLE V MEMBER RIGHTS 9
     
5.1. Transfer Restrictions; IPO Lock-up and Consent; Confidentiality 9
     
5.2. Termination of Rights 11
     
ARTICLE VI ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS 11
     
6.1. Allocations 11
     
6.2. Distributions 12
     
ARTICLE VII MANAGEMENT; THE INVESTMENT ADVISER 12
     
7.1. The Board of Directors; Delegation of Authority and Duties 12
     
7.2. The Investment Adviser 14
     
ARTICLE VIII EMPLOYEES OF THE COMPANY 14
     
8.1. Designation and Appointment 14

 

i
 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
     
8.2. Resignation and Removal 15
     
8.3. Duties of Officers Generally 15
     
ARTICLE IX MEETINGS OF MEMBERS 15
     
9.1. Meetings of Members 15
     
9.2. Notice 16
     
9.3. Quorum; Voting 16
     
9.4. Action by Written Consent 16
     
9.5. Adjournment 16
     
9.6. Merger and Consolidation; Sale of Assets 17
     
ARTICLE X TAXES 17
     
10.1. Tax Matters Member; Tax Returns 17
     
10.2. Tax Allocations and Reports 17
     
10.3. Partnership for U.S. Federal Tax Purposes 17
     
ARTICLE XI INDEMNIFICATION; CORPORATE OPPORTUNITY 18
     
11.1. Right to Indemnification 18
     
11.2. Procedure for Determining Permissibility 19
     
11.3. Contractual Obligation 19
     
11.4. Indemnification Not Exclusive; Inuring of Benefit 20
     
11.5. Insurance and Other Indemnification 20
     
11.6. Corporate Opportunities 20
     
ARTICLE XII BOOKS, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS 21
     
12.1. Books 21
     
12.2. Company Funds 21
     
12.3. Financial Statements and Information 21
     
12.4. Inspection Rights 22
     
ARTICLE XIII DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, AND TERMINATION 22
     
13.1. Dissolution 22
     
13.2. Liquidation and Termination 23
     
13.3. Certificate of Cancellation 23

 

ii
 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE XIV GENERAL PROVISIONS 23
     
14.1. Notices 23
     
14.2. Entire Agreement 23
     
14.3. Effect of Waiver or Consent 24
     
14.4. Amendment 24
     
14.5. Binding Act 24
     
14.6. Governing Law 24
     
14.7. Consent to Exclusive Jurisdiction 24
     
14.8. Severability 25
     
14.9. Further Assurances 25
     
14.10. No Third Party Benefit 25
     
14.11. Counterparts 25

 

iii
 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY LLC

 

A Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY LLC (the “ Company ”) dated as of April 30, 2014 is entered into by and among the Company, Eagle Point Credit Partners Sub Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “ Existing Member ”) and those other Persons who become Members (as defined below) of the Company from time to time, as hereinafter provided. This Agreement amends and restates the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of the Company dated as of March 24, 2014.

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

1.1.           Construction . Whenever the context requires, the gender of all words used in this Agreement includes the masculine, feminine and neuter. All references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement, and all references to Exhibits are to Exhibits attached hereto, each of which is made a part hereof for all purposes. This Agreement and any provision of it shall not be construed against the party that drafted the Agreement or such provision.

 

1.2.           Certain Definitions .

 

(a)          “ Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101 et. seq.), and any successor statute, as amended from time to time.

 

(b)          “ Additional Interests ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.

 

(c)          “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person; provided that no securityholder of the Company shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other securityholder solely by reason of an investment in the Company. For the purpose of this definition, the term “ control ” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

(d)          “ Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of the Company, dated as of the date hereof, as may be amended from time to time.

 

 
 

 

(e)          “ Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

(f)           “ Capital Account ” means, with respect to any Member, the Capital Account maintained in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)          To each Member’s Capital Account there shall be credited such Member’s Capital Contributions, such Member’s distributive share of Profits and any items in the nature of income or gain which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(e) hereof, and the amount of any Company liabilities assumed by such Member or which are secured by any property distributed to such Member;

 

(ii)         To each Member’s Capital Account there shall be debited the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any property distributed to such Member pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, such Member’s distributive share of Losses and any items in the nature of expenses or losses which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(e) hereof, and the amount of any liabilities of such Member assumed by the Company or which are secured by any property contributed by such Member to the Company; and

 

(iii)        In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of Sections 1.2(f)(i) and 1.2(f)(ii) hereof, there shall be taken into account Section 752(c) of the Code and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations.

 

The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. In the event the Members shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto (including, without limitation, debits or credits relating to liabilities which are secured by contributed or distributed property or which are assumed by the Company or the Members), are computed in order to comply with such Regulations, the Members may make such modification; provided that it is not likely to have a material adverse effect on the amounts distributable to any Member pursuant to Section 13 hereof upon the dissolution of the Company. The Members also shall (i) make any adjustments that are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of the Members and the amount of Company capital reflected on the Company’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( g ), and (ii) make any appropriate modifications in the event unanticipated events might otherwise cause this Agreement not to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b).

 

(g)          “ Capital Contribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.

 

(h)          “ Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

(i)          “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute.

 

2
 

 

(j)          “ Contribution Agreement ” means that certain Contribution Agreement by and among the Existing Member and the Company.

 

(k)          “ Depreciation ” means, for each Fiscal Year, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable for federal income tax purposes with respect to an asset for such Fiscal Year, except that (i) if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted tax basis and such difference is being eliminated by use of the “remedial method” defined by Regulations Section 1.704-3(d), Depreciation for such Fiscal Year shall be the amount of book basis recovered for such Fiscal Year or other period under the rules prescribed by Regulations Section 1.704-3(d)(2), and (ii) if the Gross Asset Value of any other asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Fiscal Year, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the adjusted tax basis for federal income tax purposes of an asset at the beginning of such Fiscal Year is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the Board.

 

(l)          “ Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(f) hereof.

 

(m)         “ Existing Member ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

(n)          “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company, which shall end on December 31 of each calendar year except as otherwise decided by the Board or required by the Code and Regulations.

 

(o)          “ Gross Asset Value ” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for Federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

 

(i)          the Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company is the gross fair market value of such asset as determined by the Board at the time of contribution;

 

(ii)         the Gross Asset Value of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined in good faith by the Board, including as of the following times: (A) the acquisition of any Additional Interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for services or more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (B) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an Additional Interest in the Company; and (C) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) or at such other times as the Board deems necessary to reflect the intended economic interests of the Members in the Company; provided, however, that the adjustments pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) above shall be made only if the Board reasonably determines that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company; and

 

3
 

 

(iii)        the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution as determined by the Board.

 

If the Gross Asset Value of a Company asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subpa r agraph (i) or (ii) above, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profit or Loss.

 

(p)          “ Independent Accountants ” means KPMG LLP, or any replacement independent certified public accounting firm selected by the Board from time to time.

 

(q)          “ Investment Adviser ” means Eagle Point Credit Management LLC or such other investment adviser of the Company as the Board may appoint pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof.

 

(r)          “ IPO ” means an initial public offering and listing by the Company of its equity securities on a national, international or private securities exchange, pursuant to which the Company would file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission, elect to be taxed as a regulated investment company under the Code and governed by an independent board of directors (which may be the Board), in accordance with a certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as in effect at such time.

 

(s)          “ Member ” means (i) the Existing Member and (ii) any Person hereafter admitted to the Company as a member as provided in this Agreement, but shall not include any Person who has ceased to be a member in the Company.

 

(t)          “ Membership Interest ” means a Member’s entire interest in the Company, including such Member’s economic interest, the right to vote on or participate in the Company’s management and the right to receive information concerning the business and affairs of the Company, in each case, to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement or required by the Act.

 

(u)          “ Officer/Employee Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 hereof.

 

(v)          “ Officers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 hereof.

 

(w)          “ Percentage Interest ,” with respect to each Member, means a fraction expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the number of Units held by such Member, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of all outstanding Units.

 

4
 

 

(x)          “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, prior to the closing of an IPO, with respect to any Person who is an individual, any of: (i) (A) such Person’s spouse, (B) the ancestors and descendants (whether natural or adopted) of such Person and of such Person’s spouse, (C) such Person’s parents’ descendants and (D) any spouse of the foregoing individuals (collectively, “ relatives ”); (ii) the personal representative of such Person; (iii) the trustee of any trust for the primary benefit of such Person and/or such Person’s relatives; and (iv) any limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation of which the sole owners of partnership interests, membership interests or any other equity interests are, and shall remain, limited to such Person and such Person’s relatives; provided that the determination of whether the transferee of a Permitted Transferee pursuant to (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above is also a Permitted Transferee shall be made by reference to the Person who first acquired the Units that are the subject of the subsequent transfer, not by reference to the transferring Permitted Transferee in such subsequent transfer. “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to any Person that is an entity, (i) any of its stockholders, members, partners or other equity interest holders or (ii) any Affiliate of such Person.

 

(y)          “ Person ” shall mean an individual, a corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, organization, association, government or any department or agency thereof, or any other individual or entity.

 

(z)          “ Profits ” and “ Losses ” means, for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such year or period, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(l) of the Code shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

 

(i)          Income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses shall be added to such taxable income or loss.

 

(ii)         Expenditures of the Company described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code or treated as such expenditures pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)( i ), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss.

 

(iii)        In the event the Gross Asset Value of the Company is adjusted, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Profits or Losses.

 

(iv)        Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Company property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value.

 

(v)         In lieu of depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Fiscal Year computed in accordance with Section 1.2(k) hereof.

 

5
 

 

(vi)        To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Section 734(b) of the Code is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m )( 4 ) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s Membership Interest, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses.

 

(vii)       Any items which are specially allocated pursuant to Sections 6.1(b) and 6.1(c) shall not be taken into account in computing Profits or Losses.

 

The amounts of items of Company income, gain, loss, or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Sections 6.1(b) and 6.1(c) shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in subparagraphs (i) through (vi) above.         

 

(aa)         “ Quarterly Net Asset Value Calculation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3 hereof.

 

(bb)         “ Regulations ” means the U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code.

 

(cc)         “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

(dd)         “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which securities or other ownership interests having sufficient ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person.

 

(ee)         “ Tax ” means all U.S. federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind, including all interest, penalties and additions to tax imposed thereon.

 

(ff)          “ Tax Matters Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 hereof.

 

(gg)         “ Units ” means the units representing limited liability company interests in the Company as the Board may issue from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION

 

2.1.           Formation; Effective Date . The Company was organized as a Delaware limited liability company on March 24, 2014 by the filing of a certificate of formation (the “ Certificate ”) with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under and pursuant to the Act. This Agreement amends and restates the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of March 24, 2014, and it shall be effective as of the date hereof. To the extent that the rights or obligations of any Member differ by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provisions, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Act, control.

 

6
 

 

2.2.           Name . The name of the Company is “Eagle Point Credit Company LLC” or such other name as the Board may designate from time to time.

 

2.3.           Registered Agent; Offices . The registered agent and office of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808, or such other agent or office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Board may designate from time to time in the manner provided by applicable law. The principal office of the Company shall be located at such place within or without the State of Delaware, and the Company shall maintain such records, as the Board shall determine from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Board may designate from time to time.

 

2.4.           Purpose .

 

(a)          The purpose and business of the Company shall be (i) to carry on any lawful business, purpose or activity permitted to be carried on by limited liability companies under the Act, (ii) to exercise all rights and powers granted to the Company under this Agreement and any other agreements contemplated hereby, as the same may be amended from time to time and (iii) to engage in any other lawful acts or activities incidental or ancillary thereto as the Board deems necessary or advisable for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act.

 

(b)          Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, convenient or incidental to, or for the furtherance of, the purposes set forth in Section 2.4(a) .

 

(c)          Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, (i) the Company may enter into and perform any and all documents, agreements and instruments contemplated hereby, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member and (ii) the Board may authorize any Person (including any Member) to enter into any agreement and perform any action on behalf of the Company.

 

2.5.           Foreign Qualification . The Officers shall cause the Company to comply with all requirements necessary to qualify the Company as a foreign limited liability company in any jurisdiction where the nature of its business makes such qualification necessary or desirable. Subject to the preceding sentence, at the request of the Board, each Member shall execute, acknowledge and deliver all certificates and other instruments conforming with this Agreement that are necessary or appropriate to qualify, continue or terminate the Company as a foreign limited liability company in all such jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business.

 

7
 

 

ARTICLE III
UNITS

 

3.1.           New Members .

 

(a)          The name and address of each Member as well as the number of Units owned by each Member shall be maintained by the Board.

 

(b)          Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall have the right to issue or sell to any Person (including Members and Affiliates of Members) any of the following (which for purposes of this Agreement shall be referred to as “ Additional Interests ”): (i) additional Units; (ii) warrants options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire Units; and (iii) any other equity interests in the Company, as approved by the Board. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall determine the number of Units or other equity interests in the Company to be issued or sold and the contribution required in connection with the issuance of such Additional Interests. In order for and prior to any Person being admitted as a new Member in connection with an issuance of Additional Interests or with respect to Membership Interests that have been transferred pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, such Person shall have delivered to the Company a written undertaking and/or subscription agreement in a form acceptable to the Company to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and shall have delivered such other documents and instruments as the Company may reasonably determine to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the issuance of Additional Interests to such Person or the transfer of Membership Interests to such Person to effect such Person’s admission as a Member. Upon the delivery of such documents and instruments, such Person shall be admitted as a Member and deemed listed as such on the books and records of the Company and thereupon shall be issued such Person’s Membership Interest, including such number of Units that correspond to and are part of such Membership Interest.

 

3.2.           Membership Interests; Certification .

 

(a)          The Membership Interests initially shall consist of Units. The Company is authorized to issue up to 100,000,000 Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the written consent of the Existing Member, the Company may not issue Units other than in connection with the acquisition by the Company of the assets contributed pursuant to the Contribution Agreement.

 

(b)          The Units shall be uncertificated, unless the Board determines to issue certificates to any Members representing the Units of Membership Interests held by such Members. To the extent that a holder of Units is required by the other provisions of this Agreement to deliver or surrender such holder’s certificates representing such Units, then, in the event that the Units are not then held in certificated form, the Company shall provide a form to be completed and delivered by such holder in lieu thereof.

 

3.3.           Liability to Third Parties . Except as to any obligation it may have under the Act to repay funds that may have been wrongfully distributed to it, no Member shall be liable for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company, including under a judgment, decree or order of a court.

 

8
 

 

3.4.           Lack of Authority . No Member shall have the authority or power in his, her or its capacity as a Member, without more, to act for or on behalf of the Company, to do any act that would be binding on the Company or to incur any expenditures on behalf of the Company.

 

3.5.           Withdrawal . A Member does not have the right to withdraw from the Company as a Member (except in connection with a transfer of its Units in accordance with this Agreement), and any attempt to violate the provisions hereof shall be legally ineffective.

 

3.6.           Potential Conflicts with Legal Counsel. Each Member hereby waives any actual or potential conflicts of interest between such member and any legal counsel to the Company.

 

ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 

4.1.           Contributions . Each Member shall make, shall have made or shall be required to make any Capital Contribution as provided for in this Article IV. No Member shall be required to make any additional Capital Contributions. A Member shall not be entitled to the return of any part of its Capital Contributions or to be paid interest in respect of its Capital Contributions. A Capital Contribution is not a liability of the Company or of any Member. As used herein, “ Capital Contribution ” means any contribution by a Member to the capital of the Company.

 

4.2.           Capital Contributions . Each Member must make such Capital Contribution as consideration for the Units acquired by such Member as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion.

 

ARTICLE V
MEMBER RIGHTS

 

5.1.           Transfer Restrictions; IPO Lock-up and Consent; Confidentiality .

 

(a)          Prior to the closing of an IPO, none of the holders of Units or any of their respective Permitted Transferees shall sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of its Units including to a Permitted Transferee without the prior written consent of the Board, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Each holder of the Units agrees and acknowledges that the Units have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Units may not be transferred except in a transaction exempt from, or not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

9
 

 

(b)          Upon the filing, if any, by the Company of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with a proposed IPO, each holder of Units hereby agrees, if requested by the Company, (i) for a period commencing on the date of the effectiveness of such filing and ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of a final prospectus relating to such IPO not to (A) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Units (or securities into which the Units may then have been exchanged or converted) or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for any such securities, or (B) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (A) or (B) above is to be settled by delivery of Units or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, (ii) to consent to the Board taking all actions necessary or desirable, in the judgment of the Board to effectuate such IPO, including, without limitation, (A) converting the Company to a Delaware corporation, (B) paying all fees and expenses relating to the preparation and filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the listing by the Company of its equity securities on a national, international or private securities exchange (C) providing information with respect to the holders of Units, as required by law, (D) negotiating any registration rights agreements on behalf of the holders of Units, (E) engaging one or more underwriters for such IPO and (F) electing for the Company to be taxed as a regulated investment company under the Code and (iii) to grant an irrevocable proxy to the Board to elect and appoint additional or replacement Directors (both independent and interested) in contemplation of the conversion of the Company to a Delaware corporation.

 

(c)          The limitation set forth in clause Section 5.1(b)(i) above shall not apply to any sale of Units (or securities into which the Units may then have been exchanged or converted) to the underwriters pursuant to an underwriting agreement in connection with the IPO or to the exercise by such holder of any warrants to purchase Units (or securities into which the Units may then have been exchanged or converted) but not the sale of any securities issued upon such exercise. In addition, each holder of Units (or any other security into which the Units may then have been exchanged or converted) agrees that, without the prior written consent of the underwriters in connection with such IPO, it shall not, during the period commencing on the date of filing of a registration statement in connection with such IPO and ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of a final prospectus relating to such IPO, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Units (or any other security into which the Units may then have been exchanged or converted) or any security convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for such securities.

 

(d)          Without the prior written consent of the Company, no holder of Units may disclose, or cause its directors, agents, advisors, officers, employees, attorneys, accountants, stockholders or interest-holders, authorized representatives or affiliates to disclose, at any time, the terms of its investment in the Units, the existence or status of negotiations with respect thereto (including the name of the Company or the names of other investors in the Company in any manner, context or format) or any material, non-public information regarding the Company provided to such holder in its capacity as a holder of the Units (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”); provided that any such holder may disclose (i) Confidential Information if and to the extent required by law, regulation or applicable judicial decisions, (ii) to its investors and lenders who are subject to similar obligations of confidentiality and (iii) the name of the Company and the notice of its investment in the Company with the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Prior to any such disclosure of Confidential Information, the holder of Units shall give the Company an opportunity to review the applicable disclosure to provide comments thereto, which comments such holder shall use its reasonable best efforts to accommodate.

 

10
 

 

5.2.           Termination of Rights . All rights of, or restrictions imposed upon, all Members under this Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of the conversion of the Company to a Delaware corporation or pricing of an initial public offering of equity securities of the Company; provided that Section 5.1(b) , Section 5.1(c) and Section 11.1 (solely with respect to actions occurring on or prior to such date) shall survive any such conversion or pricing.

 

ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

 

6.1.           Allocations .

 

(a)          Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.1(b) through 6.1(e) , the items of income, expense, gain and loss of the Company comprising Profits or Losses for a Fiscal Year shall be allocated among the persons who were Members during such Fiscal Year in accordance with Percentage Interests.

 

(b)           Loss Limitation . Losses allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(a) hereof shall not exceed the maximum amount of Losses that can be allocated without causing any Member to have a negative Capital Account balance at the end of any Fiscal Year (after taking into account the adjustments, allocations and distributions described in Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )( 4 ), ( 5 ) and ( 6 )). In the event some but not all of the Members would have negative Capital Account balances as a consequence of an allocation of Losses pursuant to Section 6.1(a) hereof, the limitation set forth in this Section 6.1(b) shall be applied on a Member by Member basis and Losses not allocable to any Member as a result of such limitation shall be allocated to other Members in accordance with the positive balances in such Member’s Capital Accounts so as to allocate the maximum permissible Losses to such Member under Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ). Allocations of Profit and Loss for the periods after a period to which this Section 6.1(b) applies shall be made in a way that, to the extent possible, reverses the effects of any limitations on allocations of Losses pursuant to this Section 6.1(b) .

 

(c)           Compliance with Regulations . The allocations set forth in Section 6.1(a) are intended to allocate Profits and Losses to the Members in compliance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder. If the Board reasonably determines that the allocation of Profits or Losses for any period pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(a) does not satisfy the “substantial economic effect” safe harbor of Section 704(b) of the Code or the Regulations promulgated thereunder (including the minimum gain and partner minimum gain chargeback requirements of Regulations Section 1.704-2 and the qualified income offset requirement of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )), then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, items otherwise included in the computation of Profits and Losses shall be specially allocated in such manner as the Board shall reasonably determine to be required by Section 704(b) of the Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder; provided, however, that if the Board exercises its authority to make such special allocations, then, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article VI, but subject to Section 704(b) of the Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder, the Board shall specially allocate subsequent Profits or Losses among the Members so as to cause the Members’ respective separate Capital Accounts to have the balances (or as close thereto as possible) that they would have if Profits and Losses were allocated without reference to the special allocations permitted by this Section 6.1(c) .

 

11
 

 

(d)           Transfers of Units . All items of Profit, Loss and credit allocable to any Units that may have been transferred or otherwise disposed of shall be allocated between the transferor and the transferee based on an interim closing of the books, as determined in good faith by the Board; provided, however, that this allocation must be made in accordance with a method permissible under Section 706 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

 

(e)           Tax Allocations; Section 704(c) of the Code . Profits, gain, Losses and deductions with respect to any property of the Company shall be allocated, for tax purposes, among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted tax basis of such property to the Company and its Gross Asset Value in accordance with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder. Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the Board; provided, however, that the Company shall use the “traditional method” pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-3(b).

 

Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(e) are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s share of Profits, Losses, distributions or other items pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement.

 

6.2.           Distributions . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company may make distributions to the Members from time to time from assets legally available for distribution in amounts determined by the Investment Adviser and any such distributions shall be made on a pro rata basis in accordance with each Member’s Percentage Interest.

 

ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT; THE INVESTMENT ADVISER

 

7.1.           The Board of Directors; Delegation of Authority and Duties

 

(a)          Subject to the delegation of rights and powers as provided for herein, the business and affairs of the Company shall be vested in and conducted by the Board, which shall have the right to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company and shall have all powers and rights necessary, appropriate or advisable to effectuate and carry out the purposes and business of the Company. Except as otherwise expressly provided for herein, the Members hereby consent to the exercise by the Board of all such powers and rights conferred on it by the Act or otherwise by applicable law with respect to the management and control of the Company. No Member shall have any power to act for, sign for or do any act that would bind the Company without the authorization of the Board. The Board shall devote such time and effort to the affairs of the Company as it may deem appropriate for the oversight of the management and affairs of the Company and shall not be expected to devote all of its time or business efforts to the affairs of the Company.

 

12
 

 

(b)          Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Board shall have the power and authority to delegate to one or more other Persons its rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including delegating such rights and powers to a committee of the Directors, the Directors of the Company, the Officers of the Company or agents of the Company or the Investment Adviser. The Board may authorize any Persons (including, without limitation, any Member or Affiliate of the Company or the Investment Adviser) to enter into any document on behalf of the Company and perform the obligations of the Company thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall not have the power and authority to delegate any rights or powers customarily requiring the approval of the managing member of a Delaware limited liability company.

 

(c)          The Board may, by resolution, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law, this Agreement and a resolution of the Board, shall have, and may exercise, all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company.

 

(d)          The Board shall, in the performance of its duties, be protected fully in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any Person as to matters the Board reasonably believe are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.

 

(e)          Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, any action which could be taken by the Board at a meeting of the Board may be taken by the Board without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by all members of the Board. Any such written consent may be executed and ascribed to by facsimile or similar electronic means.

 

(f)           The number of directors (each, a “ Director ”) constituting the Board shall not be less than four (4) nor more than eight (8). The Directors shall be appointed by a vote of the Members. The initial Chairman of the Board shall be James R. Matthews. Upon Mr. Majewski resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity, the Chairman shall be appointed by the Existing Member. Each Director shall hold office until such Director’s earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors or from any other cause may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and each Director so chosen shall hold office until such Director’s earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity.

 

13
 

 

(g)          The Board shall meet no less than annually. Written notice stating the place, day and hour of any meeting of the Board shall be delivered to each Director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone, facsimile, telegram or e-mail not less than twenty four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances. The Chairman of the Board shall have the power to adjourn such meeting from time to time, without any notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the holding of the adjourned meeting. Upon the resumption of such adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

 

(h)          Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate or this Agreement, at all meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, a majority of the entire Board or such committee, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof, a majority of the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

(i)          Members of the Board or any committee designed by the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board or of a committee of the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 7.1(i) shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

(j)          Any Director may resign at any time by submitting his or her written resignation to the Board or secretary of the Company. Such resignation shall take effect at the time of its receipt by the Company unless another time be fixed in the resignation, in which case it shall become effective at the time so fixed. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be required to make it effective.

 

7.2.           The Investment Adviser. The Board shall have the power and authority to delegate to an investment adviser the right to manage the assets of the Company. The Board has delegated such right to the Investment Adviser.

 

ARTICLE VIII
EMPLOYEES OF THE COMPANY

 

8.1.           Designation and Appointment . The Board may, from time to time, appoint such officers (“ Officers ”) as may be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the Company’s business (subject to the supervision and control of the Board). The Officers of the Company may be authorized by the Board to open bank accounts, pay the debts of the Company, enter into contracts, execute agreements and other documentation of the Company and perform such other actions as the Board may from time to time deem necessary or appropriate. Any number of offices may be held by the same Person. In the Board’s discretion, it may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable. Officers need not be residents of the State of Delaware. Any Officer so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as is customary for an officer of such type for a Delaware corporation or as the Board may, from time to time, delegate to such Officer. The Board may assign titles to particular Officers. Each Officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall be duly designated and shall have qualified as an Officer or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Officers of the Company shall not receive any salaries or other compensation directly from the Company.

 

14
 

 

8.2.           Resignation and Removal . Any Officer may resign as such at any time, subject to any employment agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Board. The acceptance by the Board of a resignation of any Officer shall not be necessary to make such resignation effective, unless otherwise specified in such resignation. Any Officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, at any time by the Board. Designation of any Person as an Officer by the Board pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.1 shall not, in and of itself, vest in such Person any contractual or employment rights with respect to the Company.

 

8.3.           Duties of Officers Generally . The Officers, in the performance of their duties as such, shall (a) owe to the Company duties of loyalty and due care of the type owed by the officers of a corporation to such corporation and its stockholders under the laws of the State of Delaware, and (b) keep the Board reasonably apprised of material developments in the business and affairs of the Company.

 

ARTICLE IX
MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

9.1.           Meetings of Members .

 

(a)          All meetings of the Members shall be held at the principal place of business of the Company or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be specified or fixed in the notices (or waivers of notice thereof).

 

(b)          Special meetings of the Members for any proper purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units. Only business within the purpose or purposes described in the notice (or waiver thereof) required by this Agreement may be conducted at a special meeting of the Members. Members may call a special meeting by following two steps. First, Members may obtain a Members’ list in order to contact other Members, or the Board, in its sole discretion, may agree to deliver such notice on behalf of such Members. Members who obtain a list of Members shall be required to certify to the Company that the Members will not use the Members’ list for any purpose other than to call a special meeting. Second, Members are required to send a notice to the Company which states that the Members propose to remove a Director. Such notice must be signed by at least three Members who own at least 10% of all outstanding Units in the aggregate.

 

15
 

 

(c)          All meetings of the Members shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board. The Board may designate any other officer or Director of the Company to act as chairman of any meeting of the Members in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, and the Board may further provide for determining who shall act as chairman of any meeting of the Members in the absence of the Chairman of the Board or such designee. The Chairman of the Board or such other chairman of any meeting of Members shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order.

 

9.2.           Notice . Written notice stating the place, day and hour of any meeting of the Members and, with respect to a special meeting of the Members, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than three (3) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of such meeting by or at the direction of the Board, to each Member entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

9.3.           Quorum; Voting .

 

(a)          Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate or this Agreement or required by applicable law, a quorum shall be present at a meeting of Members if the holders of a majority of the Units are represented at the meeting in Person or by proxy.

 

(b)          A Member may vote either in Person or by proxy executed in writing by the Member. A proxy shall be revocable unless the proxy form conspicuously states that the proxy is irrevocable. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate or this Agreement or required by applicable law, with respect to any matter, (i) each Unit shall be identical to each other Unit and shall accord the holders thereof the same obligations, rights (including, without limitation, voting rights) and privileges as are accorded to each other holder thereof, (ii) the holders of Units shall vote together as a single class on all matters, and (iii) each Unit holder shall be entitled to cast one vote for each Unit held, and partial Unit voting shall be permitted, and (iv) an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units participating at a meeting of Members at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Members.

 

9.4.           Action by Written Consent . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, any action which could be taken by the Members at a regular or special meeting of Members may be taken by the Members, without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units (or holders of such higher aggregate percentage of Units as is required to authorize or take such action under the terms of the Certificate, this Agreement or applicable law), provided that a copy of such consent shall be given to each member promptly thereafter. Any such written consent may be executed and ascribed to by facsimile or similar electronic means.

 

9.5.           Adjournment . The chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the Units present at the meeting shall have the power to adjourn such meeting from time to time, without any notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the holding of the adjourned meeting. If such meeting is adjourned by holders of a majority of the outstanding Units present at the meeting, such time and place shall be determined by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units present at the meeting and no notice of the adjourned meeting need be given if such time and place are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. Upon the resumption of such adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.  

16
 

 

9.6.           Merger and Consolidation; Sale of Assets . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company may merge or consolidate with or into one or more limited liability companies or one or more other business entities (as defined in the Act), and the Company may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property.

 

ARTICLE X
TAXES

 

10.1.           Tax Matters Member; Tax Returns . The Board shall cause the Company to prepare and file all necessary U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax returns for the Company. Each Member shall furnish to the Company all pertinent information (including without limitation Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8EXP, as applicable) in its possession relating to Company operations that is necessary to enable the Company’s tax returns to be prepared and filed. The Existing Member is hereby designated, and shall serve as, the “tax matters partner” (as defined in Section 6231 of the Code) (the “ Tax Matters Member ”). The Tax Matters Member shall be authorized and required to represent the Company (at the Company’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Company’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings and to expend Company funds for professional services and costs associated therewith.

 

10.2.           Tax Allocations and Reports . The Company shall take reasonable efforts so that as soon as they are available after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Board shall cause the Company to furnish each Member an Internal Revenue Service Schedule K-1, which form shall duly reflect the allocation of income, gain, loss and deduction set forth in Article VI of this Agreement. Upon the written request of any such Member and at the expense of such Member, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered any additional information necessary for the preparation of any federal, state, local and foreign income tax return which must be filed by such Member. Any deficiency for taxes imposed on any Member (including penalties, additions to tax or interest imposed with respect to such taxes) shall be paid by such Member, and if paid by the Company, shall be recoverable from such Member (including by offset against distributions otherwise payable to such Member).

 

10.3.           Partnership for U.S. Federal Tax Purposes . As long as the Company remains a Delaware limited liability company, the parties agree to treat the Company as a partnership and to treat all Units as interests in such partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and no party shall take any position inconsistent with this characterization in any tax return or otherwise to the extent consistent with applicable law.

 

17
 

 

ARTICLE XI
INDEMNIFICATION; CORPORATE OPPORTUNITY

 

11.1.           Right to Indemnification .

 

(a)          No Director shall be liable to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, the Members or any Affiliate of a Member for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission of such Director arising from the performance of such Director’s obligations or duties under this Agreement, except that a Director shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Director’s fraud, willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of such Director’s duties with respect to such acts or omissions. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a Director shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for all expenses and liabilities (including judgments, fines, penalties, interest, amounts paid in a settlement approved by the Company and counsel fees and disbursements) incurred by such Director by reason of any act or omission of such Director arising from the performance of such Director’s obligations or duties under this Agreement, including in connection with any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action, suit or proceeding to which any such Director may hereafter be made party by reason of being or having been a Director or as contemplated by Delaware law, a director, officer, employee, partner, member, advisor or agent of the Investment Adviser in such capacity, except that no Director shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Director by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such Director’s duties with respect to such acts or omissions.

 

(b)          No Officer shall be liable for monetary damages to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission arising from the performance of such Officer’s obligations or duties in connection with the Company, except that an Officer shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such Officer’s duties with respect to such acts or omissions. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, an Officer shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for all expenses and liabilities (including judgments, fines, penalties, interest, amounts paid in a settlement approved by the Company and counsel fees and disbursements) incurred by such Officer by reason of any act or omission of such Officer arising from the performance of such Officer’s obligations or duties under this Agreement, including in connection with any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action, suit or proceeding to which any such Officer may hereafter be made party by reason of being or having been a Officer or as contemplated by Delaware law, a director, officer, employee, partner, member, advisor or agent of the Investment Adviser in such capacity, except that no Officer shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Officer by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such Officer’s duties with respect to such acts or omissions.

 

18
 

 

(c)          Any Officer and any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that the Person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Person (each an “ Officer/Employee Indemnified Party ”), shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for (i) expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Officer/Employee Indemnified Party in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such Officer/Employee Indemnified Party acted in good faith and in a manner such Officer/Employee Indemnified Party reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the Company’s best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such Officer/Employee Indemnified Party’s conduct was unlawful and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, that relate to the operations of the Company as set forth in this Agreement.

 

(d)           Advance of Expenses . Expenses incurred by any Person entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 11.1 in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding subject to the provisions of any applicable law; provided such expenses shall be required to be repaid to the Company in the event the aforementioned losses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from actions or omissions for which the Company is not required to indemnify such Person pursuant to this Section 11.1 .

 

11.2.           Procedure for Determining Permissibility . To determine whether any indemnification or advance of expenses under this Article XI is permissible, the Board may, and on request of any Person seeking indemnification or advance of expenses shall be required to, determine in each case whether the applicable standards in any applicable statute have been met. Each of the persons entitled to be indemnified for expenses and liabilities as contemplated above may, in the performance of his, her or its duties, consult with legal counsel and accountants, and any act or omission by such person on the Company’s behalf in furtherance of the Company’s interests in good faith in reliance upon, and in accordance with, the advice of such legal counsel or accountants will be full justification for any such act or omission, and such person will be fully protected for such acts and omissions, so long as such legal counsel or accountants were selected with reasonable care by or on the Company’s behalf. The reasonable expenses of any Person entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 11.1 in prosecuting a successful claim for indemnification, and the fees and expenses of any special legal counsel engaged by the Company to determine permissibility of indemnification or advance of expenses, shall be borne by the Company.

 

11.3.           Contractual Obligation . The obligations of the Company to indemnify a Director or an Officer/Employee Indemnified Party under this Article XI, including the duty to advance expenses, shall be considered a contract between the Company and such Person, and no modification or repeal of any provision of this Article XI shall affect, to the detriment of such Person, such obligations of the Company in connection with a claim based on any act or failure to act occurring before such modification or repeal.

 

19
 

 

11.4.           Indemnification Not Exclusive; Inuring of Benefit . The indemnification and advance of expenses provided by this Article XI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which an indemnified Person may be entitled under any statute, provision of the Certificate, this Agreement, vote of Members entitled to vote or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of any such Person.

 

11.5.           Insurance and Other Indemnification . The Board shall have the power to (a) authorize the Company to purchase and maintain, at the Company’s expense, insurance on behalf of the Company and on behalf of others to the extent that power to do so has not been prohibited by statute, (b) create any fund of any nature, whether or not under the control of a trustee, or otherwise secure any of its indemnification obligations and (c) give other indemnification to the extent permitted by statute.

 

11.6.           Corporate Opportunities .

 

(a)          Each of the Members shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present any corporate opportunities to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and the Company and each of its Members, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Members, Subsidiaries and Affiliates hereby renounces and waives any right to require such Member to act in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 11.6 .

 

(b)          The Officers of the Company may have ownership interests in a Member.

 

(c)          The Members acknowledge and agree that each of the Directors and their respective Affiliates are not restricted from forming additional investment funds, entering into other investment advisory relationships or engaging in other business activities, even though such activities may be in competition with the Company and/or may involve substantial time and resources of such Director. The Members also acknowledge that the Directors will not be devoted exclusively to the business of the Company, shall devote their time and effort to the affairs of the Company as they deem appropriate for the oversight of the management and affairs of the Company and shall not be expected to devote all of their time or business efforts to the affairs of the Company.

 

(d)          The Directors and their respective Affiliates shall allocate investment opportunities among the Company and all other investment vehicles sponsored or managed by any of the them in accordance with their written allocation policies and procedures, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Allocation Procedures ”). The Board shall promptly furnish a copy of the Allocation Procedures to any Member upon request. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Directors and their respective Affiliates shall not be obligated to cause the Company to invest in a particular opportunity even if such opportunity is of a character which is suitable for the Company.

 

20
 

 

ARTICLE XII
BOOKS, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS

 

12.1.           Books . The Board shall retain an administrator to maintain in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States complete and accurate books of account of the Company, which books shall be open to inspection by any Member (or its authorized representative) to the extent required by the Act.

 

12.2.           Company Funds . Except as specifically provided in this Agreement or with the approval of the Board, the Company shall not pay to, or use for, the benefit of any Member, funds, assets, credit, or other resources of any kind or description of the Company; provided that the foregoing shall not limit the power of the Board or any Officer to authorize expense reimbursements from the Company’s funds. Funds of the Company shall (a) be deposited only in the accounts of the Company in the Company’s name, (b) not be commingled with funds of any Member and (c) be withdrawn only upon such signature or signatures as may be designated in writing from time to time by the Board or the Investment Adviser.

 

12.3.           Financial Statements and Information . The Company shall deliver to each holder of Units:

 

(a)          as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company, (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year and (iii) a statement of Members’ equity as of the end of such year, with such financial statements to be audited and certified by the Independent Accountants;

 

(b)          as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter, a calculation of the Company’s net asset value as of the end of such calendar quarter (each such calculation, a “ Quarterly Net Asset Value Calculation ”);

 

(c)          as soon as practicable following the finalization thereof, a copy of the final version of any investment memoranda relating to an investment originated by the Company;

 

(d)          as soon as available after the end of each Fiscal Year, an annual Tax Report on Schedule K-1 and related tax filing information; and

 

(e)          such other reports as determined by the Board or required by applicable law.

 

In connection with preparation of the Quarterly Net Asset Value Calculation, (i) investments for which market quotations are readily available shall be valued at such market quotations as of the end of each calendar quarter and (ii) and other investments shall be fair valued by the Board. The Board may engage one or more third-party valuation firms to review the valuation of each investment for which a market quotation is not available promptly following the end of each such quarter.

 

21
 

 

12.4.           Inspection Rights . Each Member shall have the right to access all information to which such Member is entitled to have access pursuant to Section 18-305 of the Act; provided that such Member must provide five (5) days’ prior written notice to the Company of the materials such Member requests be made available and the purpose for inspecting such materials. Such materials shall be provided at the offices of the Company during its regular business hours. All expenses of providing the materials requested pursuant to this Section 12.4 including duplicating fees, shall be paid by the Member requesting the information. Anything in this Section 12.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Board shall have the right to keep confidential from the Members, for such limited period of time as the Board deems reasonable, any information which the Board reasonably believes to be in the nature of a trade secret or other information the disclosure of which the Board in good faith believes is not in the best interest of the Company or its business or which the Company is required by applicable law or by agreement with a third party to keep confidential.

 

ARTICLE XIII
DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, AND TERMINATION

 

13.1.           Dissolution . The Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of the following:

 

(a)          the adoption of a resolution by the Board approving the dissolution and liquidation, and the approval of such action by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units;

 

(b)          holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the aggregate outstanding Units vote to dissolve the Company;

 

(c)          entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Act;

 

(d)          the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining holder of Units or the occurrence of any other event that terminates the continued membership of the last remaining holder of Units, unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner provided under this Agreement or the Act; and

 

(e)          the liquidation of the Company’s final investment and the concurrent distribution of all assets of the Company to the Members.

 

The Company shall not be dissolved by the admission of Members in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The death, insanity, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member, or the occurrence of an event that terminates the continued membership of a Member in the Company, shall not cause the Company to be dissolved and its affairs wound up so long as the Company at all times has at least one Member. Upon the occurrence of any such event, the business of the Company shall be continued without dissolution.

 

22
 

 

13.2.           Liquidation and Termination .

 

(a)          On dissolution of the Company, the Board may appoint one or more Members or other Persons as liquidator. The liquidator shall wind up the affairs of the Company as provided in the Act and shall have all the powers set forth in the Act. The costs of liquidation shall be a Company expense.

 

(b)          A reasonable period of time shall be allowed for the orderly termination of the Company’s business, discharge of its liabilities, and distribution or liquidation of the remaining assets so as to enable the Company to minimize the normal losses attendant to the liquidation process. Profits and Losses during the period of liquidation shall be allocated among the Members in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof. Upon satisfaction (whether by payment or by the making of reasonable provision for payment) of the Company’s liabilities, the Company’s property and assets or the proceeds from the liquidation thereof shall be applied and distributed in accordance with the distribution priorities (and subject to the limitations) established in Section 6.2 , to the extent not previously satisfied. A full accounting of the assets and liabilities of the Company shall be taken and a statement thereof shall be furnished to each Member within thirty (30) days after the distribution of all of the assets of the Company. Such accounting and statements shall be prepared under the direction of the Board.

 

13.3.           Certificate of Cancellation . On the completion of the winding up of the Company following its dissolution, the Company is terminated, and the liquidator or the Board (or such other Person or Persons as the Act may require or permit) shall file a Certificate of Cancellation with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and cancel any other filings made pursuant to Section 2.5 .

 

ARTICLE XIV
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

14.1.           Notices . Except as expressly set forth to the contrary in this Agreement, all notices, requests or consents provided for or permitted to be sent under this Agreement must be in writing and must be sent by registered mail, addressed to the recipient, postage paid or by delivering that writing to the recipient in person, by internationally recognized express courier, or by electronic mail; and a notice, request or consent sent under this Agreement is effective on receipt by the Person to receive it. A notice, request or consent shall be deemed received when delivered if personally delivered, or otherwise on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof. All notices, requests and consents to be sent to a Member must be sent to or made at the address ascribed to that Member on the books of the Company or such other address as that Member may specify by notice to the Company and the other Members. Any notice, request or consent to the Company must be sent to the Company at its principal office. Whenever any notice is required to be sent by law, the Certificate or this Agreement, a written waiver thereof, signed by the Person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

 

14.2.           Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties on the date hereof with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings, contracts or agreements among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.

 

23
 

 

14.3.           Effect of Waiver or Consent . The failure of a Member to insist on the strict performance of any covenant or duty required by the Agreement, or to pursue any remedy under the Agreement, shall not constitute a waiver of the breach or the remedy.

 

14.4.           Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified, or any provision hereof may be waived; provided that such amendment, modification or waiver is set forth in a writing executed by the Board and the Existing Member; provided that (a) an amendment that (i) amends the voting rights of the holders of the Units or (ii) would materially and adversely affect the Members shall be effective only if the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units execute such amendment and (b) an amendment to Section 3.2(a) of this Agreement, shall be effective only if the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding Units execute such amendment. No course of dealing between or among any Persons having any interest in this Agreement shall be deemed effective to modify, amend or discharge any part of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any Person under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

14.5.           Binding Act . Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding on and inures to the benefit of the Members and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

14.6.           Governing Law . All issues and questions concerning the application, construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

14.7.           Consent to Exclusive Jurisdiction . Each of the parties hereto agrees that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any agreement, certificate or other instrument entered into in contemplation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any matters arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or such other agreement, certificate or instrument, and any action for the enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, shall be brought exclusively in the Chancery Court of New Castle County, Delaware or the federal courts of the United States of America for the District of Delaware, unless the parties to any such action or dispute mutually agree to waive this provision. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized express carrier or delivery service, to the applicable party at his, her or its address referred to herein. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any objection which he, she or it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforementioned actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, or any related agreement, certificate or instrument referred to above, brought in the courts referred to above and hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in any inconvenient forum. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

24
 

 

14.8.           Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. The Members shall negotiate in good faith to replace any provision so held to be invalid or unenforceable so as to implement most effectively the transactions contemplated by such provision in accordance with the original intent of the Members signatory hereto.

 

14.9.           Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, at the expense of the Company each Member shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional reasonable acts (so long as such documents, instruments and/or acts do not alter or amend, and which are consistent with, this Agreement) that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and those transactions.

 

14.10.          No Third Party Benefit . Except for any Director or Officer/Employee Indemnified Party (with respect to Article XI), the Officer/Employee Indemnified Parties each being an intended beneficiary of this Agreement, the provisions hereof are solely for the benefit of the Company and its Members and are not intended to, and shall not be construed to, confer a right or benefit on any creditor of the Company or any other Person. Covenants and other provisions of this Agreement created in favor of any Person specifically identified herein are solely for the benefit of such Person and are not intended to, and shall not be construed to, confer a right or benefit on any other Person, including, without limitation, any other Member, unless expressly so stated herein.

 

14.11.          Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signing parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and constitute the same instrument.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

25
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

  EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY LLC
       
  By:    
    Name: Thomas P. Majewski
    Title: Managing Partner
       
  Eagle Point Credit Partners Sub Ltd.
       
  By:    
    Name: Thomas P. Majewski
    Title: Director

 

 

 

 

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY LLC

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

 

This Investment Advisory Agreement is hereby made as of the [ · ] day of [ · ] 2014 (the “ Agreement ”), between Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with the successors thereto, the “ Company ”), and Eagle Point Credit Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Adviser ”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Company is a newly formed company that intends to operate as a closed-end management investment company;

 

WHEREAS, the Company intends to file a registration statement on Form N-2 (the “ Registration Statement ”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”) to register shares of its common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), for issuance in an initial public offering (the “ Offering ”);

 

WHEREAS, prior to and in anticipation of the Offering, the Company shall acquire interests in certain equity and debt investments in collateralized loan obligations, as well as holdings in several loan accumulation facilities, that will comprise a portion of the Company’s initial portfolio;

 

WHEREAS, the Adviser is engaged in rendering investment advisory services and is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Adviser to provide investment advisory services to the Company, and the Adviser is willing to provide or procure such services, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, mutually agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

APPOINTMENT

 

The Company hereby appoints the Adviser to act as investment adviser to the Company for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.  The Adviser hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to provide the advisory services herein described, for the compensation herein provided.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE II

SERVICES OF THE ADVISER

 

1.            Advisory Duties of the Adviser . Subject to the supervision of the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”), the Adviser shall act as the investment adviser to the Company and shall manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Company (a) in accordance with the investment objective, policies and restrictions that are set forth in the Registration Statement, as the same may be amended from time to time, (b) in accordance with the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act and all other applicable federal and state law, and (c) in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Adviser shall, during the term and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, (i) determine the composition of the portfolio of the Company, the nature and timing of the changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes; (ii) identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments made by the Company (including performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies); (iii) execute, close, service and monitor the Company’s investments; (iv) determine the securities and other assets that the Company will purchase, retain or sell; and (v) provide the Company with such other investment advisory, research and related services as the Company may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of its funds. The Adviser shall have the power and authority on behalf of the Company to effectuate its investment decisions for the Company, including the execution and delivery of all documents relating to the Company’s investments and the placement of orders for other purchase or sale transactions on behalf of the Company, subject to the oversight and approval of the Board of Directors. In the event that the Company determines to acquire debt financing or to refinance existing debt financing, the Adviser shall arrange for such financing on the Company’s behalf, subject to the oversight and approval of the Board of Directors. If it is necessary for the Adviser to make investments on behalf of the Company through a subsidiary or special purpose vehicle, the Adviser shall have authority to create or arrange for the creation of such subsidiary or special purpose vehicle, and to make such investments through such subsidiary or special purpose vehicle, in accordance with the 1940 Act.

 

2.            Subadvisers . Subject to the prior approval of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Board of Directors who are not “interested persons” and, to the extent required by applicable law, by the stockholders of the Company, the Adviser may, through a subadvisory agreement or other arrangement, delegate to a subadviser any of the duties enumerated in this Agreement, including the management of all or a portion of the assets being managed hereby. Subject to the prior approval of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, including a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who are not “interested persons” and, to the extent required by applicable law, by the stockholders of the Company, the Adviser may adjust such duties, the portion of assets being managed, and the fees to be paid by the Adviser; provided that, in each case, the Adviser shall continue to oversee the services provided by such company or employees and any such delegation shall not relieve the Adviser of any of its obligations hereunder.

 

2
 

 

3.            Books and Records . The Adviser agrees to maintain, in the form and for the period required by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act or such longer period as the Company may direct, all records relating to the services rendered by the Adviser under this Agreement and the Company’s investments made by the Adviser as are required by Section 31 under the 1940 Act, and rules and regulations thereunder, and by other applicable legal provisions, including the Advisers Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Commodities Exchange Act, and the respective rules and regulations thereunder, and the Company’s compliance policies and procedures, and to preserve such records for the periods and in the manner required by that Section, and those rules, regulations, legal provisions and compliance policies and procedures. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to the provisions of Rule 31a-1 and Rule 31a-2 promulgated under the 1940 Act which are prepared or maintained by the Adviser on behalf of the Company are the property of the Company and shall be surrendered promptly to the Company on request.

 

4.            Brokerage Commissions . The Adviser is hereby authorized, to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law, to cause the Company to pay a member of a national securities exchange, broker or dealer an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the amount of commission another member of such exchange, broker or dealer would have charged for effecting such transaction if the Adviser determines, in good faith and taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities, that the amount of such commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided by such member, broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or its overall responsibilities with respect to the Company’s portfolio, and constitutes the best net result for the Company.

 

5.            Proxy Voting . The Adviser shall be responsible for voting any proxies solicited by an issuer of securities held by the Company in the best interest of the Company and in accordance with the Adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures, as any such proxy voting policies and procedures may be amended from time to time. The Company has been provided with a copy of the Adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures and has been informed as to how it can obtain further information from the Adviser regarding proxy voting activities undertaken on behalf of the Company. The Adviser shall be responsible for reporting the Company’s proxy voting activities, as required, through periodic filings on Form N-PX.

 

6.            Advisory Services Not Exclusive .  The Adviser’s services to the Company pursuant to this Agreement are not exclusive, and it is understood that the Adviser may render investment advice, management and services to other persons (including other investment companies) and engage in other activities, so long as its services under this Agreement are not impaired by such other activities. It is understood and agreed that officers or directors of the Adviser are not prohibited from engaging in any other business activity or from rendering services to any other person, or from serving as partners, officers, trustees or directors of any other firm, trust or corporation, including other investment companies. Whenever the Company and one or more other accounts or investment companies advised by the Adviser have available funds for investment, and the responsibility for the management of all of the assets of the Company has not been delegated to a subadviser, investments suitable and appropriate for each entity shall be allocated in accordance with procedures believed by the Adviser to be equitable to each entity over time. Similarly, opportunities to sell securities shall be allocated in a manner believed by the Adviser to be equitable to each entity over time. The Company recognizes that in some cases this procedure may adversely affect the size of the position that may be acquired by or disposed of for the Company.

 

3
 

 

ARTICLE III

EXPENSES

 

1.            Expenses Borne by Adviser . All investment professionals of the Adviser and their respective staffs, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services hereunder, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, shall be provided and paid for by the Adviser and not by the Company.

 

2.            Expenses Borne by the Company . The Company shall bear all other costs and expenses of its operations and transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to: (a) calculating the Company’s net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm); (b) interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance the Company’s investments; (c) fees and expenses, including travel expenses, incurred by the Adviser or payable to third parties in performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, monitoring the Company’s investments and, if necessary, enforcing the Company’s rights; (d) amounts payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, evaluating, making and disposing of investments; (e) brokerage fees and commissions; (f) federal and state registration fees; (g) exchange listing fees; (h) federal, state and local taxes; (i) costs of offerings or repurchases of the Common Stock and other securities; (j) the base management fee and any incentive fee; (k) distributions on the Common Stock; (l) administration fees payable to Eagle Point Administration LLC (the “ Administrator ”) under the administration agreement dated as of [ · ], 2014 (the “ Administration Agreement ”); (m) transfer agent and custody fees and expenses; (n) independent director fees and expenses; (o) the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to the Company’s stockholders, including printing costs; (p) costs of holding stockholder meetings; (q) litigation, indemnification and other non-recurring or extraordinary expenses; (r) fees and expenses associated with marketing and investor relations efforts; (s) dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which the Company is a member; (t) direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff; (u) fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs; (v) the Company’s fidelity bond; (w) directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; (x) costs associated with the Company’s reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws; and (y) all other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or the Administrator in connection with administering the Company’s business, such as the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and the Company’s allocable portion of the costs of compensation and related expenses of the Company’s chief compliance officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer and any support staff.

 

4
 

 

ARTICLE IV

COMPENSATION

 

The Company agrees to pay, and the Adviser agrees to accept, as compensation for the investment advisory and management services provided by the Adviser hereunder, a fee consisting of two components: a base management fee (the “ Base Management Fee ”) and an incentive fee (the “ Incentive Fee ”), each as hereinafter set forth. The Company shall make any payments due hereunder to the Adviser or to the Adviser’s designee as the Adviser may otherwise direct.

 

1.            Base Management Fee . The Base Management Fee shall be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears at an annual rate equal to 1.75% of the Company’s Total Equity Base. “ Total Equity Base ” means the net asset value attributable to the Common Stock and the paid-in or stated capital of the Company’s preferred stock, if any. The Base Management Fee for any partial quarter shall be appropriately pro-rated (based on the number of days actually elapsed at the end of such partial quarter relative to the total number of days in such calendar quarter).

 

2.            Incentive Fee . The Incentive Fee shall be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income of the Company for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. For this purpose, “ Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income ” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from an investment) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the Base Management Fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the Incentive Fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains or realized or unrealized losses.

 

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, shall be compared to a “hurdle rate” of 2.00% per quarter (8.00% annualized). The Company shall pay the Adviser an Incentive Fee with respect to the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in each calendar quarter as follows; (1) no Incentive Fee in any calendar quarter in which the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed 2.00%; (2) 100% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.50% in any calendar quarter; and (3) 20% of the amount of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.50% in any calendar quarter.

 

3.            Effective Date of Fee Calculation . The effective date of this Article IV shall be the date the Registration Statement is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”).

 

5
 

 

ARTICLE V

ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

 

1.            Documents .  The Company has delivered, or shall deliver, to the Adviser copies of each of the following documents and shall deliver to it all future amendments and supplements thereto, if any:

 

(a)          The Company’s certificate of formation, as filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware;

 

(b)          The Company’s by-laws;

 

(c)          Certified resolutions of the Board of Directors authorizing the appointment of the Adviser and approving the form of this Agreement;

 

(d)          the Registration Statement as filed with the SEC and all amendments thereto;

 

(e)          Notification of Registration of the Company under the 1940 Act on Form N-8A as filed with the SEC and all amendments thereto; and

 

(f)          The form of Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of the Company pursuant to which the Company’s shares are offered for sale to the public.

 

ARTICLE VI.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

 

To the full extent permitted by applicable law, the Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with any such person or entity or with the Adviser) shall not be liable to the Company for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Adviser (and and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with any such person or entity or with the Adviser) in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Company, except to the extent specified in Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act concerning loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty (as the same is finally determined by judicial proceedings) with respect to the receipt of compensation for services, and the Company shall indemnify, defend and protect the Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with any such person or entity or with the Adviser, each of whom shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof) (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Company or its security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Adviser’s duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Company. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Article VI to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall protect or be deemed to protect the Indemnified Parties against or entitle or be deemed to entitle the Indemnified Parties to indemnification in respect of, any liability to the Company or its security holders to which the Indemnified Parties would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of the Adviser’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Adviser’s duties and obligations under this Agreement (as the same shall be determined in accordance with the 1940 Act and any interpretations or guidance by the SEC or its staff thereunder). Nothing in this Agreement shall in any way constitute a waiver or limitation by the Company of any rights or remedies which may not be so limited or waived in accordance with applicable law.

 

6
 

 

ARTICLE VII.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

1.            Covenants of the Adviser . The Adviser hereby covenants that it is registered as an investment adviser under the 1940 Act. The Adviser hereby agrees that its activities shall at all times comply in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws governing its operations and investments.

 

2.            Adviser Personnel .  The Adviser shall authorize and permit any of its directors, officers and employees who may be elected or appointed as directors or officers of the Company to serve in the capacities in which they are elected or appointed. Services to be furnished by the Adviser under this Agreement may be furnished through the medium of any of such directors, officers or employees. The Adviser shall make its directors, officers and employees available to attend meetings of the Board of Directors as may be reasonably requested by the Board of Directors from time to time. The Adviser shall prepare and provide such reports on the Company and its operations as may be reasonably requested by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

3.            Independent Contractor .  Except as otherwise provided herein or authorized by the Board of Directors from time to time, the Adviser shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall have no authority to act for or represent the Company in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Company.

 

4.            Effectiveness, Duration and Termination . This Agreement shall become effective as of the first date above written. This Agreement shall remain in effect for two years, and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive annual periods; provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (a) the vote of the Board of Directors or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company and (b) the vote of a majority of the Company’s directors who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of any such party, in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Company upon not less than 60 days’ written notice or by the Adviser upon not less than 90 days’ written notice. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined for purposes of Section 15(a)(4) of the 1940 Act). The provisions of Article VI of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Adviser shall remain entitled to the benefits thereof, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement. Further, notwithstanding the termination or expiration of this Agreement as aforesaid, the Adviser shall be entitled to any amounts owed under Article IV through the date of termination or expiration, and Article VI shall continue in force and effect and apply to the Indemnified Parties as and to the extent applicable.

 

7
 

 

5.            Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent, but the consent of the Company must be obtained in accordance with the 1940 Act.

 

6.            Notice .  Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly given if delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, (1) to the Adviser at 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT, 06830, Attention: Thomas P. Majewski; or (2) to the Company at 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT, 06830, Attention: Thomas P. Majewski.

 

8.            Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York and the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. To the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.

 

8
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above. 

   

  Eagle point credit company LLC
       
  By:    
    Name: Thomas P. Majewski
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
       
  EAGLE POINT CREDIT MANAGEMENT LLC
       
  By:    
    Name: Thomas P. Majewski
    Title: Managing Partner

 

[Signature Page to Investment Advisory Agreement of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC]

 

 

 

   

 

 

CUSTODY AGREEMENT

 

 

 

dated as of [●], 2014

by and between

 

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY LLC

 (“Company”)

 

and

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 

(“Custodian”)

  

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
1. DEFINITIONS 1
     
2. APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN 6
     
3. DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN 6
     
4. REPORTING 14
     
5. DEPOSIT IN U.S. SECURITIES SYSTEMS 15
     
6. [RESERVED] 16
     
7. CERTAIN GENERAL TERMS 16
     
8. COMPENSATION OF CUSTODIAN 18
     
9. RESPONSIBILITY OF CUSTODIAN 18
     
10. SECURITY CODES 21
     
11. TAX LAW 22
     
12. EFFECTIVE PERIOD, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT 22
     
13. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 23
     
14. PARTIES IN INTEREST; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFIT 24
     
15. NOTICES 24
     
16. CHOICE OF LAW AND JURISDICTION 25
     
17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; COUNTERPARTS 25
     
18. AMENDMENT; WAIVER 25
     
19. SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS 25
     
20. SEVERABILITY 26
     
21. REQUEST FOR INSTRUCTIONS 26
     
22. OTHER BUSINESS 26
     
23. REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS 26

 

SCHEDULES

 

    SCHEDULE A – Trade Confirmation

 

   SCHEDULE B – Initial Authorized Persons

 

i
 

 

This custody agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of [●], 2014 is by and between DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York banking corporation having a place of business at 1761 E. St. Andrew Place, Santa Ana, California 92705, as Custodian (the “ Custodian ”) and Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors or permitted assigns, the “ Company ”).

  

WHEREAS, the Company is seeking to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”), as a closed-end management investment company;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to act as custodian for the Company and each Subsidiary hereafter identified to the Custodian;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Company’s Securities (as defined below) and cash be held and administered by the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement in compliance with Section 17(f) of the 1940 Act; and

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1            Defined Terms . In addition to terms expressly defined elsewhere herein, the following words shall have the following meanings as used in this Agreement:

 

1940 Act ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

Account ” or “ Accounts ” means the Cash Account, the Securities Account, any Subsidiary Cash Account and any Subsidiary Securities Account, collectively.

 

Agreement ” means this Custody Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof).

 

Asset File ” means, with respect to each Security for which documents are delivered to the Document Custodian, each of the Required Documents identified on the related Document Checklist.

 

Authorized Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(a) hereof.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking and savings and loan institutions in the State of New York or the State of California are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.

 

Cash Account ” means the segregated non-interest bearing trust account to be established at the Custodian to which the Custodian shall deposit or credit and hold any cash or Proceeds received by it from time to time from or with respect to the Securities or the sale of securities of the Company, as applicable, which trust account shall be designated the “Eagle Point Credit Company Cash Proceeds Account”.

 

1
 

 

Certificated Security ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8-102(4) of the UCC.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Confidential Information ” means any databases, computer programs, screen formats, screen designs, report formats, interactive design techniques, and other similar or related information that may be furnished to the Company by the Custodian from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Custodian ” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as Document Custodian and/or Securities Custodian, as applicable.

 

Document Checklist ” means a list delivered to the Document Custodian by the Company in connection with delivery of each Asset File to the Custodian that identifies (i) whether a Security is a Certificated Security or an Uncertificated Security, and (ii) the documents, instruments and certificates contained in the related Asset File.

 

Document Custodian ” means the Custodian when acting in the role of a document custodian hereunder.

 

Eligible Investment ” means any investment that at the time of its acquisition is one or more of the following:

 

(a)          United States government and agency obligations;

 

(b)          commercial paper having a rating assigned to such commercial paper by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. (or, if neither such organization shall rate such commercial paper at such time, by any nationally recognized rating organization in the United States of America) equal to one of the two highest ratings assigned by such organization, it being understood that as of the date hereof such ratings by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services are “A1+” and “A1” and such ratings by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. are “P1” and “P2”;

 

(c)          interest bearing deposits in United States dollars in United States or Canadian banks with an unrestricted surplus of at least U.S. $250,000,000, maturing within one year; and

 

(d)          money market funds (including funds of the bank serving as Custodian or its affiliates) or United States government securities funds designed to maintain a fixed share price and high liquidity.

 

Eligible Securities Depository ” has the meaning set forth in Section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7 under the 1940 Act.

 

2
 

 

Federal Reserve Bank Book-Entry System ” means a depository and securities transfer system operated by the Federal Reserve Bank of the United States on which are eligible to be held all United States government direct obligation bills, notes and bonds.

 

Financing Document ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b)(ii) .

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof) unincorporated organization or any government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Proceeds ” means, collectively, (i) the net cash proceeds to the Company of the initial public offering by the Company and any subsequent offering by the Company of any class of securities issued by the Company, (ii) all cash distributions, earnings, dividends, fees and other cash payments paid on the Securities (or, as applicable, Subsidiary Securities) by or on behalf of the issuer or obligor thereof, or applicable paying agent, (iii) the net cash proceeds of the sale or other disposition of the Securities (or, as applicable, Subsidiary Securities) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and (iv) the net cash proceeds to the Company of any borrowing or other financing by the Company (and any Reinvestment Earnings from investment of the foregoing).

 

Proper Instructions ” means instructions (including Trade Confirmations) received by the Custodian from the Company, or any Person duly authorized by the Company, in any of the following forms acceptable to the Custodian:

 

(a)          in writing signed by an Authorized Person (and delivered by hand, by mail, by overnight courier or by telecopier);

 

(b)          by electronic mail from an Authorized Person;

 

(c)          in a communication utilizing access codes effected between electro mechanical or electronic devices; or

 

(d)          such other means as may be agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and the party giving such instructions.

 

Reinvestment Earnings ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b) .

 

Required Documents ” means, for each Security as to which an Asset File is delivered to the Document Custodian:

 

(a)           the related Document Checklist; and

 

(b)          such documents identified in the Document Checklist that may include any Underlying Documents (but excluding any physical certificates evidencing ownership of a Certificated Security).

 

3
 

 

Securities ” means, collectively, (i) the investments acquired by the Company and delivered to the Custodian by the Company from time to time during the term of, and pursuant to the terms of, this Agreement and (ii) all dividends in kind (e.g., non-cash dividends) from the investments described in clause (i).

 

Securities Account ” means the segregated trust account to be established at the Custodian to which the Custodian shall deposit or credit and hold the Securities (other than Uncertificated Securities) received by it pursuant to this Agreement, which account shall be designated the “Eagle Point Credit Company Securities Custody Account”.

 

Securities Custodian ” means the Custodian when acting in the role of a securities custodian hereunder.

 

Securities Depository ” means The Depository Trust Company and any other clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which acts as a system for the central handling of securities where all securities of any particular class or series of an issuer deposited within the system are treated as fungible and may be transferred or pledged by bookkeeping entry without physical delivery of the securities.

 

Securities System ” means the Federal Reserve Book-Entry System, a clearing agency which acts as a Securities Depository, or another book entry system for the central handling of securities (including an Eligible Securities Depository).

 

Street Delivery Custom ” means a custom of the United States securities market to deliver securities which are being sold to the buying broker for examination to determine that the securities are in proper form.

 

Street Name ” means the form of registration in which the securities are held by a broker who is delivering the securities to another broker for the purposes of sale, it being an accepted custom in the United States securities industry that a security in Street Name is in proper form for delivery to a buyer and that a security may be re-registered by a buyer in the ordinary course.

 

Subsidiary Cash Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(b) .

 

Subsidiary Securities ” collectively, the (i) the investments acquired by the Company and delivered to the Custodian by the Subsidiary from time to time during the term of, and pursuant to the terms of, this Agreement and (ii) all dividends in kind (e.g., non-cash dividends) from the investments described in clause (i).

 

Subsidiary Securities Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(a) .

 

Subsidiary ” means, collectively, any wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

4
 

 

Trade Confirmation ” means a confirmation to the Custodian from the Company of the Company’s acquisition of a Security, and setting forth applicable information with respect to such Security, which confirmation may be in the form of Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof, subject to such changes or additions as may be agreed to by, or in such other form as may be agreed to by, the Custodian and the Company from time to time.

 

UCC ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b)(ii) .

 

Underlying Agreement ” means, with respect to any Security, the limited liability company agreement, stock or share certificate, share registrar, instrument, subscription agreement, limited partnership agreement, credit agreement, indenture, loan agreement, promissory note or other financing or investment document evidencing the Company’s investment in the related issuer.

 

Underlying Documents ” means, with respect to any Security for which the Company delivers an Asset File to the Custodian, the documents listed on the Document Checklist that may include the related Underlying Agreement together with any other offering memorandums, purchase agreements, security documents, other agreements, other ancillary documents, and instruments (including any Certificated Security) executed or delivered in connection with the Company’s investment in the issuer thereof, including a copy of the register evidencing registration of the investment of the Company on the books and records of the applicable issuer.

 

Uncertificated Security ” means a Security that is not represented by a physical certificate, other than such Security that is held in a Securities System or maintained in one or more omnibus accounts at the Custodian

 

1.2           Construction . In this Agreement unless the contrary intention appears:

 

(a)          any reference to this Agreement or another agreement or instrument refers to such agreement or instrument as the same may be amended, modified or otherwise rewritten from time to time;

 

(b)          a reference to a statute, ordinance, code or other law includes regulations and other instruments under it and consolidations, amendments, re-enactments or replacements of any of them;

 

(c)          any term defined in the singular form may be used in, and shall include, the plural with the same meaning, and vice versa;

 

(d)          a reference to a Person includes a reference to the Person’s executors, custodians, successors and permitted assigns;

 

(e)          an agreement, representation or warranty in favor of two or more Persons is for the benefit of them jointly and severally;

 

(f)          an agreement, representation or warranty on the part of two or more Persons binds them jointly and severally;

 

5
 

 

(g)          a reference to the term “including” means “including, without limitation,” and

 

(h)          a reference to any accounting term is to be interpreted in accordance with generally accepted principles and practices in the United States, consistently applied, unless otherwise instructed by the Company.

 

1.3           Headings . Headings are inserted for convenience and do not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

2. APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN

 

2.1            Appointment and Acceptance . The Company hereby appoints the Custodian as custodian of all Securities and cash owned by the Company and the Subsidiaries (as applicable) and delivered to the Custodian from time to time during the period of this Agreement, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (which shall include any addendum hereto which is hereby incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement), and the Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the services and duties set forth in this Agreement with respect to it subject to and in accordance with the provisions hereof. All Required Documents delivered to the Custodian and Certificated Securities delivered to the Custodian shall be maintained and held on behalf of the Company by the Custodian in its vaults in accordance with customary standards for such custody.

 

2.2            Instructions . The Company agrees that it shall from time to time provide, or cause to be provided, to the Custodian all necessary instructions and information, and shall respond promptly to all inquiries and requests of the Custodian, as may reasonably be necessary to enable the Custodian to perform its duties hereunder.

 

2.3            Company Responsible For Directions . The Company is solely responsible for directing the Custodian with respect to deposits to, withdrawals from and transfers to or from the Account. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian has no responsibility for the compliance with any restrictions, covenants, limitations or obligations to which the Company may be subject or for which it may have obligations to third parties in respect of the Account, and the Custodian shall have no liability for the application of any funds made at the direction of the Company. The Company shall be solely responsible for properly instructing all applicable payors to make all appropriate payments to the Custodian for deposit to the Account, and for properly instructing the Custodian with respect to the allocation or application of all such deposits.

 

3. DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN

 

3.1            Segregation . All Securities and non-cash property held by the Custodian, as applicable, for the account of the Company (other than Securities maintained in a Securities Depository or Securities System) shall be physically segregated from other Securities and non-cash property in the possession of the Custodian and shall be marked so as to clearly identify them as property of the Company.

 

6
 

 

3.2            Securities Custody Account . The Custodian shall open and maintain in its trust department a segregated non-interest bearing trust account in the name of the Company, subject only to order of the Custodian, in which the Custodian shall enter and carry, subject to Section 3.3(b) , all Se curities (othe r than Uncertificated Securities), cash and other assets of the Company which are delivered to it in accordance with this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Custodian shall not be required to credit or deposit Uncertificated Securities in the Securities Account but shall instead maintain a register (in book-entry form or in such other form as it shall deem necessary or desirable) of such Uncertificated Securities, containing such information as th e Company and the Custodian may reasonably agree; provided that, with respect to such Uncertificated Securities, all Required Documents delivered to the Document Custodian shall be held in safekeeping by the Document Custodian, individually segregated from the securities and investments of any other person and marked so as to clearly identify them as the property of the Company as set forth in this Agreement.

 

The Custodian shall have no power or authority to assign, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise dispose of any such Securities and investments except pursuant to the direction of the Company under terms of the Agreement.

 

3.3         Delivery of Cash and Securities to Custodian .

 

(a) The Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Custodian all of the Company’s Securities, cash and other investment assets, including (a) all payments of income, payments of principal and capital distributions received by the Company with respect to such Securities, cash or other assets owned by the Company at any time during the period of this Agreement, and (b) all cash received by the Company for the issuance, at any time during such period, of securities or in connection with a borrowing by the Company, except as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act. Required Documents shall be delivered to the Custodian in its role as, and at the address identified for, the Document Custodian, provided that physical certificates representing a Security shall be delivered to the Securities Custodian.  Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided herein, delivery of Securities constituting Certificated Securities to the Custodian shall be in Street Name or other good delivery form. The Custodian shall not be responsible for taking possession of such Securities, cash or other assets until actually delivered to, and received by, it. A Security will be deemed to be “delivered” to the Custodian when the Company delivers such Security in the following manner: (i) if such Security is a Certificated Security or an instrument (other than a Security held in a Securities System), then in physical certificated form in the name of the Company or its nominee, (ii) if such Security is an Uncertificated Security or in the form of uncertificated share(s) or other interest (other than a Security held in a Securities System), then delivery of confirmation statements which identify such shares or interests as being recorded in the name of the Company or its nominee, (iii) if such Security is held in a Securities System or maintained in one or more omnibus accounts at the Custodian, its agents or sub-custodians, then delivery of confirmation that such Security is held in the Securities System or maintained through one or more omnibus accounts in the name of the Custodian (or its nominee) who shall identify the same on its books and records as held for the account of the Company, or (iv) in such other good delivery form that may be agreed to by the Custodian from time to time.

 

7
 

 

(b)(i) In connection with its acquisition of a Security constituting an Uncertificated Security, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian (in its roles as, and at the addresses identified for, the Custodian and Document Custodian) a properly completed Trade Confirmation containing such information in respect of such Security as the Custodian may reasonably require in order to enable the Custodian to perform its duties hereunder in respect of such Security and on which the Custodian may conclusively rely without further inquiry or investigation, in such form and format as the Custodian reasonably may require, and shall deliver to the Document Custodian (in its role as, and at the address identified for, the Document Custodian), the Required Documents, including the Document Checklist.

 

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, delivery of Securities acquired by the Company (or, if applicable, Subsidiary thereof) in the form of Uncertificated Securities or which are otherwise not evidenced by a “security” or “instrument” as defined in Section 8-102 and Section 9-102(a)(47) of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York (the “ UCC ”) respectively, shall be made by delivery to the Document Custodian of a copy of the Required Documents. Any duty on the part of the Custodian with respect to the custody of such Securities shall be limited to the exercise of reasonable care by the Custodian in the physical custody of any such Required Documents delivered to it, and any related instrument, security, participation agreement, assignment agreement and/or other agreements or documents, if any (collectively, “ Financing Documents ”), delivered to it. Nothing herein shall require the Custodian to credit to the Securities Account or to treat as a financial asset (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC) any Uncertificated Security or other asset in the nature of a general intangible (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(42) of the UCC) or to “maintain” a sufficient quantity thereof.

 

(iii) The Custodian may assume the genuineness of any such Required Document or Financing Document it may receive and the genuineness and due authority of any signatures appearing thereon, and shall be entitled to assume that each such Required Document and Financing Document it may receive is what it purports to be. If an original “security” or “instrument” as defined in Section 8-102 and Section 9-102(a)(47) of the UCC, respectively, is or shall be or becomes available with respect to any Security to be held by the Custodian under this Agreement as Document Custodian, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Company to make or cause delivery thereof to the Document Custodian, and the Custodian shall not be under any obligation at any time to determine whether any such original security or instrument has been or is required to be issued or made available in respect of any Security or to compel or cause delivery thereof to the Custodian.

 

8
 

 

(iv) Contemporaneously with the acquisition of any Security, the Company shall (A) take all actions necessary for the Company to acquire good title to such Security and (B) take all actions as may be necessary (including appropriate payment notices and instructions to issuers, agents or other applicable paying agents) to cause (i) all payments in respect of the Security to be made to the Custodian and (ii) all notices, solicitations and other communications in respect of such Security to be directed to the Company. The Custodian shall have no liability for any delay or failure on the part of the Company to provide necessary information to the Custodian, or for any inaccuracy therein or incompleteness thereof, or for any delay or failure on the part of the Company to give such effective payment instruction to the applicable issuer, its agents and other paying agents. With respect to each such Security, the Custodian shall be entitled to rely on any information and notices it may receive from time to time from the related bank agent, obligor or similar party with respect to the related Security, or from the Company, and shall be entitled to update its records (as it may deem necessary or appropriate) on the basis of such information or notices received, without any obligation on its part independently to verify, investigate or recalculate such information.

 

3.4           Release of Securities .

 

(a) The Custodian shall release and deliver, or direct its agents or sub-custodians to release and deliver, as the case may be, Securities or Required Documents of the Company held by the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodians from time to time upon receipt of Proper Instructions (which shall, among other things, specify the Securities or Required Documents to be released, with such delivery and other information as may be necessary to enable the Custodian to perform), which may be standing instructions (in form acceptable to the Custodian) in the following cases:

 

(i) upon sale of such Securities by or on behalf of the Company and, unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions:

 

(A) in accordance with the customary or established practices and procedures in the jurisdiction or market where the transactions occur, including delivery to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent of such purchaser or dealer) against expectation of receiving later payment; or

 

(B) in the case of a sale effected through a Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operations of the Securities System;

 

(ii) upon the receipt of payment in connection with any repurchase agreement related to such Securities;

 

9
 

 

(iii) to a depositary agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for such Securities;

 

(iv) to the issuer thereof, or its agent, when such securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable (unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodians);

 

(v) to an issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Custodian or of any nominee of the Custodian or into the name of any of its agents or sub-custodians or their nominees or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units;

 

(vi) to brokers, clearing banks or other clearing agents for examination in accordance with the Street Delivery Custom;

 

(vii) for exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement (unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodians);

 

(viii) in the case of warrants, rights or similar securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities (unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodians); and/or

 

(ix) for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions and an officer’s certificate signed by an officer of the Company (which officer shall not have been the Authorized Person providing the Proper Instructions) stating (i) the specified securities to be delivered, (ii) the purpose for such delivery, (iii) that such purpose is a proper corporate purpose and (iv) naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made and attaching a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Company or an authorized committee thereof approving the delivery of such Proper Instructions.

 

3.5            Registration of Securities . Securities held by the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodians (other than bearer securities, securities held in a Securities System or Securities that are Uncertificated Securities) shall be registered in the name of the Company or its nominee; or, at the option of the Custodian (if the Custodian determines it cannot hold such security in the name of the Company), in the name of the Custodian or in the name of any nominee of the Custodian, or in the name of its agents or its sub-custodians or their nominees; or if directed by the Company by Proper Instruction, may be maintained in Street Name. The Custodian, its agents and its sub-custodians shall not be obligated to accept Securities on behalf of the Company under the terms of this Agreement unless such Securities are in Street Name or other good deliverable form.

 

10
 

 

3.6           Bank Accounts, and Management of Cash.

 

(a) Proceeds and other cash received by the Custodian from time to time shall be deposited or credited to the Cash Account. All amounts deposited or credited to the Cash Account shall be subject to clearance and receipt of final payment by the Custodian.

 

(b) Amounts held in the Cash Account from time to time may be invested in Eligible Investments pursuant to specific written Proper Instructions (which may be standing instructions) received by the Custodian from an Authorized Person acting on behalf of the Company. Such investments shall be subject to availability and the Custodian’s then applicable transaction charges (which shall be at the Company’s expense). The Custodian shall have no liability for any loss incurred on any such investment. Absent receipt of such written instruction from the Company, the Custodian shall have no obligation to invest amounts on deposit in the Cash Account. In no instance will the Custodian have any obligation to provide investment advice to the Company. Any earnings from such investment of amounts held in the Cash Account from time to time (collectively, “ Reinvestment Earnings ”) shall be redeposited in the Cash Account (and may be reinvested at the written direction of the Company).

 

(c) In the event that the Company shall at any time request a withdrawal of amounts from the Cash Account, the Custodian shall be entitled to liquidate, and shall have no liability for any loss incurred as a result of the liquidation of, any investment of the funds credited to such account as needed to provide necessary liquidity. Investment instructions may be in the form of standing instructions (in the form of Proper Instructions acceptable to the Custodian).

 

(d) The Company acknowledges that cash deposited or invested with any bank (including the bank acting as Custodian) may make a margin or generate banking income for which such bank shall not be required to account to the Company. The Custodian and its affiliates are permitted to receive additional compensation that could be deemed to be in the Custodian’s economic self-interest for (i) serving as investment adviser, administrator, shareholder, servicing agent, custodian or sub-custodian with respect to certain investments, (ii) using affiliates to effect transactions in certain investments and (iii) effecting transactions in certain investments. Such compensation shall not be an amount that is reimbursable or payable pursuant to this Agreement or covered by the fee letter described in Section 8.1. In no event shall the Custodian be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon, and the Custodian shall have no obligation to invest any funds held in any accounts under this Agreement in the absence of timely written direction from the Company.

 

11
 

 

3.7           [ Reserved ]

 

3.8            Receipt of Income . The Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodians shall receive all income and other payments with respect to the Securities held hereunder and shall notify the Company as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid to the extent the Custodian has actual knowledge of such amounts due . Such income and other payments received shall include interest income, dividends and other payments with respect to registered domestic securities if on the record date with respect to the date of payment by the issuer the Security is registered in the name of the Custodian or its nominee (or in the name of its agent or sub-custodian, or their nominee); and interest income, dividends and other payments with respect to bearer domestic securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer, such Securities are held by the Custodian or its sub-custodian or agent; provided, however, that in the case of Securities held in Street Name. In no event shall the Custodian’s agreement herein obligate the Custodian to commence, undertake or prosecute any legal proceedings.

 

3.9           Payment of Moneys .

 

(a) Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be standing instructions, the Custodian shall pay out from the Cash Account (or remit to its agents or its sub-custodians, and direct them to pay out) moneys of the Company on deposit therein in the following cases:

 

(i) upon the purchase of Securities for the Company pursuant to such Proper Instruction; and such purchase may, unless and except to the extent otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, be carried out by the Custodian:

 

(A) in accordance with the customary or established practices and procedures in the jurisdiction or market where the transactions occur, including delivering money to the seller thereof or to a dealer therefor (or any agent for such seller or dealer) against expectation of receiving later delivery of such securities; or

 

(B) in the case of a purchase effected through a Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of such Securities System;

 

(ii) [ Reserved ]; and

 

(iii) for any other purpose directed by the Company, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment, and naming the Person or Persons to whom such payment is to be made.

 

12
 

 

(b) At any time or times, the Custodian shall be entitled to pay (i) itself from the Cash Account, whether or not in receipt of express direction or instruction from the Company, any amounts due and payable to it pursuant to Section 8 hereof, and (ii) as otherwise permitted by Section 7.5, 9.4 or Section 12.5 below, provided, however, that in each case all such payments shall be accounted for to the Company.

 

3.10         Proxies . The Custodian will, with respect to the Securities held hereunder, use reasonable efforts to cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such Securities proxies received by the Custodian from its agents or its sub-custodians or from issuers of the Securities being held for the Company, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, and upon receipt of Proper Instructions shall promptly deliver such proxies, proxy soliciting materials and notices relating to such Securities. In the absence of such Proper Instructions, or in the event that such Proper Instructions are not received in a timely fashion, the Custodian shall be under no duty to act with regard to such proxies.

 

3.11         Communications Relating to Securities . The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Company all written information (including pendency of calls and maturities of Securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith) received by the Custodian, from its agents or its sub-custodians or from issuers of the Securities being held for the Company. The Custodian shall have no obligation or duty to exercise any right or power, or otherwise to preserve rights, in or under any Securities unless and except to the extent it has received timely Proper Instruction from the Company in accordance with the next sentence. The Custodian will not be liable for any untimely exercise of any right or power in connection with Securities at any time held by the Custodian, its agents or sub-custodians unless:

 

(i) the Custodian has received Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power; and

 

(ii) the Custodian, or its agents or sub-custodians are in actual possession of such Securities,

 

in each case, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which such right or power is to be exercised. It will be the responsibility of the Company to notify the Custodian of the Person to whom such communications must be forwarded under this Section.

 

13
 

 

3.12          Records . The Custodian shall create and maintain complete and accurate records relating to its activities under this Agreement with respect to the Securities, cash or other property held for the Company under this Agreement, with particular attention to Section 31 of the 1940 Act, and Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 thereunder. To the extent that the Custodian, in its sole discretion, is able to do so, the Custodian shall provide assistance to the Company (at the Company’s reasonable request made from time to time) by providing sub-certifications regarding certain of its services performed hereunder to the Company in connection with the Company’s certification requirements pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, in form and substance satisfactory to the Custodian. All such records shall be the property of the Company and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Company and employees and agents of the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon reasonable request and prior notice and at the Company’s expense. The Custodian shall, at the Company’s request, supply the Company with a tabulation of securities owned by the Company and held by the Custodian and shall, when requested to do so by the Company and for such compensation as shall be agreed upon between the Company and the Custodian, include, to the extent applicable, the certificate numbers in such tabulations, to the extent such information is available to the Custodian.

 

3.13        Custody of Subsidiary Securities .

 

(a) With respect to each Subsidiary identified to the Custodian by the Company, there shall be established at the Custodian a segregated, non-interest bearing trust account to which the Custodian shall deposit and hold any Subsidiary Securities (other than Loans) received by it (and any Proceeds received by it in the form of dividends in kind) pursuant to this Agreement, which account shall be designated the “[INSERT NAME OF SUBSIDIARY] Securities Account” (the “S ubsidiary Securities Account ”).

 

(b) With respect to each Subsidiary identified to the Custodian by the Company, there shall be established at the Custodian a segregated non-interest bearing trust account to which the Custodian shall deposit and hold any cash Proceeds received by it from time to time from or with respect to Subsidiary Securities, which account shall be designated the “[INSERT NAME OF SUBSIDIARY] Cash Proceeds Account” (the “ Subsidiary Cash Account ”).

 

(c) To the maximum extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement regarding Securities of the Company, the Securities Account and the Cash Account shall be applicable to any Subsidiary Securities, Subsidiary Securities Account and Subsidiary Cash Account, respectively. The parties hereto agree that the Company shall notify the Custodian in writing as to the establishment of any Subsidiary as to which the Custodian is to serve as custodian pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and identify in writing any accounts the Custodian shall be required to establish for such Subsidiary as herein provided.

 

4. REPORTING

 

(a) The Custodian shall render to the Company on or before the 15 th calendar day of each month as of the last calendar day of the immediately preceding month (i) a monthly report of all deposits to and withdrawals from the Cash Account during the month, and the outstanding balance (as of the last day of the preceding monthly report and as of the last day of the subject month), (ii) an itemized statement of the Securities held pursuant to this Agreement as of the end of each month, as well as a list of all Securities transactions that remain unsettled at that time and (iii) such other matters as the parties may agree from time to time.

 

14
 

 

(b) For each Business Day, the Custodian shall render to the Company a daily report of (i) all deposits to and withdrawals from the Cash Account for such Business Day and the outstanding balance as of the end of such Business Day, (ii) a report of settled trades of Securities for such Business Day, (iii) a report of executed trades of Securities for such Business Day, (iv)  an itemized statement of the Securities held pursuant to this Agreement, as well as a list of all Securities transactions that remain unsettled and (v) such other matters as the parties may agree from time to time.

 

(c) The Custodian shall have no duty or obligation to undertake any market valuation of the Securities under any circumstance.

 

(d) The Custodian shall provide the Company with such reports as are reasonably available to it and as the Company may reasonably request from time to time, on the internal accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding securities, which are employed by the Custodian.

 

(e) In accordance with Section 3.12, at the reasonable request of, and at the expense of, the Company, the Custodian agrees to cooperate with the Company’s independent public accountants and shall provide requested information to the extent such information is reasonably available to the Custodian.

 

5. DEPOSIT IN U.S. SECURITIES SYSTEMS

 

The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain Securities in a Securities System within the United States in accordance with applicable Federal Reserve Board and Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations, including Rule 17f-4 under the 1940 Act, and subject to the following provisions:

 

(a) The Custodian may keep domestic Securities in a U.S. Securities System; provided that such Securities are represented in an account of the Custodian in the U.S. Securities System which shall not include any assets of the Custodian other than assets held by it as a fiduciary, custodian or otherwise for customers;

 

(b) The records of the Custodian with respect to Securities which are maintained in a U.S. Securities System shall identify by book-entry those Securities belonging to the Company;

 

(c) If requested by the Company, the Custodian shall provide to the Company copies of all notices received from the U.S. Securities System of transfers of Securities for the account of the Company; and

 

15
 

 

(d) Anything to the contrary in this Agreement notwithstanding, the Custodian shall not be liable to the Company for any direct loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim to the Company resulting from use of any U.S. Securities System (other than to the extent resulting from the gross negligence, misfeasance or misconduct of the Custodian itself).

 

6. [RESERVED]

 

7. CERTAIN GENERAL TERMS

 

7.1          No Duty to Examine Underlying Instruments . Nothing herein shall obligate the Custodian to review or examine the terms of any underlying limited liability company agreement, stock or share certificate, share registrar, instrument, subscription agreement, limited partnership agreement, credit agreement, indenture, loan agreement, promissory note or other financing document evidencing or governing any Security to determine the validity, sufficiency, marketability or enforceability of any Security (and shall have no responsibility for the genuineness, validity, sufficiency or completeness thereof), or otherwise.

 

7.2          Resolution of Discrepancies . In the event of any discrepancy between the information set forth in any report provided by the Custodian to the Company and any information contained in the books or records of the Company, the Company shall promptly notify the Custodian thereof and the parties shall cooperate to diligently resolve the discrepancy.

 

7.3          Improper Instructions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Custodian shall not be obligated to take any action (or forebear from taking any action), which it reasonably determines (at its sole option) to be contrary to the terms of this Agreement or applicable law. In no instance shall the Custodian be obligated to provide services on any day that is not a Business Day.

 

7.4           Proper Instructions .

 

(a) The Company will give a notice to the Custodian, in form acceptable to the Custodian, specifying the names and specimen signatures of persons authorized to give Proper Instructions (collectively, “ Authorized Persons ” and each is an “ Authorized Person ”) which notice shall be signed by any two Authorized Persons previously certified to the Custodian. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon the identity and authority of such persons until it receives written notice from an Authorized Person of the Company to the contrary. The initial Authorized Persons are set forth on Schedule B attached hereto and made a part hereof (as such Schedule B may be modified from time to time by written notice from the Company to the Custodian); and the Company hereby represents and warrants that the true and accurate specimen signatures of such initial Authorized Persons are set forth on the “funds transfer authorization” documentation that has been provided separately to the Custodian by the Company.

 

16
 

 

(b) The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company (or any other person or entity), and shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company, in the event that a subsequent written confirmation of an oral instruction fails to conform to the oral instructions received by the Custodian. The Custodian shall not have an obligation to act in accordance with purported instructions to the extent that they conflict with applicable law or regulations, local market practice or the Custodian’s operating policies and practices. The Custodian shall not be liable for any loss resulting from a delay while it obtains clarification of any Proper Instructions.

 

7.5          Actions Permitted Without Express Authority . The Custodian may, at its discretion, without express authority from the Company:

 

(a) make payments to itself as described in or pursuant to Section 3.9(b), or to make payments to itself or others for minor expenses of handling securities or other similar items relating to its duties under this Agreement, provided that all such payments shall be accounted for to the Company;

 

(b) surrender Securities in temporary form for Securities in definitive form;

 

(c) endorse for collection cheques, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and

 

(d) in general attend to all nondiscretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with the securities and property of the Company.

 

7.6          Evidence of Authority . The Custodian shall be protected in acting upon any instructions, notice, request, consent, certificate, instrument or paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed or otherwise given by or on behalf of the Company by an Authorized Person. The Custodian may receive and accept a certificate signed by any Authorized Person as conclusive evidence of:

 

(a) the authority of any person to act in accordance with such certificate; or

 

(b) any determination or of any action by the Company as described in such certificate,

 

and such certificate may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of written notice to the contrary from an Authorized Person of the Company.

 

7.7          Receipt of Communications . Any communication received by the Custodian on a day which is not a Business Day or after 3:30 p.m., Eastern time (or such other time as is agreed by the Company and the Custodian from time to time), on a Business Day will be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day (but in the case of communications so received after 3:30 p.m., Eastern time, on a Business Day the Custodian will use its best efforts to process such communications as soon as possible after receipt).

 

17
 

 

 

8. COMPENSATION OF CUSTODIAN

 

8.1            Fees . The Custodian shall be entitled to compensation for its services in accordance with the terms of a separate fee letter between the Custodian and the Company.

 

8.2            Expenses . The Company agrees to pay or reimburse to the Custodian upon its request from time to time all costs, disbursements, advances, and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) incurred, and any disbursements and advances made (including any account overdraft resulting from any settlement or assumed settlement, provisional credit, chargeback, returned deposit item, reclaimed payment or claw-back, or the like), in connection with the preparation or execution of this Agreement, or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or the administration of this Agreement or performance by the Custodian of its duties and services under this Agreement, from time to time (including the reasonable costs and expenses of any action deemed necessary by the Custodian to collect any amounts owing to it under this Agreement).

 

9. RESPONSIBILITY OF CUSTODIAN

 

9.1           General Duties . The Custodian shall have no duties, obligations or responsibilities under this Agreement or with respect to the Securities or Proceeds except for such duties as are expressly and specifically set forth in this Agreement, and the duties and obligations of the Custodian shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Agreement. No implied duties, obligations or responsibilities shall be read into this Agreement against, or on the part of, the Custodian.

 

9.2           Instructions .

 

(a) The Custodian shall be entitled to refrain from taking any action unless it has such instruction (in the form of Proper Instructions) from the Company as it reasonably deems necessary. The Custodian shall have no liability for any action (or forbearance from action) taken pursuant to the Proper Instruction of the Company.

 

(b) Whenever the Custodian is entitled or required to receive or obtain any communications or information pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement, it shall be entitled to receive the same in writing, in form, content and medium reasonably acceptable to it and otherwise in accordance with any applicable terms of this Agreement; and whenever any report or other information is required to be produced or distributed by the Custodian it shall be in form, content and medium reasonably acceptable to it and the Company, and otherwise in accordance with any applicable terms of this Agreement.

 

18
 

 

9.3           General Standards of Care . Notwithstanding any terms herein contained to the contrary, the acceptance by the Custodian of its appointment hereunder is expressly subject to the following terms, which shall govern and apply to each of the terms and provisions of this Agreement (whether or not so stated therein):

 

(a) The Custodian may rely on (and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting in reliance upon) any written notice, instruction, statement, certificate, request, waiver, consent, opinion, report, receipt or other paper or document furnished to it (including any of the foregoing provided to it by telecopier or electronic means), not only as to its due execution and validity, but also as to the truth and accuracy of any information therein contained, which it in good faith believes to be genuine and signed or presented by the proper person (which in the case of any instruction from or on behalf of the Company shall be an Authorized Person); and the Custodian shall be entitled to presume the genuineness and due authority of any signature appearing thereon. The Custodian shall not be bound to make any independent investigation into the facts or matters stated in any such notice, instruction, statement, certificate, request, waiver, consent, opinion, report, receipt or other paper or document; provided, however, that if the form thereof is specifically prescribed by the terms of this Agreement, the Custodian shall examine the same to determine whether it substantially conforms on its face to such requirements hereof.

 

(b) Neither the Custodian nor any of its directors, officers or employees shall be liable to anyone for any error of judgment, or for any act done or step taken or omitted to be taken by it (or any of its directors, officers of employees), or for any mistake of fact or law, or for anything which it may do or refrain from doing in connection herewith, unless such action or inaction constitutes gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part and in breach of the terms of this Agreement. The Custodian shall not be liable for any action taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be within powers conferred upon it, or taken by it pursuant to any direction or instruction by which it is governed hereunder, or omitted to be taken by it by reason of the lack of direction or instruction required hereby for such action. The Custodian shall not be under any obligation at any time to ascertain whether the Company is in compliance with the 1940 Act, the regulations thereunder, or the Company’s investment objectives and policies then in effect.

 

(c) In no event shall the Custodian be liable for any indirect, special or consequential damages (including lost profits) whether or not it has been advised of the likelihood of such damages.

 

(d) The Custodian may consult with, and obtain advice from, legal counsel selected in good faith with respect to any question as to any of the provisions hereof or its duties hereunder, or any matter relating hereto, and the written opinion or advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Custodian in good faith in accordance with the opinion and directions of such counsel; the reasonable cost of such services shall be reimbursed pursuant to Section 8.2 above.

 

19
 

 

(e) The Custodian shall not be deemed to have notice of any fact, claim or demand with respect hereto unless actually known by an officer working in its Structured Credit Services group in the Custodian’s corporate trust office located at 1761 East St. Andrew Place, Santa Ana, California 92705 (the “ Corporate Trust Office ”) and such officer is charged with responsibility for administering this Agreement or unless (and then only to the extent received) in writing by the Custodian at the Corporate Trust Office as set forth in Section 15 and specifically referencing this Agreement.

 

(f) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Custodian to expend or risk its own funds, or to take any action (or forbear from action) hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or any financial or other liability unless it shall be furnished with indemnification acceptable to it. The Custodian shall have no obligation to make any payment until immediately available funds are received by it, and the Custodian shall have no obligation to advance any funds to or on behalf of the Company. Nothing herein shall obligate the Custodian to commence, prosecute or defend legal proceedings in any instance, whether on behalf of the Company or on its own behalf or otherwise, with respect to any matter arising hereunder, or relating to this Agreement or the services contemplated hereby.

 

(g) The permissive right of the Custodian to take any action hereunder shall not be construed as duty.

 

(h) The Custodian may act or exercise its duties or powers hereunder through agents or attorneys, and the Custodian shall not be liable or responsible for the actions or omissions of any such agent or attorney appointed and maintained with reasonable due care.

 

(i) All indemnifications contained in this Agreement in favor of the Custodian shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the resignation or termination of Custodian.

 

(j) In order to comply with laws, rules, regulations and executive orders in effect from time to time applicable to banking institutions, including those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering (“ Applicable Law ”), the Custodian is required to obtain, verify and record certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Custodian. Accordingly, the Company agrees to provide to the Custodian upon its request from time to time such identifying information and documentation as may be available in order to enable the Custodian to comply with Applicable Law.

 

20
 

 

9.4           Indemnification; Custodian’s Lien .

 

(a) The Company shall and does hereby indemnify and hold harmless the Custodian for and from any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses), and any and all losses, damages, claims and liabilities, that may arise, be brought against or incurred by the Custodian, and any advances or disbursements made by the Custodian (including in respect of any Account overdraft, returned deposit item, chargeback, provisional credit, settlement or assumed settlement, reclaimed payment, claw-back or the like), as a result of, relating to, or arising out of this Agreement, or the administration or performance of the Custodian’s duties hereunder, or the relationship between the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Subsidiary) and the Custodian created hereby, other than such liabilities, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses as are directly caused by the Document Custodian’s or Custodian’s, as applicable, own actions or inaction constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(b) The Custodian shall have and is hereby granted a continuing lien upon and security interest in, and right of set-off against, the Account, and any funds (and investments in which such funds may be invested) held therein or credited thereto from time to time, whether now held or hereafter required, and all proceeds thereof, to secure the payment of any amounts that may be owing to the Custodian under or pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, whether now existing or hereafter arising.

 

9.5          Force Majeure . Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian shall be without liability to the Company for any damage or loss resulting from or caused by events or circumstances beyond the Custodian’s reasonable control including nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, the interruption, disruption or suspension of the normal procedures and practices of any securities market, power, mechanical, communications or other technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses or the like, fires, floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters, civil and military disturbance, acts of war or terrorism, riots, revolution, acts of God, work stoppages, strikes, national disasters of any kind, or other similar events or acts; errors by the Company (including any Authorized Person) in its instructions to the Custodian; or changes in applicable law, regulation or orders.

 

10. SECURITY CODES

 

If the Custodian issues to the Company, security codes, passwords or test keys in order that it may verify that certain transmissions of information, including Proper Instructions, have been originated by the Company, the Company shall take all commercially reasonable steps to safeguard any security codes, passwords, test keys or other security devices which the Custodian shall make available.

 

21
 

 

11. TAX LAW

 

11.1       Domestic Tax Law . The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Company or the Custodian as custodian of the Securities or the Proceeds, by the tax law of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof. The Custodian shall be kept indemnified by and be without liability to the Company for such obligations including taxes, (but excluding any income taxes assessable in respect of compensation paid to the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement) withholding, certification and reporting requirements, claims for exemption or refund, additions for late payment interest, penalties and other expenses (including legal expenses) that may be assessed against the Company, or the Custodian as custodian of the Securities or Proceeds.

 

11.2      [Reserved].

 

12. EFFECTIVE PERIOD, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

 

12.1       Effective Date . This Agreement shall become effective as of its due execution and delivery by each of the parties. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter provided. This Agreement may only be amended by mutual written agreement of the parties hereto. This Agreement may be terminated by the Custodian or the Company pursuant to Section 12.2.

 

12.2      Termination . This Agreement shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (a) the effective date of termination specified in any written notice of termination given by either party pursuant to Section 12.3, provided that such notice is given in accordance with Section 15 and (b) such other date of termination as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties in writing. If a successor custodian shall have been appointed by the Company, the Custodian shall, upon receipt of a notice of acceptance by the successor custodian, on such specified date of termination (a) deliver directly to the successor custodian, or return to the Company at the Company’s request, all Securities (other than Securities held in a Securities System) and cash then owned by the Company and held by the Custodian as custodian, and (b) transfer any Securities held in a Securities System to an account of or for the benefit of the Company at the successor custodian, in each case, at the Company’s expense. In the event of the appointment of a successor custodian, it is agreed that all Securities, including any Required Documents or Financing Documents, held by the Custodian, any sub-custodian or nominee shall be delivered to the successor custodian, or returned to the Company at the Company’s request; and the Custodian agrees to cooperate with the Company in the execution of documents and performance of other actions necessary or desirable in order to substitute the successor custodian for the Custodian under this Agreement, in each case, at the Company’s expense. The Company may at any time immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by regulatory authorities or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction. Termination shall not affect any of the liabilities either party owes to the other arising under this Agreement prior to such termination.

 

22
 

 

12.3       Resignation . The Custodian may at any time resign under this Agreement by giving not less than sixty (60) days advance written notice thereof to the Company. The Company may at any time remove the Custodian under this Agreement by giving not less than sixty (60) days advance written notice thereof to the Custodian.

 

12.4       Successor . Prior to the effective date of termination of this Agreement, or the effective date of the resignation of the Custodian, as the case may be, the Company shall give Proper Instruction to the Custodian designating a successor Custodian, if applicable.

 

12.5       Payment of Fees, etc . Upon termination of this Agreement or resignation of the Custodian, the Company shall pay to the Custodian such compensation, and shall likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements, as may be due as of the date of such termination or resignation (or removal, as the case may be). All indemnifications in favor of the Custodian under this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement, or any resignation or removal of the Custodian.

 

12.6       Final Report . In the event of any resignation or removal of the Custodian, the Custodian shall provide to the Company a complete final written report or data file transfer of any Confidential Information as of the date of such resignation or removal.

 

13. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

13.1        Representations of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Custodian that:

 

(a) it has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and it has duly authorized and executed this Agreement so as to constitute its valid and binding obligation; and

 

(b) in giving any instructions which purport to be “Proper Instructions” under this Agreement, the Company will act in accordance with the provisions of its certificate of incorporation and bylaws and any applicable laws and regulations.

 

13.2        Representations of the Custodian . The Custodian hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

(a) it is qualified to act as a custodian pursuant to Section 26(a)(1) of the 1940 Act;

 

(b) it has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(c) it has duly authorized and executed this Agreement so as to constitute its valid and binding obligations; and

 

(d) that it maintains business continuity policies and standards that include data file backup and recovery procedures that comply with all applicable regulatory requirements.

 

23
 

 

14. PARTIES IN INTEREST; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFIT

 

This Agreement is not intended for, and shall not be construed to be intended for, the benefit of any third parties and may not be relied upon or enforced by any third parties (other than successors and permitted assigns pursuant to Section 19).

 

15. NOTICES

 

Any Proper Instructions shall be given to the following address (or such other address as either party may designate by written notice to the other party), and otherwise any notices, approvals and other communications hereunder shall be sufficient if made in writing and given to the parties at the following address (or such other address as either of them may subsequently designate by notice to the other), given by (i) certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, (ii) recognized courier or delivery service, or (iii) confirmed telecopier or telex, with a duplicate sent on the same day by first class mail, postage prepaid:

 

(a)          if to the Company or any Subsidiary, to

 

Eagle Point Credit Company LLC
20 Horseneck Lane
Greenwich, CT 06830
Attention: Thomas P. Majewski
Email: notice@eaglepointcredit.com

Facsimile No.: (203) 862-3151

 

(b)          if to the Custodian with respect to its role as Securities Custodian, to

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

1761 East St. Andrew Place

Santa Ana, California 92705

Attn: Structured Credit Services - Eagle Point

E-mail: [ · ]

Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568

 

(c)          if to the Custodian solely in its role as Document Custodian, to

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

1761 East St. Andrew Place

Santa Ana, California 92705

Attn: Structured Credit Services - Eagle Point

E-mail: [ · ]

Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568

 

24
 

 

16. CHOICE OF LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

This Agreement shall be construed, and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with and governed by the laws of State of New York for all purposes (without regard to its choice of law provisions); except to the extent such laws are inconsistent with federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act.

 

17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; COUNTERPARTS

 

17.1       Complete Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive agreement of the parties with regard to the matters addressed herein and supersedes and terminates as of the date hereof, all prior agreements or understandings, oral or written between the parties to this Agreement relating to such matters.

 

17.2       Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17.3       Facsimile Signatures . The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement for all purposes. Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

18. AMENDMENT; WAIVER

 

18.1       Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended except by an express written instrument duly executed by each of the Company and the Custodian.

 

18.2       Waiver . In no instance shall any delay or failure to act be deemed to be or effective as a waiver of any right, power or term hereunder, unless and except to the extent such waiver is set forth in an express written instrument signed by the party against whom it is to be charged.

 

19. SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS

 

19.1       Successors Bound . The covenants and agreements set forth herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither party shall be permitted to assign their rights under this Agreement without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the ability of the Custodian to delegate certain duties or services to or perform them through agents or attorneys appointed with due care as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

25
 

 

19.2       Merger and Consolidation . Any corporation or association into which the Custodian may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or association resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Custodian shall be a party, or any corporation or association to which the Custodian transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business, shall be the successor of the Custodian hereunder, and shall succeed to all of the rights, powers and duties of the Custodian hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

 

20. SEVERABILITY

 

The terms of this Agreement are hereby declared to be severable, such that if any term hereof is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect the remaining terms. Should any part of this Agreement be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the invalid or unenforceable portion or portions shall be removed (and no more) only in that jurisdiction, and the remainder shall be enforced as fully as possible (removing the minimum amount possible) in that jurisdiction. In lieu of such invalid or unenforceable provision, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to add automatically as a part of this Agreement a legal, valid and enforceable provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible

 

21. REQUEST FOR INSTRUCTIONS

 

If, in performing its duties under this Agreement, the Custodian is required to decide between alternative courses of action, the Custodian may (but shall not be obliged to) request written instructions from the Company as to the course of action desired by it. If the Custodian does not receive such instructions within two (2) Business Days after it has requested them, the Custodian may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking any such courses of action. The Custodian shall act in accordance with instructions received from the Company in response to such request after such two (2)-Business Day period except to the extent it has already taken, or committed itself to take, action inconsistent with such instructions.

 

22. OTHER BUSINESS

 

Nothing herein shall prevent the Custodian or any of its affiliates from engaging in other business, or from entering into any other transaction or financial or other relationship with, or receiving fees from or from rendering services of any kind to the Company or any other Person. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall constitute the Company and/or the Custodian (and/or any other Person) as members of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, unincorporated business or similar assignment as a result of or by virtue of the engagement or relationship established by this Agreement.

 

23. REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

 

This Agreement and all schedules, exhibits, attachments and amendment hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further production shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

 

26
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer, intending the same to take effect as of the [ · ] day of [ · ] 2014.

 

  EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY LLC
     
  By:  
    Name:  Thomas P. Majewski
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Custody Agreement]

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

(Trade Confirmation)

 

[To be completed.]

 

A- 1
 

 

SCHEDULE B

 

Any of the following persons (each acting singly) shall be an Authorized Person (as this list may subsequently be modified by the Company from time to time by written notice to the Custodian):

 

NAME:
 
Thomas P. Majewski – Chief Executive Officer
 
 
Daniel W. Ko
 
 
 
 

 

B- 1

 

 

EAGLE POINT CREDIT COMPANY LLC

 

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

 

This Administration Agreement is hereby made as of the [ · ] day of [ · ] 2014 (the “ Agreement ”), between Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with any successor thereto, the “ Company ”), and Eagle Point Administration LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Administrator ”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Company is a newly formed company that intends to operate as a closed-end management investment company;

 

WHEREAS, the Company intends to file a registration statement on Form N-2 (the “ Registration Statement ”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”), to register shares of its common stock for issuance in an initial public offering (the “ Offering ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Administrator to provide administrative services to the Company, and the Administrator is willing to provide or procure such services, on the terms and conditions hereafter set forth.

    

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, mutually agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

APPOINTMENT

 

The Company hereby appoints the Administrator to act as administrator to the Company for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.  The Administrator hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to provide the administrative services herein described, for the compensation herein provided.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE II

SERVICES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

 

1.            Administrative Services . Subject to the supervision and the overall control of the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”), the Administrator shall act as administrator of the Company, and furnish, or arrange for others to furnish, the administrative services, personnel and facilities necessary for the operation of the Company, for the period and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator shall provide the Company with office facilities, equipment, clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities and such other services as the Administrator, subject to review by the Board of Directors, shall from time to time determine to be necessary or useful to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Administrator shall also, on behalf of the Company, conduct relations with custodians, depositories, transfer agents, dividend disbursing agents, other stockholder servicing agents, accountants, attorneys, underwriters, brokers and dealers, corporate fiduciaries, insurers, banks, regulators and other persons in any other capacity deemed to be necessary or desirable. The Administrator shall make reports to the Board of Directors of its performance of obligations hereunder and furnish advice and recommendations with respect to such other aspects of the business and affairs of the Company as it shall determine to be desirable; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to require the Administrator to, and the Administrator shall not, provide any advice or recommendation relating to the securities, instruments and other assets that the Company should purchase, retain or sell or any other investment advisory services to the Company. The Administrator shall be responsible for the financial and other records that the Company is required to maintain and shall prepare reports to stockholders, and reports and other materials filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”). The Administrator shall provide the Company with accounting services; shall assist the Company in determining and publishing the Company’s net asset value; shall oversee the preparation and filing of the Company’s tax returns; shall monitor the Company’s compliance with tax laws and regulations; and shall prepare, and assist the Company with any audits by an independent public accounting firm of, the Company’s financial statements. The Administrator shall also be responsible for the printing and dissemination of reports to stockholders of the Company and the maintenance of the Company’s website; shall provide support for the Company’s investor relations; and shall generally oversee the payment of the Company’s expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Company by others; and shall provide such other administrative services as the Company may from time to time designate.

 

2.           Books and Records . The Administrator agrees to maintain and keep all books, accounts and other records of the Company that relate to activities performed by the Administrator hereunder and, if required by the 1940 Act, will maintain and keep such books, accounts and records in accordance with the 1940 Act. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Administrator agrees that all records which it maintains for the Company shall at all times remain the property of the Company, shall be readily accessible during normal business hours, and shall be promptly surrendered upon the termination of the Agreement or otherwise on written request. The Administrator further agrees that all records which it maintains for the Company pursuant to Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act shall be preserved for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act unless any such records are earlier surrendered as provided above. Records shall be surrendered in usable machine-readable form. The Administrator shall have the right to retain copies of such records subject to observance of its confidentiality obligations under this Agreement.

 

3.            Confidentiality . The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially the terms and conditions of this Agreement and all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto, including nonpublic personal information pursuant to Regulation S-P of the SEC, shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party, without the prior consent of such providing party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is required to be disclosed by any regulatory authority, any authority or legal counsel of the parties hereto, by judicial or administrative process, or otherwise by applicable law or regulation. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this provision shall be deemed to preclude disclosure of the terms of this Agreement in the Registration Statement or other filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission by the Company or Eagle Point Credit Management LLC, as the Company’s investment adviser, or any successor thereto (the “ Adviser ”)

 

2
 

 

4.            Administrative Services Not Exclusive . The services of the Administrator to the Company are not to be deemed to be exclusive, and the Administrator and each affiliate thereof is free to render services to others. It is understood that directors, officers, employees and stockholders of the Company are or may become interested in the Administrator and its affiliates, as directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners, stockholders or otherwise, and that the Administrator and directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners and stockholders of the Administrator and its affiliates are or may become similarly interested in the Company as stockholders or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE III

COMPENSATION; ALLOCATION OF COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

1.            Compensation . In full consideration of the provision of the services of the Administrator, the Company shall reimburse the Administrator for the costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations and providing personnel (for the avoidance of doubt, including salaries and related payroll expenses) and facilities hereunder.

 

2.            Allocation of Costs and Expenses . The Company shall bear all costs and expenses that are incurred in its operation and transactions and not specifically assumed by the Adviser pursuant to that certain Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of [ · ], 2014, by and between the Company and the Adviser (the “ Investment Advisory Agreement ”). Costs and expenses to be borne by the Company include, but shall not be limited to, those relating to: (a) calculating the Company’s net asset value (including the costs and expenses of any independent valuation firm); (b) interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance the Company’s investments; (c) fees and expenses, including legal fees and expenses and travel expenses, incurred by the Adviser or payable to third parties in performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, monitoring the Company’s investments and, if necessary, enforcing the Company’s rights; (d) amounts payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, evaluating, making and disposing of investments; (e) brokerage fees and commissions; (f) federal and state registration fees; (g) exchange listing fees; (h) federal, state and local taxes; (i) costs of offerings or repurchases of the Company’s common stock and other securities; (j) the base management fee and any incentive fee payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement; (k) distributions on the Company’s common stock; (l) administration fees payable to the Administrator under this Agreement; (m) transfer agent and custody fees and expenses; (n) independent director fees and expenses; (o) the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to the Company’s stockholders, including printing costs; (p) the costs of holding stockholder meetings; (q) litigation, indemnification and other non-recurring or extraordinary expenses; (r) fees and expenses associated with marketing and investor relations efforts; (s) dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which the Company is a member; (t) direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff; (u) fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs; (v) the Company’s fidelity bond; (w) directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; (x) costs associated with the Company’s reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws; and (y) all other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or the Administrator in connection with administering the Company’s business, such as the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under this Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and the Company’s allocable portion of the costs of compensation and related expenses of the Company’s chief compliance officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer and any support staff. To the extent the Administrator outsources any of its functions, the Company shall pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis, without profit to the Administrator.

 

3
 

 

ARTICLE IV

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

 

To the full extent permitted by applicable law, the Administrator (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with any such person or entity or with the Administrator, including without limitation, its members) shall not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for any act or omission by the Administrator (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with any such person or entity or with the Administrator, including without limitation its members) in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise acting as administrator for the Company, and the Company shall indemnify, defend and protect the Administrator (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with any such person or entity or with the Administrator, including without limitation, the Adviser, each of whom shall be deemed a third-party beneficiary hereof) (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Company or its security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Administrator’s duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Company. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Article IV to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall protect or be deemed to protect the Indemnified Parties against or entitle or be deemed to entitle the Indemnified Parties to indemnification in respect of, any liability to the Company or its security holders to which the Indemnified Parties would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations in the performance of the Administrator’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Administrator’s duties and obligations under this Agreement (to the extent applicable, as the same shall be determined in accordance with the 1940 Act and any interpretations or guidance by the SEC or its staff thereunder).

 

4
 

 

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

 

1.            Administrator Personnel .  The Administrator shall authorize and permit any of its directors, officers or employees who may be elected or appointed as directors or officers of the Company to serve in the capacities in which they are elected or appointed.  Services to be furnished by the Administrator under this Agreement may be furnished through the medium of any of such directors, officers or employees.  The Administrator shall make its directors, officers and employees available to attend meetings of the Board of Directors as may be reasonably requested by the Board of Directors from time to time.  The Administrator shall prepare and provide such reports on the Company and its operations as may be reasonably requested by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

2.           Independent Contractor .  Except as otherwise provided herein or authorized by the Board of Directors from time to time, the Administrator shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall have no authority to act for or represent the Company in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Company.

 

3.            Effectiveness, Duration and Termination . This Agreement shall become effective as of the first date above written. This Agreement shall remain in effect for two years, and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive annual periods; provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (a) the vote of the Board of Directors or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company and (b) the vote of a majority of the Company’s directors who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of any such party. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Company upon not less than 60 days’ written notice or by the Administrator upon not less than 90 days’ written notice.

 

4.            Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent of the Company and the Administrator.

 

5.            Notice .  Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly given if delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, (1) to the Administrator at 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT, 06830, Attention: [Thomas P. Majewski]; or (2) to the Company at 20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, CT, 06830, Attention: Thomas P. Majewski.

 

6.            Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. To the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.

 

5
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above. 

 

  Eagle point credit company LLC
       
  By:    
    Name: Thomas P. Majewski
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
       
  EAGLE POINT ADMINISTRATION LLC
       
    By: Eagle Point Credit Management LLC,
           its sole member

 

   By:    
    Name: Thomas P. Majewski
    Title: Managing Partner

 

[Signature Page to Administration Agreement of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC]

 

 

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Member

Eagle Point Credit Company LLC:

 

We consent to use of our report dated May 19, 2014, included herein, with respect to the statement of financial condition (in organization) of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC as of March 31, 2014, and to the references to our firm under the heading “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

New York, NY

June 6, 2014

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Rule 17j-1 Code of Ethics

 

For

Eagle Point Credit Company LLC

 

(Effective as of May 1, 2014)

 

In accordance with Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“ 1940 Act ”), this Code of Ethics (“ Code ”) has been adopted by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, a closed-end, externally managed investment company (together with any successor thereto, the “ Company ”).

 

A separate Code of Ethics that is compliant with both Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, governs Eagle Point Credit Company LLC, the Company’s investment adviser (the “ Adviser ”). Directors, officers and employees of the Adviser are considered “access persons” for purposes of the Adviser’s Code of Ethics and may be considered Access Persons of the Company. This Code contains several carve outs from its requirements for Access Persons of the Company that are also access persons of the Adviser.

 

This Code is designed to ensure that those individuals with access to information regarding the portfolio securities activities of the Company do not intentionally use that information for their personal benefit and to the detriment of the Company. It is not the intention of this Code to prohibit personal securities activities by Access Persons.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

Capitalized terms used in and not otherwise defined in this Code are defined below.

 

  (A) Access Person ” includes:

 

  (1) Any directors and officers of the Company;

 

  (2) Each employee (if any) of the Company (or of any company in a Control relationship with the Company) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Company, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and

 

  (3) Any natural person in a Control relationship with the Company who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Company with regard to the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Company.

 

A list of the Company’s Access Persons will be maintained by the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  (B) Automatic Investment Plan ” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule or allocation, including a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

A- 1
 

 

  (C) Beneficial ownership ” means any interest in a security for which an Access Person or any member of his or her immediate family sharing the same household can directly or indirectly receive a monetary (“ pecuniary ”) benefit. The term shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”). Accordingly, a person will generally be considered the beneficial owner of a security if that person has the right to enjoy a direct or indirect economic benefit from the ownership of the security. For example, a person is normally regarded as the beneficial owner of securities held in (a) the name of his or her spouse, domestic partner, minor children, or other relatives living in his or her household, (b) a trust, estate, or other account in which he or she has a present or future interest in the income, principal or right to obtain title to the securities, or (c) the name of another person or entity by reason of any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement whereby he or she obtains benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership.

 

  (D) Chief Compliance Officer ” means the person or persons designated by the Board to fulfill the responsibilities assigned to the Chief Compliance Officer hereunder.

 

  (E) Control ” has the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act, which presumes that a person who owns beneficially, either directly or through a controlled company, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company, controls that company.

 

  (F) Covered Security ” means any “security” as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act (a broad definition that includes any interest or instrument commonly known as a security), 1 but excluding :

 

  (1) Direct obligations of the U.S. Government;

 

  (2) Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and

 

  (3) Shares of open-end investment companies registered under the 1940 Act (other than exchange traded funds) 2 that are not advised by the Adviser.

 

 

1 Security ” as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act includes any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities, or any put, call, straddle, option or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency. “ Security ” also includes shares of closed-end investment companies, shares of exchange traded funds (as defined in footnote 2), various derivative instruments, limited partnership interests and private placement of common or preferred stocks or debt instruments.

 

2 Exchange traded funds ,” or “ ETFs ,” are registered investment companies that operate pursuant to an order from the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) exempting the ETF from certain provisions of the 1940 Act so that the ETF may issue securities that trade in a secondary market, and which are redeemable only in large aggregations called creation units. An ETF registers with the SEC under the 1940 Act either as an open-end management investment company or as a unit investment trust.

 

A- 2
 

 

A purchase or sale of a Covered Security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security. Shares of exchange traded funds, whether registered as open-end investment companies or unit investment trusts, are deemed to be Covered Securities.

 

  (G)   IPO ” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ 1933 Act ”), the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

 

  (H) Investment Personnel   or “ Investment Person ” of the Company or the Adviser means:

 

  (1) Any employee of the Company (or of any company in a Control relationship with the Company) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Company; or

 

  (2) Any natural person who controls the Company and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Company regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Company.

 

  (I) Limited Offering ” means an offering or a private placement of securities that is exempt from registration under the 1933 Act pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the 1933 Act.

 

  (J) Security Held or to be Acquired by the Company ” means (1) any Covered Security or (2) any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Covered Security that, in either case, within the most recent 15 days is or has been held by the Company or is being considered by the Company or its Adviser for purchase by the Company.

 

2. GENERAL PRINCIPLES

 

Rule 17j-1(b) makes it unlawful for any affiliated person 3 of or principal underwriter for the Company, or any affiliated person of an investment adviser or principal underwriter for the Company, in connection with the purchase and sale, directly or indirectly, by such person of a Security Held or to be Acquired by the Company to:

 

  (A) Employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Company;

   
      (B) Make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Company or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Company, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

 

  (C) Engage in any act, practice or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Company; or

 

 

3 An “ affiliated person ” of a company is broadly defined by Section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act to include any person that owns 5% or more of the company’s outstanding voting securities, any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with the company, and any officer, director, partner or employee of the company.

 

A- 3
 

 

  (D) Engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Company.

 

No Access Person shall engage in any act, practice or course of conduct that would violate the provisions of Rule 17j-1(b) set forth above. The interests of the Company and its shareholders and investors are paramount and come before the interests of any Access Person. Personal investing activities of all Access Persons must be conducted in a manner that avoids actual or potential conflicts of interest with the Company and its shareholders. Access Persons shall not use their positions, or any investment opportunities presented by virtue of such positions, to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders.

 

3. SUBSTANTIVE RESTRICTIONS

 

The following substantive restrictions are imposed on personal trading activities:

 

  (A) Investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings. 4 Investment Personnel   are generally prohibited from participating in IPOs and Limited Offerings. However, an Investment Person may participate in an IPO or a Limited Offering if he or she obtains written approval from the Chief Compliance Officer before directly or indirectly acquiring Beneficial Ownership in any securities in an IPO or Limited Offering. A sample form for such certification is attached hereto as Attachment A-4. The Chief Compliance Officer may approve the participation of an Investment Person in an IPO or Limited Offering if he or she determines that it is clear that, in view of the nature of the security, the nature of the offering, the market for such security, and other factors deemed relevant, such participation by the Investment Person will not create a material conflict with the Company. A record of any decision to permit investment by an Investment Person in an IPO or Limited Offering, including the reasons for the decision, shall be kept in accordance with the requirements of Section 7(F), below.

 

  (B) Disgorgement. Any profits derived from securities transactions in violation of paragraph (A) shall be forfeited and paid to the Company for the benefit of its shareholders.

 

4. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

 

To enable the Company to determine with reasonable assurance whether the provisions of Rule 17j-1(a) and this Code are being observed by its Access Persons, the following reporting requirements apply, except as noted in Section 4(D) below.

 

Any report required to be submitted pursuant to this Section 4 may contain a statement that the report will not be construed as an admission that the person making the report has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in the securities to which the report relates.

 

Reports under this Code shall not relieve any Access Person from responsibility to report other information required to be reported by law or to comply with other applicable requirements of the federal and state securities laws and other laws.

 

 

4 Any Investment Personnel of the Company otherwise subject to a code of ethics compliant with Rule 17j-1 adopted by the Adviser or a principal underwriter of the Company need not comply with this provision of this Code.

 

A- 4
 

 

The Company may require Access Persons to comply with their reporting requirements using an on-line, secure third-party platform.

 

The Code of Ethics of the Adviser requires disclosure by Access Persons (as defined therein), but no duplicative disclosure is required by this Code.

 

  (A) Initial Holdings Report . Within 10 days after a person becomes an Access Person, he or she shall disclose in writing, in a form acceptable to the Chief Compliance Officer, all direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership interests of such Access Person in Covered Securities (“ Initial Holdings Report ”).  Information to be reported must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to an individual becoming an Access Person and is to include:

 

  (1) The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership when the person became an Access Person;

 

  (2) The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and

 

  (3) The date the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

For reference, a sample Initial Holding Report form is attached hereto as Attachment A-1.

 

  (B) Quarterly Transaction Report . Each Access Person shall report in writing to the Chief Compliance Officer within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter in a form acceptable to the Chief Compliance Officer (“ Quarterly Transaction Report ”):

 

  (1) With respect to any transaction during the quarter in a Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership:

 

  (i) The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;

 

  (ii) The nature of the transaction ( i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

  (iii) The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected;

 

  (iv) The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and

 

     (v) The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

 

A- 5
 

 

  (2) With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person:

 

  (i) The name of the broker, dealer or bank with which the Access Person established the account;

 

  (ii) The date the account was established; and

 

  (iii) The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

  

For reference, a sample Quarterly Transaction Report form is attached hereto as Attachment A-2.

 

  (C) Annual Holdings Report . Each Access Person shall report annually, no later than January 31 of each year, the following information, which must be current as of December 31 of the prior calendar year (“ Annual Holdings Report ”):

 

  (1) The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

 

  (2) The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and

 

  (3) The date the report is submitted.

 

For reference, a sample Annual Holdings Report form is attached hereto as Attachment A-3

 

  (D) Exceptions from Reporting Requirements .

 

  (1) A person need not submit reports pursuant to this Section 4 with respect to transactions effected for, and Covered Securities held in, any account over which the person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

 

  (2) An Access Person need not make a Quarterly Transaction Report with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.

 

  (3) Any Access Person of the Company that is also an “access person” of the Adviser or a principal underwriter to the Company (as that term is defined in Rule 17j-1) need not submit reports pursuant to this Section 4 provided that such person is otherwise subject to a code of ethics compliant with the terms of Rule 17j-1 adopted by the Adviser or the principal underwriter of the Company, as applicable.

 

  (4) An independent director of the Company (i.e., a director who is not an “interested person” of the Company as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act), and who would be required to make a report solely by reason of being a director of the Company, need not make:

 

  (i) An Initial Holdings Report or an Annual Holdings Report; and

 

  (ii) A Quarterly Transaction Report unless the director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a director of the Company, should have known that, during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the director’s transaction in a Covered Security, the Company purchased or sold such Covered Security or the Company considered purchasing or selling the Covered Security.

 

A- 6
 

 

  (5) An Access Person need not make a Quarterly Transaction Report if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received by the Company with respect to the Access Person provided such broker trade confirmations or account statements are received by the due date required for a Quarterly Transaction Report and broker trade confirmations or account statements contain all of the information required to be included in the Quarterly Transaction Report.

 

5. COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES

 

  (A) Notification to Access Persons : The Chief Compliance Officer shall notify each Access Person that he or she is subject to this reporting requirement, of his or her classification as “Access Person” and/or “Investment Personnel” under this Code, and shall deliver a copy of this Code to each Access Person.

 

  (B) Review of Reports . The Chief Compliance Officer (or his designee) shall review any reports received pursuant to this Code within 30 days of their submission.

 

6. REPORT TO THE BOARD

 

The Company’s Chief Compliance Officer shall report to the Board at each meeting regarding the following matters (to the extent not previously reported to the Board):

 

  (A) Issues arising under this Code, including but not limited to material violations of this Code, violations that are material in the aggregate, and any sanctions imposed.

 

  (B) With respect to any transaction not required to be reported to the Board by the operation of Section 6(A) that the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer believes nonetheless may evidence violation of this policy.

 

  (C) The Board shall consider reports made hereunder and upon discovering that a violation of this Code has occurred, the Board may impose such sanctions, in addition to any disgorgement required pursuant to Section 3(B) hereof, as they deem appropriate, including, among other things, a letter of sanction, suspension, or termination of the employment of the violator.

 

The Company’s Chief Compliance Officer shall report to the Board on an annual basis concerning existing personal investing procedures, violations during the prior year and any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures.

 

The Board shall review this Code and the operation of these policies at least once a year.

 

7. RECORDKEEPING

 

The Company shall maintain the following records at its principal office:

 

  (A) This Code and any related procedures, and any Code that has been in effect during the past five years shall be maintained in an easily accessible place;

 

  (B) A record of any violation of the Code and of any action taken as a result of the violation, to be maintained in an easily accessible place for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

 

A- 7
 

 

  (C) A copy of each report under this Code by (or duplicate brokerage statements and/or confirmations for the account of) an Access Person, to be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report is made or the information is provided, the first two years in an easily accessible place;

 

  (D) A record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were required to make or to review reports made pursuant to Section 4, to be maintained in an easily accessible place;

 

  (E) A copy of each report by the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer to the Board, to be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place; and

 

  (F) A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve an acquisition by an Investment Person of securities offered in an IPO or in a Limited Offering, to be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.

 

8. APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS

 

This Code and any material changes to this Code must be approved by the Company’s Board. Each such approval must be based on a determination that this Code contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by Rule 17j-1. Before approving this Code or any amendment thereto, the Board must receive a certification from the relevant entity that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent its Access Persons from violating this Code. Before initially retaining any investment adviser, sub-adviser or principal underwriter for the Company, the Company’s Board must approve the Code of Ethics of such investment adviser, sub-adviser or principal underwriter for the Company (unless the entity is not required by Rule 17j-1 to adopt a Code of Ethics), and must approve any material change to that Code of Ethics within six months after the adoption of the change. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company’s officers may make such non-material changes to this Code as they may determine necessary or appropriate, provided that the amended Code shall be reviewed with the Board at the next regularly scheduled meeting

 

A- 8

 

 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and appoints Thomas P. Majewski as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him in his name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all registration statements of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC and any amendments or supplements thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Signature   Title Date
       
/s/ Scott W. Appleby      
Scott W. Appleby   Director May 1, 2014

 

 
 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and appoints Thomas P. Majewski as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him in his name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all registration statements of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC and any amendments or supplements thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Signature   Title Date
       
/s/ James R. Matthews      
James R. Matthews   Director May 1, 2014

 

 
 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and appoints Thomas P. Majewski as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him in his name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all registration statements of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC and any amendments or supplements thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Signature   Title Date
       
/s/ Kevin F. McDonald      
Kevin F. McDonald   Director May 1, 2014

 

 
 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and appoints Thomas P. Majewski as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him in his name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all registration statements of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC and any amendments or supplements thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Signature   Title Date
       
/s/ Paul E. Tramontano      
Paul E. Tramontano   Director May 1, 2014

 

 
 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and appoints Thomas P. Majewski as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him in his name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all registration statements of Eagle Point Credit Company LLC and any amendments or supplements thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Signature   Title Date
       
/s/ Jeffrey L. Weiss      
Jeffrey L. Weiss   Director May 1, 2014

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY